WO2017209009A1 - Nonwoven fabric - Google Patents

Nonwoven fabric Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017209009A1
WO2017209009A1 PCT/JP2017/019768 JP2017019768W WO2017209009A1 WO 2017209009 A1 WO2017209009 A1 WO 2017209009A1 JP 2017019768 W JP2017019768 W JP 2017019768W WO 2017209009 A1 WO2017209009 A1 WO 2017209009A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
nonwoven fabric
liquid film
cleaving agent
liquid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/019768
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
華 鈴木
吉晃 蒲谷
裕太 寒川
Original Assignee
花王株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 花王株式会社 filed Critical 花王株式会社
Priority to CN201780033099.7A priority Critical patent/CN109312530B/en
Priority to RU2018146046A priority patent/RU2753916C2/en
Publication of WO2017209009A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017209009A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04—BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04H—MAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H13/00—Other non-woven fabrics
    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06—TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06M—TREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M15/00—Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment
    • D06M15/19—Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment with synthetic macromolecular compounds
    • D06M15/37—Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • D06M15/643—Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds containing silicon in the main chain
    • D06M15/647—Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds containing silicon in the main chain containing polyether sequences
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/51—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
    • A61F13/511—Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/51—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
    • A61F13/511—Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin
    • A61F13/513—Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin characterised by its function or properties, e.g. stretchability, breathability, rewet, visual effect; having areas of different permeability

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a nonwoven fabric.
  • Patent Document 1 describes an absorbent article in which a hydrophobic gel-like composition capable of maintaining a gel state at 38 ° C. is intermittently applied to the skin side surface of a top sheet. Yes.
  • the coating region of the gel composition on the skin surface side is hydrophobic, while the inside is made hydrophilic. Due to the hydrophobic water-repellent action of the coated area and the hydrophilic water-absorbing action of the inside, the liquid is drawn into the top sheet through the non-coated area where the gel composition is not coated. It will be easier.
  • Patent Document 3 describes an absorbent article in which a Chinese medicine material layer is provided on a top sheet from the viewpoint of exerting a skin care function. Amphiphiles are used as binders in the herbal medicine material layer. It is said that the herbal medicine material layer is less likely to drop off from the top sheet due to the hydrophobicity of the amphiphile, and the liquid absorption rate can be prevented from being reduced due to the hydrophilicity of the amphiphile.
  • the present invention has a containing part containing a liquid film cleaving agent and a non-containing part not containing the liquid film cleaving agent, and at least one of the containing part and the non-containing part is on the surface of the nonwoven fabric.
  • Nonwoven fabrics are provided that are spaced apart from one another.
  • this invention has a containing part containing the following compound C1, and a non-containing part not containing the following compound C1, and at least one of the containing part and the non-containing part is a plurality of mutually on the nonwoven fabric surface.
  • a nonwoven fabric is provided that is spaced apart.
  • Compound C1 A compound having an expansion coefficient of 15 mN / m or more for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m. Further, the present invention has a containing part containing the following compound C2 and a non-containing part not containing the following compound C2, and at least one of the containing part and the non-containing part is a plurality of mutually on the nonwoven fabric surface. A nonwoven fabric is provided that is spaced apart.
  • Compound C2 A compound having an expansion coefficient greater than 0 mN / m for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m and an interfacial tension of 20 mN / m or less for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m.
  • FIG. 6 is a partially enlarged plan view showing another preferred embodiment of the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention, wherein (A) shows a plurality of inclusion parts formed in rhombuses in a lattice-like non-containing part on the nonwoven fabric surface. The arranged pattern is shown, and (B) shows a pattern in which a plurality of non-containing parts shaped like rhombuses are arranged apart from each other in the lattice-shaped containing parts on the surface of the nonwoven fabric.
  • FIG. 1 It is a partially expanded plan view which shows other preferable embodiment of the nonwoven fabric which concerns on this invention, (A) is the inclusion part and the non-contained part which were extended in the longitudinal direction of the nonwoven fabric surface alternately arranged in the width direction. A pattern is shown, (B) shows the pattern by which the containing part extended in the width direction of a nonwoven fabric surface, the non-containing part, and the longitudinal direction were alternately arranged. It is explanatory drawing which shows typically the length of the containing part and the length of a non-containing part on this virtual line when drawing the virtual line along the width direction of a nonwoven fabric arbitrarily, (A) is about the pattern of FIG.
  • (B) shows the pattern when the containing part of (A) is elliptical
  • (C) shows the pattern of FIG. 3 (A) partially enlarged
  • (D) shows the figure. It shows about the pattern of 2 (B).
  • (A1) to (A4) are explanatory views schematically showing from the side the state in which the liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention cleaves the liquid film
  • (B1) to (B4) are liquid crystals according to the present invention. It is explanatory drawing which shows typically the state which a film
  • FIG. 6 is a perspective view schematically showing still another preferred embodiment (third embodiment) of the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention with a partial cross section, wherein (A) shows a nonwoven fabric composed of one layer, and (B) shows two layers.
  • the nonwoven fabric which consists of is shown.
  • It is a perspective view which shows typically another preferable aspect (4th embodiment) of the nonwoven fabric which concerns on this invention.
  • FIG. shows typically another preferable aspect (5th embodiment) of the nonwoven fabric which concerns on this invention.
  • It is explanatory drawing which shows typically the state by which the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric shown in FIG. 13 were fixed in the heat-fusion part.
  • It is a perspective view which shows typically another preferable aspect (7th embodiment) of the nonwoven fabric which concerns on this invention.
  • the present invention relates to a non-woven fabric having an improved liquid flow preventing property on the surface while reducing a liquid film formed between fibers of the non-woven fabric to achieve a higher level of liquid remaining reduction.
  • the nonwoven fabric used for the surface sheet or the like there is a region where the distance between the fibers is narrow. Even if there is a space in the area that can pass excretory fluid (for example, urine and menstrual blood, also simply liquid), meniscus force between fibers, surface activity by plasma proteins, and blood surface viscosity are high. A stable liquid film is formed between the fibers, and the liquid tends to stay. In the prior art, the liquid film cannot be completely eliminated, and there is still room for improvement in the dryness. Furthermore, in recent years, in addition to dryness, consumers are demanding good touch. Therefore, the use of fine fibers has been performed. However, when thin fibers are used, the distance between the fibers becomes narrower.
  • excretory fluid for example, urine and menstrual blood, also simply liquid
  • the absorption target liquid is not limited to blood.
  • urine since urine also has surface activity due to phospholipids, a liquid film is formed in the same manner as described above, leading to liquid residue, and as a result, there is still room for improvement in dryness.
  • a technique for removing a liquid film that can form a narrow portion between fibers in a nonwoven fabric However, it was difficult to remove due to the high stability of the liquid film. It is also conceivable to apply a water-soluble surfactant in order to lower the surface tension of the liquid and remove the liquid film.
  • the non-woven fabric of the present invention can improve the liquid flow preventing property on the surface while reducing the liquid film formed between the fibers of the non-woven fabric to achieve a higher level of liquid remaining reduction.
  • nonwoven fabric for example, a nonwoven fabric 5 as shown in FIG.
  • the nonwoven fabric of this invention can be applied to various articles
  • the nonwoven fabric 5 has a containing part 6 containing a liquid film cleaving agent and a non-containing part 7 not containing the liquid film cleaving agent on the nonwoven fabric surface.
  • the containing part 6 is made circular (dot shape).
  • a plurality of circular containing portions 6 are arranged apart from each other. This arrangement is preferably an arrangement along a plurality of intersecting directions on the nonwoven fabric surface. More preferably, the plurality of intersecting directions include a first direction of the nonwoven fabric and a second direction orthogonal to the first direction.
  • the first direction and the second direction are particularly preferably a longitudinal direction and a width direction in the nonwoven fabric original fabric (that is, a longitudinal direction and a width direction in the absorbent article).
  • a plurality of circular containing portions 6 are arranged on the surface of the nonwoven fabric so as to be spaced apart from each other along both the longitudinal direction (Y direction) and the width direction (X direction) of the nonwoven fabric 5 in a plurality of directions.
  • the non-containing part 7 is adjacent to the plurality of containing parts 6 and is continuously extended and arranged so as to separate the containing parts 6 from each other.
  • the containing parts 6 are arranged in an island-like pattern in which the containing parts 6 are spaced apart from each other in a continuous region of the non-containing parts 7.
  • sequence of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 may exist in the whole surface of the surface of the nonwoven fabric 5, and may exist in a part (same in the following various forms).
  • the pitch between the containing parts 6 and 6 is constant (pitch P1).
  • the entire rows are arranged so as to be shifted from each other in the longitudinal direction by a half pitch so that the containing portion 6 is not adjacent in the width direction (X direction).
  • the containing portions 6 are arranged in the width direction.
  • the pitch P2 between the containing parts 6 and 6 arranged in the width direction in the two adjacent rows is the same as the pitch P1 in the longitudinal row described above. That is, as the whole nonwoven fabric 5, it arranges periodically so that the pitch P1 of the containing part 6 of a longitudinal direction and the pitch P2 of the containing part 6 of the width direction may become the same.
  • the containing portions 6 are arranged not only in the longitudinal direction and the width direction, but also in two inclined directions D1 and D2 that intersect the longitudinal direction and the width direction. That is, in the nonwoven fabric 5, the containing portions 6 are periodically arranged at a distance from each other in at least four directions on the nonwoven fabric surface.
  • the said longitudinal direction (Y direction) is a direction where the length of a nonwoven fabric is comparatively long as the name suggests, and when the nonwoven fabric is made into a roll shape as an original fabric, or from the state made into a roll shape. When unwound, it means the direction in which the nonwoven fabric is unwound.
  • the said width direction (X direction) is a direction orthogonal to the said longitudinal direction, and means the roll-axis direction in the said original fabric state.
  • the orientation direction of the fiber which comprises a nonwoven fabric is known, it can be said that the orientation method of a fiber is a longitudinal direction. At this time, it can be said that the width direction is a direction orthogonal to the fiber orientation method.
  • the said longitudinal direction means a machine carrying-out direction (MD: Machine Direction) in the manufacturing stage of a nonwoven fabric.
  • the said width direction means the width direction (CD: Cross Direction) orthogonal to a machine carrying-out direction in the manufacture stage of a nonwoven fabric.
  • the longitudinal direction of the nonwoven fabric is a direction that coincides with the longitudinal direction of the absorbent article.
  • the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 are classified according to the presence or absence of a liquid film cleaving agent.
  • FIG. 1 although the pattern is attached
  • blotting paper is applied to the surface of the nonwoven fabric 5, an acrylic plate having a thickness of 4 mm is placed, and a weight is applied for 30 seconds so as to be 600 g / cm 2 from the top.
  • the oil-blotting paper is peeled off, and the oil-blotting paper is placed on a black mount and the color change is visually confirmed.
  • the part where the color has changed is the containing part 6 containing the liquid film cleaving agent, and the other part is the non-containing part 7.
  • Various materials can be used as the above-mentioned oil blotting paper, and examples thereof include gold leaf punching paper manufacturing oil blotting paper manufactured by Katani Sangyo Co., Ltd.
  • the above-described method for confirming the classification is the same in the following various arrangement forms: the length of the containing part 6 in the width direction, the length of the non-containing part 7, the total area of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part Similarly, in the measurement of the total area of 7, the blotting paper is used.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent contained in the containing part 6 is a liquid film formed between the fibers of the nonwoven fabric or on the fiber surface when the liquid, for example, highly viscous liquid such as menstrual blood or excretion liquid such as urine touches the nonwoven fabric. It refers to an agent that inhibits the formation of a liquid film by cleaving it, and has an action of cleaving the formed liquid film and an action of inhibiting the formation of the liquid film.
  • the former can be called the main action, and the latter can be called the subordinate action.
  • the cleaving of the liquid film is performed by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent to destabilize by pushing away a part of the liquid film layer.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent By the action of the liquid film cleaving agent, the liquid can easily pass through without staying in a narrow region between the fibers of the nonwoven fabric. That is, the nonwoven fabric has excellent liquid permeability. Thereby, even if the fiber which comprises a nonwoven fabric is made thin and the distance between fibers is narrowed, softness of touch and liquid remaining suppression are compatible.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent used in the present invention has the property of eliminating the liquid film, and due to this property, the liquid film cleaving agent is applied to a test liquid or artificial urine mainly composed of plasma components. Moreover, the liquid film disappearance effect can be expressed. Artificial urine is 1.940% by weight of urea, 0.795% by weight of sodium chloride, 0.110% by weight of magnesium sulfate, 0.062% by weight of calcium chloride, 0.197% by weight of potassium sulfate, red No.
  • the surface tension of a mixture having a composition of 0.010% by weight, water (about 96.88% by weight) and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether (about 0.07% by weight) was adjusted to 53 ⁇ 1 mN / m (23 ° C.).
  • the liquid film disappearance effect here refers to the effect of inhibiting the liquid film formation of the structure and the formed structure of the structure in which air is held by the liquid film formed from the test liquid or artificial urine. It can be said that an agent that exhibits both of the effects of disappearing the body and that exhibits at least one of the effects has the property of exhibiting the effect of disappearing the liquid film.
  • the test solution is a liquid component extracted from equine defibrinated blood (manufactured by Nippon Biotest Co., Ltd.). Specifically, when 100 mL of equine defibrinated blood is allowed to stand at a temperature of 22 ° C. and a humidity of 65% for 1 hour, the equine defibrinated blood is separated into an upper layer and a lower layer. It is.
  • the upper layer mainly contains plasma components
  • the lower layer mainly contains blood cell components.
  • a transfer pipette manufactured by Nippon Micro Corporation
  • Whether or not an agent has the above-mentioned property of “disappearing a liquid film” depends on whether a liquid film formed from the test solution or artificial urine to which the agent is applied generates a structure that is trapped in air. It is judged by the amount of the structure, that is, the liquid film when it is in a state where it is easy to do. That is, the test solution or artificial urine is adjusted to a temperature of 25 ° C., and then 10 g is put into a screw tube (No. 5 body diameter 27 mm, total length 55 mm, manufactured by Maruemu Co., Ltd.) to obtain a standard sample.
  • a screw tube No. 5 body diameter 27 mm, total length 55 mm, manufactured by Maruemu Co., Ltd.
  • a measurement sample obtained by adding 0.01 g of an agent to be measured, which is adjusted in advance to 25 ° C., to the same sample as the standard sample is obtained.
  • the standard sample and the measurement sample are vigorously shaken twice in the vertical direction of the screw tube, and then quickly placed on a horizontal plane. By shaking the sample, the structure of the liquid layer (lower layer) without the structure and a large number of structures formed on the liquid layer (the lower layer) is formed inside the screw tube after shaking. Upper layer). After the elapse of 10 seconds immediately after shaking, the height of the structure layers of both samples (the height from the liquid surface of the liquid layer to the upper surface of the structure layer) is measured.
  • the agent to be measured has a liquid film cleavage effect.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent used in the present invention satisfies the above properties by a single compound that meets the above properties, a mixture of a plurality of single compounds that meet the above properties, or a combination of a plurality of compounds (liquid Agent capable of developing membrane cleavage). That is, the liquid film cleaving agent is an agent limited to those having a liquid film cleaving effect as defined above.
  • the compound applied in the absorbent article contains a third component that does not meet the above definition, it is distinguished from a liquid film cleaving agent.
  • the “single compound” is a concept including compounds having the same composition formula but having different molecular weights due to different numbers of repeating units.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent it can be appropriately selected from those described in paragraphs [0007] to [0186] of the specification of WO2016 / 098796.
  • the content 6 of the nonwoven fabric containing or containing a liquid film cleaving agent mainly means that it is adhered to the surface of the fiber.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent may be a liquid film cleaving agent that is encapsulated in the fiber or that is present inside the fiber by internal addition.
  • a method for attaching the liquid film cleaving agent to the fiber surface various commonly used methods can be employed without any particular limitation. For example, flexographic printing, ink jet printing, gravure printing, screen printing, spraying, brush application and the like can be mentioned.
  • These treatments may be carried out after the fibers are made into a web by various methods, and then after the web is made into a nonwoven fabric or incorporated into an absorbent article.
  • the fiber having the liquid film cleaving agent attached to the surface is dried at a temperature sufficiently lower than the melting point of the fiber resin (for example, 120 ° C. or less) by, for example, a hot air blowing type dryer.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention needs to exist as a liquid when the liquid film cleaving agent touches body fluid in order to have the liquid film cleaving effect described later in the nonwoven fabric. From this point, the melting point of the liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention is preferably 40 ° C. or less, and more preferably 35 ° C. or less. Furthermore, the melting point of the liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention is preferably ⁇ 220 ° C. or higher, more preferably ⁇ 180 ° C. or higher.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent has a smaller surface tension than conventional hydrophilizing agents used for nonwoven fabric fibers. That is, the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing part 6 is larger than the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing part 7. Therefore, the constituent fibers of the containing portion 6 are given lubricity or hydrophobicity by the liquid film cleaving agent, and enhance the lubricity of the liquid on the surface of the nonwoven fabric as compared with the case without the liquid film cleaving agent. In particular, when liquid is first received from a dry surface, the liquid tends to flow out. On the other hand, since the non-containing part 7 does not have a liquid film cleaving agent, the liquid does not flow out on the surface of the nonwoven fabric 5.
  • the liquid film in the process in which the droplet of excretory liquid or the droplet flowing through the wearer's body when the absorbent article is attached flows on the surface of the non-woven fabric when first contacting the non-woven fabric or after contacting the non-woven fabric. It overlaps over both the containing part 6 containing a cleaving agent and the non-containing part 7 not containing a liquid film cleaving agent. In such an overlap, the cleaving action of the liquid film in the containing part 6 and the liquid flow suppressing action by the non-containing part are simultaneously manifested with respect to the droplet.
  • the liquid film formed by entering between the fibers is cleaved to increase the liquid permeability in the thickness direction.
  • the surface flow preventive property of the liquid can be enhanced while achieving and maintaining a high liquid residue reduction of the nonwoven fabric 5.
  • action of a liquid film cleaving agent and the detail of a specific example are mentioned later.
  • the surface flow preventing property of the liquid described above is that the non-containing part 7 that does not contain the liquid film cleaving agent is arranged continuously or intermittently in a plurality of directions, thereby suppressing the occurrence of liquid flow on the nonwoven fabric surface, And even if a liquid flow arises, it is because the liquid flow prevention effect
  • sequence of the non-containing part 7 is an arrangement
  • the containing portions 6 are preferably arranged in an island-like pattern in which islands are spaced apart from each other in the continuous non-containing portion 7 region.
  • positioning of the non-containing part 7 is that the some non-containing part 7 isolate
  • the liquid droplets overlap across both the containing part 6 containing the liquid film cleaving agent and the non-containing part 7 not containing the liquid film cleaving agent, so that the liquid film between the fibers of the nonwoven fabric 5 becomes a liquid film. Cleavage is caused by the action of the cleaving agent, and the permeability of the liquid in the thickness direction of the nonwoven fabric is increased.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent has extensibility with respect to the liquid as will be described later. Therefore, the liquid film cleaving agent is contained over the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 and the containing part 6 The liquid film cleaving agent expands to the non-containing part 7.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent is not only expanded on a liquid film in a narrow region such as between fibers in the containing portion 6 described later (micro-expansion), but also from the containing portion 6 that overlaps the droplet to the non-containing portion 7.
  • the liquid film cleaving action as described later of the liquid film cleaving agent is expressed not only in the containing part 6 but also in the non-containing part 7.
  • the expandability of the liquid film cleaving agent itself compensates for the reduction of the liquid film cleaving action by limiting the liquid film cleaving agent to the containing part 6 and maintains the liquid film cleaving action of the nonwoven fabric 5 as a whole.
  • the effect of the expansion of the liquid film cleaving agent to the non-containing part 7 is further enhanced by the fact that the liquid droplets remain in a certain region due to the liquid flow preventing action.
  • the nonwoven fabric 5 can enhance the liquid surface flow prevention property while realizing a high liquid residue reduction.
  • action is especially effective at the point which opens the liquid permeation
  • the degree of macro expansibility of the liquid film cleaving agent from the containing part 6 to the non-containing part 7 depends on various factors. For example, the larger the expansion coefficient described later, the longer the expansion distance in the droplet, and the higher the expandability. Moreover, the expansion distance in a droplet becomes long and the high expansibility is shown, so that the containing basis weight of the liquid film cleaving agent in the containing part 6 is large. Similarly, the liquid film cleaving agent exhibits a suitable high expansibility for droplets by moderately suppressing the viscosity.
  • the viscosity of the liquid film cleaving agent is 0 cps or more, preferably 10,000 cps or less, more preferably 1000 cps or less, and further preferably 200 cps or less.
  • the viscosity of the liquid film cleaving agent can be measured by the following method. First, 40 g of a liquid film cleaving agent is prepared. Next, the viscosity of the liquid film cleaving agent is measured using a tuning fork type vibration viscometer SV-10 (manufactured by A & D Co., Ltd.) in an environmental region of a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. This is repeated three times, and the average value is adopted as the viscosity.
  • SV-10 tuning fork type vibration viscometer
  • the liquid film cleaving agent When the liquid film cleaving agent is solid, the liquid film cleaving agent is heated to the melting point of the liquid film cleaving agent + 5 ° C. to cause a phase transition to the liquid, and the measurement is carried out while maintaining the temperature condition.
  • a liquid film cleaving agent is taken out from a fiber by the method used in measurement of the expansion coefficient etc. which are mentioned later. In this case, when only a small amount can be taken out for the measurement, identification is performed in the same manner as in the case of measuring an expansion coefficient, which will be described later.
  • the liquid flow preventing effect on the nonwoven fabric surface by the liquid flow preventing action and the liquid remaining reducing effect in the nonwoven fabric by the liquid film cleaving action can be compatible, not the containing part 6 but the non-containing part 7 mutually. They may be spaced apart. Moreover, both the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 may be arranged separately from each other. That is, at least one of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 is arranged on the surface of the nonwoven fabric so as to be separated from each other. In any case, the non-containing part 7 is arranged adjacent to the containing part 6.
  • the containing part 6 When only the containing part 6 is arranged away from each other among the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7, the containing part 6 is included in the arrangement region of the continuous non-containing part 7 as shown in FIG.
  • a sea-island-like arrangement pattern in which islands are arranged apart from each other is preferable.
  • the sea-island-like arrangement pattern in which the non-containing parts 7 are arranged in an island-like manner in the arrangement area of the continuous containing parts 6 Is preferred.
  • Examples of the form in which only the non-containing part 7 is separated from each other include, for example, a form in which the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 are interchanged in the arrangement shown in FIG.
  • the above-described liquid flow effect is higher in the sea-island arrangement pattern in which the containing parts 6 are arranged apart from each other in the continuous non-containing part 7. preferable. Further, in the sea-island arrangement pattern described above, the arrangement pitch and the arrangement pattern of the containing parts 6 that are separated from each other or the non-containing parts 7 can be arbitrarily set within a range that does not impede the above two actions.
  • the planar shape of the containing part 6 or the non-containing part 7 arranged apart from each other is not limited to the circular shape shown in FIG. 1 described above, and can be various.
  • the shape of various figures such as a rectangle, the one made of a broken line, a wavy line, or a curve having a predetermined width can be mentioned.
  • a plurality of inclusion parts 6 in the shape of rhombuses are separated from each other in non-containing parts 7 that are continuously extended in a plurality of directions and formed in a lattice shape on the nonwoven fabric surface. Pattern arranged in this way.
  • a plurality of non-containing parts 7 formed in a rhombus shape are separated from each other in a containing part 6 that continuously extends in a plurality of directions and forms a lattice. The pattern arranged in order.
  • the containing parts 6 may be arranged in a wavy line so as to be spaced apart from each other, and the space between the containing parts 6 may be the non-containing part 7.
  • the containing portions 6 may be arranged in a plurality of elliptical shapes having different sizes, arranged concentrically and spaced apart from each other, and the space between the containing portions 6 may be the non-containing portion 7. The arrangement
  • the containing part 6 may be made of a plurality of lines having a geometric shape
  • the space between the containing parts 6 may be a non-containing part
  • the non-containing part 7 may be made of a plurality of lines having a geometric shape
  • Between 7 may be the containing portion 6.
  • the directions arranged apart from each other may be a plurality of directions on the surface of the nonwoven fabric as in the present embodiment, or may be a single direction.
  • the droplets can flow out in various directions on the surface of the nonwoven fabric, it is preferable that the droplets are arranged in a plurality of intersecting directions.
  • the arrangement direction may include at least the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the nonwoven fabric from the viewpoint of enhancing the liquid leakage prevention (leakproof property) of the absorbent article when the nonwoven fabric 5 is applied as a top sheet of the absorbent article. More preferred. For example, specific examples shown in FIGS.
  • both the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 extend in a strip shape in the longitudinal direction, and the strip-like containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 are alternately arranged in the width direction.
  • the bands of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 extending in the width direction are alternately arranged in the longitudinal direction.
  • the nonwoven fabric of the present invention When the nonwoven fabric of the present invention is applied as a surface sheet of an absorbent article, the nonwoven fabric is arranged with the longitudinal direction of the nonwoven fabric directed in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent article. Therefore, it is preferable that the nonwoven fabric of this invention has an arrangement
  • FIG. 3 (A) the arrangement in which the bands of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 are extended in the longitudinal direction, the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 as shown in FIG. This is more preferable than the arrangement in which the bands are extended in the width direction.
  • the array of circular containing portions 6 preferably has an array in at least the longitudinal direction and the width direction.
  • the length of the containing part 6 on the virtual line is the non-containing part 7. It is preferable that the length is shorter. More preferably, the transverse direction is a direction that coincides with the width direction of the absorbent article.
  • the length of the containing part 6 and the length of the non-containing part 7 on the imaginary line when the imaginary line is arbitrarily drawn in a direction coinciding with the width direction of the absorbent article are the lengths of the containing part 6 in the width direction, respectively. And the length of the non-containing part 7 in the width direction.
  • FIG. 4A is a partially enlarged view of the arrangement of FIG.
  • the length S1 of the non-containing part 7 is longer than the length S2 of the containing part 6 (S1 > S2) is preferred.
  • the length of the containing part 6 is a diameter of a circle.
  • the length of the non-containing part 7 is a length obtained by subtracting the diameter of the circle from the pitch between the circular containing parts 6 on the virtual line T.
  • FIG. 4B shows a form in which the containing portion 6 has an elliptical shape.
  • the length S1 of the non-containing part 7 is the length S2 of the containing part 6 Longer (S1> S2).
  • the imaginary line T is drawn so as to pass through the center in the longitudinal direction of the ellipse of the containing part 6, and the length of the containing part 6 is the diameter in the width direction passing through the center of the ellipse on the imaginary line T. It is.
  • the length of the non-containing part 7 is a length obtained by subtracting the diameter of the circle from the pitch between the elliptical containing parts 6 on the virtual line T.
  • FIG. 4C is a partially enlarged view showing the arrangement in which the band-shaped containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 are extended in the longitudinal direction shown in FIG.
  • a virtual line T along the width direction is drawn at an arbitrary position in the longitudinal direction.
  • the length (band width) S1 of the non-containing part 7 is preferably longer than the length (band width) S2 of the containing part 6 (S1> S2).
  • FIG. 4 (D) is a partially enlarged view of the lattice-like arrangement shown in FIG. 2 (B) in which a plurality of non-contained portions 7 shaped like rhombuses are arranged apart from each other in the lattice-like inclusion portion 6.
  • the imaginary line T is drawn so as to pass through the intersection of the containing parts 6. That is, the imaginary line T is drawn at the position where the length of the non-containing part 7 is the longest.
  • the length S1 of the non-containing part 7 is longer than the length S2 of the containing part 6 (S1> S2).
  • the ratio (S2 / S1) of the length (S2) of the containing portion 6 to the length (S1) of the non-containing portion 7 on the imaginary line is preferably 1 or less, and less than 1 from the viewpoint of liquid flow prevention properties. Is more preferable, 2/3 or less is more preferable, and 3/7 or less is particularly preferable. Further, the ratio (S2 / S1) of the length (S2) of the containing part 6 on the imaginary line to the length (S1) of the non-containing part 7 is the ratio in the non-containing part 7 due to macro expansion of the liquid film cleaving agent. From the viewpoint of reducing the remaining liquid, 1/19 or more is preferable, 1/9 or more is more preferable, and 1/4 or more is still more preferable.
  • the total area of the containing part 6 is below the total area of the non-containing part 7. That is, the ratio of the total area of the containing part 6 to the total area of the nonwoven fabric (sum of the total area of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7) is preferably 50% or less, and more preferably 40% or less. More preferably, it is 30% or less. Thereby, the region of the liquid film cleaving agent containing portion 6 that can be a factor of the liquid flow is moderately suppressed, and it is preferable that the liquid flow is hardly generated stably.
  • the ratio of the total area of the containing part 6 to the area of the whole nonwoven fabric is 5% or more from the viewpoint of maintaining the liquid film cleaving action as the whole nonwoven fabric. Preferably, it is 10% or more, more preferably 20% or more.
  • said total area can calculate as what is shown in the area of the whole nonwoven fabric that can define the magnitude
  • the length of the longitudinal direction may be set to 20 cm, and calculates an area from there.
  • the arrangement in which at least one of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 is separated may be on the entire surface of the nonwoven fabric or on a part thereof.
  • the arrangement is preferably arranged at least at a position to be a liquid receiving part that directly receives the liquid on the surface of the nonwoven fabric.
  • a liquid receiving part means the part which receives excretion, when the nonwoven fabric 5 is used for an absorbent article as the name.
  • the liquid receiving part can be considered as a central portion in the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the paper diaper or the daytime napkin.
  • the liquid receiving portion is a central portion in the longitudinal direction and the width direction in the second region from the front when the night napkin is divided into four in the longitudinal direction.
  • front refers to a direction facing the abdomen of the wearer when the night napkin is worn. This is particularly effective from the viewpoint of liquid absorbency when the nonwoven fabric 5 is used as the top sheet of the absorbent article.
  • a portion where the array in which at least one of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 is separated is in contact with the excretory part of the wearer (excretion It is preferable to be in the mouth facing portion.
  • the excretion opening facing portion varies depending on the use of the absorbent article. For example, in the sanitary napkin 100 with a wing as shown in FIG. 5, a leak-proof groove extending in the longitudinal direction from the position sandwiched by the wings 130 in the center position of the width of the top sheet 110 overlapping the absorbent body 120. A portion surrounded by 140 becomes the excretion opening facing portion 150.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably contained at least on the surface that receives the liquid in the thickness direction of the nonwoven fabric 5.
  • the surface sheet of the above example it is preferable that at least a liquid film cleaving agent is contained on the skin contact surface side that comes into contact with the wearer's skin.
  • the difference between the contact angle of the constituent fiber of the containing part 6 and the contact angle of the constituent fiber of the non-containing part 7 is that the higher the contact angle of the constituent fiber of the containing part 6 is, the more difficult it is to form a liquid film. From the viewpoint of liquid film formation inhibition, it is preferably 5 ° or more, more preferably 10 ° or more, and still more preferably 20 ° or more.
  • the difference in contact angle is preferably 60 degrees or less, more preferably 50 degrees or less, and still more preferably 40 degrees or less. By carrying out like this, it becomes what was excellent in the drawing property of the liquid from the surface of the nonwoven fabric 5 to the inside. In addition, said contact angle can be measured by the method mentioned later.
  • the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing part 7 is preferably 90 degrees or less, more preferably 80 degrees or less, and still more preferably 70 degrees or less. Thereby, the wettability of the fiber surface is moderately imparted, the liquid easily enters between the fibers, the liquid flow is easily suppressed, the wetted area increases, and the liquid film cleaving agent is easily transferred to the liquid film. Further, the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing portion 6 is preferably 110 degrees or less, more preferably 90 degrees or less, and still more preferably 80 degrees or less. Thereby, the slipperiness
  • the above contact angle can be measured by the following method. That is, a fiber is taken out from a predetermined part of the nonwoven fabric, and the contact angle of water with the fiber is measured.
  • a measuring device an automatic contact angle meter MCA-J manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd. is used. Deionized water is used to measure the contact angle. The measurement is performed at a temperature of 25 degrees and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%.
  • the amount of liquid ejected from an ink jet type water droplet ejection part (manufactured by Cluster Technology Co., Ltd., pulse injector CTC-25 having a pore diameter of 25 ⁇ m) is set to 20 picoliters, and a water droplet is dropped just above the fiber.
  • the state of dripping is recorded on a high-speed recording device connected to a horizontally installed camera.
  • the recording device is preferably a personal computer incorporating a high-speed capture device from the viewpoint of image analysis or image analysis later.
  • an image is recorded every 17 msec.
  • the first image of water drops on the fiber taken out from the non-woven fabric is attached to the attached software FAMAS (software version is 2.6.2, analysis method is droplet method, analysis method is ⁇ / 2 method)
  • the image processing algorithm is non-reflective, the image processing image mode is frame, the threshold level is 200, and the curvature is not corrected). And the contact angle.
  • liquid film cleaving agent contained in the containing part of the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention will be described.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent of the first embodiment has an expansion coefficient of 15 mN / m or more for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m.
  • the compound which has the property of the liquid film cleaving agent of 1st Embodiment may be called compound C1.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent preferably has a water solubility of 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less.
  • the nonwoven fabric of 1st Embodiment contains the said liquid film cleaving agent.
  • the “expansion coefficient with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m” possessed by the liquid film cleaving agent refers to an expansion coefficient with respect to a liquid assuming the above-mentioned excretion liquid such as menstrual blood or urine.
  • the “expansion coefficient” is a value obtained from a measurement value obtained by a measurement method described later in an environment region at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity (RH) of 65% based on the following formula (1).
  • the liquid film in Formula (1) means a liquid phase of “a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m”, and is a liquid in a state where a film is stretched between fibers or on a fiber surface, Includes both, also simply called liquid.
  • the surface tension in the formula (1) means an interfacial tension at the interface between the liquid film and the liquid film cleaving agent with the gas phase, and is distinct from the interfacial tension between the liquid phase and the liquid film cleaving agent. To do. This distinction applies to other descriptions in the present specification.
  • the expansion coefficient (S) of the liquid film cleaving agent increases as the surface tension ( ⁇ o ) of the liquid film cleaving agent decreases, and the interfacial tension of the liquid film cleaving agent with the liquid film It increases as ( ⁇ wo ) decreases.
  • the expansion coefficient is 15 mN / m or more, the liquid film cleaving agent has high mobility on the surface of the liquid film generated in a narrow region between fibers, that is, high diffusibility.
  • the expansion coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent is more preferably 20 mN / m or more, further preferably 25 mN / m or more, and particularly preferably 30 mN / m or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but when a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is used according to Equation (1), a liquid having an upper limit of 50 mN / m and a surface tension of 60 mN / m was used. In this case, when a liquid having an upper limit of 60 mN / m and a surface tension of 70 mN / m is used, the surface tension of the liquid forming the liquid film becomes an upper limit, such as 70 mN / m. Therefore, in the present invention, from the viewpoint of using a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m, it is 50 mN / m or less.
  • the “water solubility” of the liquid film cleaving agent is a dissolvable mass (g) of the liquid film cleaving agent with respect to 100 g of deionized water. Based on the measurement method described later, the temperature is 25 ° C. and the relative humidity (RH) is 65. It is a value measured in the environmental area of%. When the water solubility is 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less, the liquid film cleaving agent is difficult to dissolve and forms an interface with the liquid film, thereby making the diffusibility more effective.
  • the water solubility of the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably 0.0025 g or less, more preferably 0.0017 g or less, and still more preferably less than 0.0001 g. Further, the water solubility is preferably as small as possible, and is 0 g or more. From the viewpoint of diffusibility into the liquid film, it is practical to set the water solubility to 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 9 g or more. In addition, it is thought that said water solubility is applicable also to the menstrual blood, urine, etc. which have a water
  • the surface tension ( ⁇ w ) of the liquid film (liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m), the surface tension ( ⁇ o ) of the liquid film cleaving agent, and the interfacial tension of the liquid film cleaving agent ( ⁇ wo )
  • the water solubility of the liquid film cleaving agent is measured by the following method.
  • the nonwoven fabric to be measured is a member (for example, a surface sheet) incorporated in an absorbent article such as a sanitary product or a disposable diaper, the measurement is taken out as follows.
  • the member to be measured is carefully peeled off and taken out.
  • This extraction method is applied in the measurement according to the nonwoven fabric of the present invention, such as measurement of the interfiber distance and the fineness described later.
  • a washing liquid such as hexane, methanol, ethanol, and the solvent used for the washing (including the liquid film cleaving agent). The washing solvent is dried and removed.
  • the mass of the substance taken out at this time is applied when calculating the content ratio (OPU) with respect to the fiber mass of the liquid film cleaving agent. If the amount of the extracted material is too small to measure the surface tension or interfacial tension, select an appropriate column and solvent according to the composition of the extracted material, and then fractionate each component by high performance liquid chromatography. Furthermore, the structure of each fraction is identified by performing MS measurement, NMR measurement, elemental analysis and the like for each fraction. When the liquid film cleaving agent contains a polymer compound, it becomes easier to identify the constituents by using a technique such as gel permeation chromatography (GPC) together.
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • the substance is a commercial product, it is procured, and if it is not a commercial product, a sufficient amount is obtained by synthesis, and the surface tension and interfacial tension are measured.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent obtained as described above is a solid, the liquid film cleaving agent is heated to the melting point of the liquid film cleaving agent + 5 ° C. to cause a phase transition to the liquid. Perform measurement under the same conditions.
  • Measurement method of surface tension ( ⁇ w ) of liquid film (liquid) Measurement can be performed using a platinum plate by the plate method (Wilhelmy method) in an environmental region at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%.
  • a measuring device at that time an automatic surface tension meter “CBVP-Z” (trade name, manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.) can be used.
  • a platinum plate having a purity of 99.9%, a size of 25 mm in width, and 10 mm in length is used.
  • liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is a polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaur, which is a nonionic surfactant, in deionized water using the above measurement method.
  • a solution adjusted to a surface tension of 50 ⁇ 1 mN / m by adding a rate (for example, trade name Leool Super TW-L120 manufactured by Kao Corporation) is used.
  • the interfacial tension when the drop is formed (at 0 second) is read.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent is heated to the melting point of the liquid film cleaving agent + 5 ° C. to cause a phase transition to the liquid, and the measurement is performed with the temperature condition.
  • the measurement is performed with the temperature condition.
  • the interfacial tension if the density difference between the liquid film cleaving agent and the liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN / m is very small, the viscosity is extremely high, or the interfacial tension value is below the pendant drop measurement limit, The interfacial tension measurement by the pendant drop method may be difficult.
  • the measurement can be performed by measuring by a spinning drop method in an environment region at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%.
  • a spinning drop interfacial tensiometer manufactured by KRUSS, trade name SITE100
  • the interfacial tension when the drop shape is stabilized is read, and when the obtained liquid film cleaving agent is solid, it is heated to the melting point of the liquid film cleaving agent + 5 ° C. The phase is changed and the measurement is carried out with the temperature condition. Note that if the interfacial tension can be measured by both measuring devices, a smaller interfacial tension value is adopted as the measurement result.
  • dissolution means both monodisperse dissolution and micelle dispersion dissolution, and the amount of dissolution when floating, precipitation, precipitation, or cloudiness is observed is the water solubility. It becomes.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent of the present embodiment has the above expansion coefficient and water solubility, so that it spreads without dissolving on the surface of the liquid film and can displace the liquid film layer from the vicinity of the center of the liquid film. it can. As a result, the liquid film is destabilized and cleaved.
  • action in the nonwoven fabric of the liquid film cleaving agent of this embodiment is demonstrated concretely with reference to FIG.
  • a highly viscous liquid such as menstrual blood or excreted liquid such as urine tends to stretch the liquid film 2.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent destabilizes and breaks the liquid film in the following manner, inhibits formation, and promotes drainage from the nonwoven fabric.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent 3 included in the non-woven fiber 1 moves on the surface of the liquid film 2 while maintaining the interface with the liquid film 2.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent 3 pushes away a part of the liquid film 2 and penetrates in the thickness direction, as shown in FIGS. 7A3 and 7B3.
  • the liquid film 2 is gradually changed to a non-uniform and thin film.
  • the liquid film 2 is opened and cleaved so as to be repelled.
  • the cleaved menstrual fluid or the like becomes droplets and easily passes between the fibers of the nonwoven fabric, and the remaining liquid is reduced.
  • action with respect to the liquid film of said liquid film cleaving agent is similarly demonstrated not only to the case with respect to the liquid film between fibers but with respect to the liquid film clinging to the fiber surface. That is, the liquid film cleaving agent can move over the liquid film clinging to the fiber surface and push away a part of the liquid film to cleave the liquid film. In addition, the liquid film cleaving agent can cleave the liquid film with respect to the liquid film clinging to the fiber surface without moving at the position attached to the fiber, and can inhibit the formation of the liquid film.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention does not perform liquid modification such as lowering the surface tension of the liquid film, but cleaves and inhibits the liquid film itself generated between the fibers or on the fiber surface.
  • liquid modification such as lowering the surface tension of the liquid film
  • the liquid residue of a nonwoven fabric can be reduced.
  • the nonwoven fabric is incorporated in the absorbent article as a surface sheet, the retention of the liquid between the fibers is suppressed, and a liquid permeation path to the absorber is secured. Thereby, the liquid permeability increases, the liquid flow on the sheet surface is suppressed, and the liquid absorption rate increases.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent preferably further has an interface tension of 20 mN / m or less with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m. That is, it is preferable that the “interfacial tension ( ⁇ wo ) of the liquid film cleaving agent with respect to the liquid film”, which is one variable for determining the value of the expansion coefficient (S) in the above-described mathematical formula (1), is 20 mN / m or less.
  • the “interfacial tension with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m” of the liquid film cleaving agent is more preferably 17 mN / m or less, further preferably 13 mN / m or less, still more preferably 10 mN / m or less, and 9 mN.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and may be larger than 0 mN / m from the viewpoint of insolubility in the liquid film. Note that when the interfacial tension is 0 mN / m, that is, when dissolved, an interface between the liquid film and the liquid film cleaving agent cannot be formed, so Equation (1) does not hold and the agent does not expand. As can be seen from the mathematical expression, the expansion coefficient changes depending on the surface tension of the target liquid.
  • the expansion coefficient is 50.8 mN / m.
  • the surface tension of the target liquid is 30 mN / m
  • the surface tension of the liquid film cleaving agent is 21 mN / m
  • the interfacial tension is 0.2 mN / m
  • the expansion coefficient is 8.8 mN / m.
  • the larger the expansion coefficient the greater the liquid film cleavage effect.
  • the numerical value at the surface tension of 50 mN / m is defined.
  • the surface tension of the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably 32 mN / m or less, more preferably 30 mN / m or less, further preferably 25 mN / m or less, and particularly preferably 22 mN / m or less. Moreover, the said surface tension is so good that it is small, and the minimum is not specifically limited. From the viewpoint of durability of the liquid film cleaving agent, 1 mN / m or more is practical. By setting the surface tension of the liquid film cleaving agent to be in the above range or less, even when the surface tension of the target liquid that stretches the liquid film is lowered, the liquid film cleaving action can be effectively exhibited.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent of the second embodiment has an expansion coefficient greater than 0 mN / m for a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN / m, that is, a positive value, and an interfacial tension for a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN / m is 20 mN. / M or less.
  • the compound having the properties of the liquid film cleaving agent of the second embodiment may be referred to as compound C2.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent preferably has a water solubility of 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less.
  • the nonwoven fabric of 2nd Embodiment contains the said liquid film cleaving agent.
  • the “interfacial tension with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m” is 20 mN / m or less, it means that the diffusibility of the liquid film cleaving agent on the liquid film is increased as described above.
  • the expansion coefficient is relatively small such that the “expansion coefficient for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m” is less than 15 mN / m
  • many liquid film cleaving agents are removed from the fiber surface due to high diffusibility.
  • extension coefficient for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is defined in the first embodiment.
  • the measuring method is also the same.
  • the “interfacial tension with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m” is preferably 17 mN / m or less, and 13 mN / m or less. Is more preferably 10 mN / m or less, still more preferably 9 mN / m or less, and particularly preferably 1 mN / m or less.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited as in the first embodiment, and is practically larger than 0 mN / m from the viewpoint of not dissolving in a liquid film (a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m). .
  • the “expansion coefficient for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m” is preferably 9 mN / m or more, more preferably 10 mN / m or more from the viewpoint of making the action of the liquid film cleaving agent more effective. More preferably, it is 15 mN / m or more.
  • the upper limit in particular is not restrict
  • the nonwoven fabric containing the liquid film cleaving agent of the first embodiment and the nonwoven fabric containing the liquid film cleaving agent of the second embodiment further contain a phosphate ester type anionic surfactant.
  • a phosphate ester type anionic surfactant As a result, the hydrophilicity of the fiber surface is increased and the wettability is improved, so that the area where the liquid film and the liquid film cleaving agent are in contact with each other is increased, and blood and urine are surface-active having a phosphate group derived from a living body.
  • the content ratio of the liquid membrane cleaving agent to the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant is preferably 1: 1 to 19: 1 by mass ratio (liquid membrane cleaving agent: phosphate ester type anionic surfactant), 2: 1 to 15: 1 is more preferable, and 3: 1 to 10: 1 is still more preferable.
  • the content ratio is preferably 5: 1 to 19: 1, more preferably 8: 1 to 16: 1, and even more preferably 11: 1 to 13: 1 in terms of mass ratio.
  • the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant is not particularly limited.
  • specific examples thereof include alkyl ether phosphates, dialkyl phosphates, and alkyl phosphates.
  • alkyl phosphates are preferable from the viewpoint of enhancing the affinity with the liquid film and simultaneously imparting the workability of the nonwoven fabric.
  • Various alkyl ether phosphates can be used without particular limitation.
  • polyoxyalkylene stearyl ether phosphate examples include unsaturated carbon chains such as oxyalkylene oleyl ether phosphates and polyoxyalkylene palmitoleyl ether phosphates, and those having side chains in these carbon chains. More preferably, it is a completely neutralized or partially neutralized salt of a mono- or dipolyoxyalkylene alkyl ether phosphate ester having 16 to 18 carbon chains.
  • Examples of the polyoxyalkylene include polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene, polyoxybutylene and those obtained by copolymerizing these constituent monomers.
  • Examples of the salt of alkyl ether phosphate include alkali metals such as sodium and potassium, ammonia, and various amines. Alkyl ether phosphates can be used singly or in combination of two or more. Specific examples of the alkyl phosphate ester include those having a saturated carbon chain such as stearyl phosphate ester, myristyl phosphate ester, lauryl phosphate ester, palmityl phosphate ester, oleyl phosphate ester, palmitoleyl phosphate ester, etc.
  • Examples include unsaturated carbon chains and those having side chains in these carbon chains. More preferably, it is a completely neutralized or partially neutralized salt of a mono- or dialkyl phosphate ester having 16 to 18 carbon chains.
  • alkyl phosphate ester salt include alkali metals such as sodium and potassium, ammonia, and various amines.
  • Alkyl phosphate ester can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.
  • liquid film cleaving agent in the first embodiment and the second embodiment will be described. These are not soluble in water or have poor water-solubility because they are in the specific numerical range described above, and act to cleave the liquid film.
  • surfactants used as conventional fiber treatment agents are practically water-soluble when used by dissolving in water, and are not the liquid film cleaving agent of the present invention. .
  • the liquid film cleaving agent in the first embodiment and the second embodiment is preferably a compound having a mass average molecular weight of 500 or more.
  • This mass average molecular weight greatly affects the viscosity of the liquid film cleaving agent.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent keeps the viscosity high so that it does not easily flow off when the liquid passes between the fibers, and the liquid film cleaving effect in the nonwoven fabric can be maintained.
  • the mass average molecular weight of the liquid film cleavage agent is more preferably 1000 or more, further preferably 1500 or more, and particularly preferably 2000 or more.
  • the mass average molecular weight is measured using a gel permeation chromatograph (GPC) “CCPD” (trade name, manufactured by Tosoh Corporation). The measurement conditions are as follows. The calculated molecular weight is calculated with polystyrene. Separation column: GMHHR-H + GMHHR-H (cation) Eluent: L Farmin DM20 / CHCl3 Solvent flow rate: 1.0 ml / min Separation column temperature: 40 ° C
  • the liquid film cleaving agent in the first embodiment is preferably a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following structures X, XY, and YXY, as will be described later.
  • Structure X is> C (A)- ⁇ C represents a carbon atom. ⁇ ,>, And-indicate a bond. The same applies hereinafter.
  • a hydrogen atom or —C (A) 3 , —C (A) 2 B, —C (A) (B) 2, —C (A) 2 —C (R 1 ) 3 , -C (R 1 ) 2 A, -C (R 1 ) 3 , -OSi (R 1 ) 3 , -OSi (R 1 ) 2 (R 2 ), -Si (R 1 ) 3 , -Si (R 1 ) 2 It has at least one group selected from the group consisting of (R 2 ).
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group or a propyl group), an alkoxy group (having a carbon number of 1 to 20).
  • Preferred examples include various substituents such as a methoxy group and an ethoxy group, an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, eg a phenyl group), and a halogen atom (eg a fluorine atom is preferred). Show.
  • a and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom, such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an amino group, an amide group, an imino group, or a phenol group.
  • R 1 , R 2 , A, and B in the structure X may be the same as or different from each other.
  • a continuous bond between C (carbon atom) and Si is usually a single bond, but may include a double bond or a triple bond, and the bond between C and Si includes an ether group (- O-), amide group (—CONR A —: R A is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group), ester group (—COO—), carbonyl group (—CO—), carbonate group (—OCOO—), etc. Groups may be included.
  • the number of one C and Si bonded to the other C or Si is 1 to 4, and a long-chain silicone chain (siloxane chain) or mixed chain is branched or has a radial structure. There may be cases.
  • Y represents a hydrophilic group having hydrophilicity including an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom.
  • a polyoxyethylene (POE) group a polyoxyalkylene group, Propylene (POP) group is preferred
  • POP polyoxyethylene
  • sulfonic acid group sulfuric acid group
  • phosphoric acid group a polyoxyalkylene group
  • sulfobetaine group a polyoxyalkylene group
  • carbobetaine group a polyoxyalkylene group
  • phosphobetaine group a hydrophilic group
  • Y is plural, they may be the same or different. In structures XY and YXY, Y is attached to X or a terminal group of X.
  • the terminal group of X is bonded to Y by removing, for example, the same number of hydrogen atoms as the number of bonds to Y.
  • the hydrophilic groups Y, A, and B can be selected from the groups specifically described to satisfy the aforementioned expansion coefficient, water solubility, and interfacial tension.
  • the target liquid film cleavage effect is expressed.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably a compound in which the structure X is a siloxane structure. Furthermore, in the liquid film cleaving agent, as specific examples of the structures X, XY, and YXY, the structures represented by the following formulas (1) to (11) are arbitrarily combined from a siloxane chain. Is preferred. Furthermore, it is preferable from the viewpoint of the liquid film cleaving action that this compound has a mass average molecular weight in the above-mentioned range.
  • M 1 , L 1 , R 21 , and R 22 represent the following monovalent or polyvalent (divalent or higher) groups.
  • R 23 and R 24 represent the following monovalent or polyvalent (divalent or higher) group or a single bond.
  • M 1 is a group having a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a polyoxyalkylene group obtained by combining them, an erythritol group, a xylitol group, a sorbitol group, a glycerin group or an ethylene glycol group.
  • Hydrophilic groups having a plurality of hydroxyl groups hydrophilic groups formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the above compound having a plurality of hydroxyl groups such as erythritol), hydroxyl groups, carboxylic acid groups, mercapto groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) For example, a methoxy group is preferred), amino group, amide group, imino group, phenol group, sulfonic acid group, quaternary ammonium group, sulfobetaine group, hydroxysulfobetaine group, phosphobetaine group, imidazolium betaine group, carbobetaine.
  • M 1 is a polyvalent group
  • M 1 represents a group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from each of the above groups or functional groups.
  • L 1 is an ether group, an amino group (an amino group that can be taken as L 1 is represented by> NR C (R C is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group)), an amide group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, The bonding group of a carbonate group is shown.
  • R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 are each independently an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group) Group, heptyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, nonyl group and decyl group are preferred
  • alkoxy group preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, preferably methoxy group and ethoxy group
  • aryl group having 6 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 20 is preferable, for example, a phenyl group is preferable), a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a hydrocarbon group obtained by combining them, or a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom is preferable).
  • R ⁇ 22 > and R ⁇ 23 > are polyvalent groups
  • examples of the group that can be taken as R 22 or R 23 include an imino group that can be taken as R 32 in addition to the above groups, the hydrocarbon group, or the halogen atom. It is done.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent has a structure represented by any one of formulas (1), (2), (5) and (10) as X, and the end of X or the end of X and Y
  • a compound having a structure represented by any one of the above formulas other than these formulas is preferable.
  • X or a group consisting of X terminal and Y has a structure represented by any of the above formulas (2), (4), (5), (6), (8) and (9).
  • a compound composed of a siloxane chain having at least one is preferable.
  • organic surfactants that are silicone surfactants.
  • examples of the organic modified silicone modified with a reactive organic group include amino modified, epoxy modified, carboxy modified, diol modified, carbinol modified, (meth) acryl modified, mercapto modified, and phenol modified.
  • Organic modified silicones modified with non-reactive organic groups include polyether modified (including polyoxyalkylene modified), methylstyryl modified, long chain alkyl modified, higher fatty acid ester modified, higher alkoxy modified, higher fatty acid. Examples include modified and fluorine-modified ones.
  • the expansion coefficient exhibiting the above-mentioned liquid film cleavage action can be obtained.
  • long chain refers to those having 12 or more carbon atoms, preferably those having 12 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • “higher” means one having 6 or more carbon atoms, preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a modified silicone having a structure in which a liquid film cleaving agent that is a modified silicone has at least one oxygen atom in a modified group such as polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone, epoxy-modified silicone, carbinol-modified silicone, and diol-modified silicone is preferable.
  • polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone is preferred. Since the polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone has a polysiloxane chain, it hardly penetrates into the inside of the fiber and tends to remain on the surface.
  • the addition of a hydrophilic polyoxyalkylene chain is preferable because the affinity with water is increased and the interfacial tension is low, so that the movement on the surface of the liquid film is likely to occur.
  • the movement on the surface of the liquid film described above easily occurs.
  • the polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone is subjected to hot melt processing such as embossing, it tends to remain on the fiber surface at that portion, and the liquid film cleavage action is difficult to reduce.
  • the liquid film cleaving action is sufficiently exhibited at the embossed portion where the liquid tends to accumulate, which is preferable.
  • polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone examples include those represented by the following formulas [I] to [IV]. Furthermore, the polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone preferably has a mass average molecular weight within the above-mentioned range from the viewpoint of the liquid film cleavage action.
  • R 31 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, 2-ethyl-hexyl group, Nonyl group and decyl group are preferred).
  • R 32 represents a single bond or an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group or a butylene group is preferred), and preferably represents the alkylene group.
  • the plurality of R 31 and the plurality of R 32 may be the same as or different from each other.
  • M 11 represents a group having a polyoxyalkylene group, and a polyoxyalkylene group is preferable.
  • the polyoxyalkylene group include a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a copolymer of these constituent monomers.
  • m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The symbols of these repeating units are determined separately in each of the formulas (I) to (IV), and do not necessarily indicate the same integer and may be different.
  • the polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone may have one or both modified groups of polyoxyethylene-modified and polyoxypropylene-modified.
  • a methyl group in the alkyl group R 31 of the silicone chain is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those described in paragraphs [0006] and [0012] of JP-A No. 2002-161474. More specifically, polyoxyethylene (POE) polyoxypropylene (POP) modified silicone, polyoxyethylene (POE) modified silicone, polyoxypropylene (POP) modified silicone and the like can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the POE-modified silicone include POE (3) -modified dimethyl silicone added with 3 moles of POE.
  • Examples of the POP-modified silicone include POP (10) -modified dimethyl silicone, POP (12) -modified dimethyl silicone, POP (24) -modified dimethyl silicone to which POP is added at 10 mol, 12 mol, or 24 mol.
  • the expansion coefficient and water solubility of the first embodiment described above are, for example, the number of added moles of a polyoxyalkylene group (an oxyalkylene group that forms a polyoxyalkylene group with respect to 1 mole of the polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone). ), The following modification rate, and the like.
  • the surface tension and the interfacial tension can also be set within predetermined ranges in the same manner. From the above viewpoint, those having an addition mole number of the polyoxyalkylene group of 1 or more are preferable.
  • the number of added moles is more preferably 3 or more, and further preferably 5 or more.
  • the number of added moles is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and still more preferably 10 or less. If the modification rate of the modified silicone is too low, the hydrophilicity is impaired, so that it is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 10% or more, and even more preferably 20% or more.
  • the modification rate of the modified silicone is the ratio of the number of repeating units of the modified siloxane bonding portion to the total number of repeating units of the siloxane bonding portion in one molecule of the modified silicone. For example, (n / m + n) ⁇ 100% in the above formulas [I] and [IV], (2 / m) ⁇ 100% in the formula [II], and (1 / m) in the formula [III]. ⁇ 100%.
  • the modified groups are water-soluble polyoxyethylene groups, water-insoluble polyoxypropylene groups, and polyoxybutylene groups, respectively.
  • the molecular weight of the water-insoluble silicone chain By changing the molecular weight of the water-insoluble silicone chain, introducing an amino group, an epoxy group, a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, a carbinol group, etc. in addition to the polyoxyalkylene modification as the modifying group, etc. Can be set within the range.
  • the polyalkylene-modified silicone used as the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably contained in an amount of 0.02% by mass to 5% by mass with respect to the fiber mass (Oil Per Unit).
  • the content (OPU) of the polyalkylene-modified silicone is more preferably 1% by mass or less, and further preferably 0.4% by mass or less. By doing so, the tactile sensation of the nonwoven fabric becomes preferable.
  • the content ratio (OPU) is more preferably 0.04% by mass or more, and further preferably 0.1% by mass or more.
  • the fiber mass here means the fiber mass of the whole nonwoven fabric containing the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 (it is the same also in the content rate (OPU) demonstrated below).
  • the liquid film cleaving agent in the second embodiment is preferably a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following structures Z, ZY, and YZY.
  • the structure Z includes:> C (A)- ⁇ C: carbon atom>, -C (A) 2- , -C (A) (B)-,> C (A) -C (R 3 ) ⁇ ,> C Any basic structure of (R 3 ) —, —C (R 3 ) (R 4 ) —, —C (R 3 ) 2 —,> C ⁇ is repeated, or two or more are combined Represents a hydrocarbon chain of structure.
  • R 3 and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl Group, 2-ethyl-hexyl group, nonyl group and decyl group are preferable
  • alkoxy group preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, methoxy group and ethoxy group are preferable
  • aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Preferred examples thereof include a phenyl group.
  • a and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom, such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an amino group, an amide group, an imino group, or a phenol group.
  • R 3 , R 4 , A, and B in the structure Z they may be the same as or different from each other.
  • the bond between successive C (carbon atoms) is usually a single bond, but may include a double bond or a triple bond, and the bond between C includes an ether group, an amide group, an ester group.
  • a linking group such as a carbonyl group or a carbonate group may be included.
  • Y represents a hydrophilic group having hydrophilicity including an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom.
  • a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an amino group, an amide group, an imino group, a phenol group; or a polyoxyalkylene group (the oxyalkylene group preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • a hydrophilic group such as a sulfonic acid group, a sulfuric acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfobetaine group, a carbobetaine group, a phosphobetaine group, a quaternary ammonium group, an imidazolium betaine group, an epoxy group, a carbinol group, or a methacryl group;
  • Y When Y is plural, they may be the same or different.
  • Y is bonded to Z or a terminal group of Z.
  • the terminal group of Z is bonded to Y by removing, for example, the same number of hydrogen atoms as the number of bonds to Y.
  • the hydrophilic groups Y, A, and B can be selected from the groups specifically described to satisfy the aforementioned expansion coefficient, water solubility, and interfacial tension. Thus, the target liquid film cleavage effect is expressed.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably a compound in which the structures represented by the following formulas (12) to (25) are arbitrarily combined as specific examples of the structures Z, ZY, and YZY. . Furthermore, it is preferable from the viewpoint of the liquid film cleaving action that this compound has a mass average molecular weight in the above-mentioned range.
  • M 2 , L 2 , R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 represent the following monovalent or polyvalent groups (divalent or higher).
  • M 2 is a group having a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a polyoxyalkylene group in combination thereof, an erythritol group, a xylitol group, a sorbitol group, a glycerin group or an ethylene glycol group.
  • Hydrophilic groups having a plurality of hydroxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxylic acid groups, mercapto groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably methoxy groups), amino groups, amide groups, imino groups, phenol groups, sulfonic acids Group, quaternary ammonium group, sulfobetaine group, hydroxysulfobetaine group, phosphobetaine group, imidazolium betaine group, carbobetaine group, epoxy group, carbinol group, (meth) acryl group, or a functional group combining them. Show.
  • L 2 is an ether group, an amino group, an amide group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carbonate group, or a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a polyoxyalkylene group obtained by combining them.
  • the bonding group of is shown.
  • R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group) , A heptyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a nonyl group and a decyl group are preferable, an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, a methoxy group and an ethoxy group are preferable), an aryl group (having 6 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • a phenyl group is preferable), a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a hydrocarbon group obtained by combining them, or various substituents composed of a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom is preferable).
  • R 42 is a polyvalent group
  • R 42 is the above-described substituent, further showing a group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms.
  • another structure may be arbitrarily connected to the tip of the bond described in each structure, or a hydrogen atom may be introduced.
  • polyether compounds and nonionic surfactants can be mentioned.
  • a polyoxyalkylene glycol represented by the formula (VI) having a mass average molecular weight of 1000 or more steareth, behenez
  • PPG Examples include myristyl ether, PPG stearyl ether, and PPG behenyl ether.
  • the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether is preferably lauryl ether to which POP is added in an amount of 3 mol to 24 mol, preferably 5 mol.
  • polypropylene glycol having a weight average molecular weight of 1000 to 10,000, preferably 3000, to which polypropylene glycol is added in an amount of 17 to 180 mol, preferably about 50 mol, is preferable.
  • the measurement of said mass mean molecular weight can be performed with the measuring method mentioned above.
  • the polyether compound and the nonionic surfactant are preferably contained in an amount of 0.1% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less as a content ratio to the fiber mass (Oil Per Unit).
  • the content ratio (OPU) of the polyether compound or nonionic surfactant is more preferably 1% by mass or less, and further preferably 0.4% by mass or less. By doing so, the tactile sensation of the nonwoven fabric becomes preferable.
  • the content ratio (OPU) is more preferably 0.15% by mass or more, and further 0.2% by mass or more. preferable.
  • L 21 represents an ether group, an amino group, an amide group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carbonate group, a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a polyoxyalkylene group obtained by combining them
  • a linking group such as R 51 is a hydrogen atom, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, phenyl group , A fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a hydrocarbon group obtained by combining them, or various substituents composed of a fluorine atom.
  • A, b, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
  • the number of carbon atoms and the number of hydrogen atoms are determined independently in each of the formulas (V) and (VI), and do not necessarily indicate the same integer, and may be different.
  • “m” in — (C a H b O) m — is an integer of 1 or more.
  • the value of this repeating unit is determined independently in each of the formulas (V) and (VI), and does not necessarily indicate the same integer, and may be different.
  • the expansion coefficient, surface tension, and water solubility of the second embodiment described above can be set within a predetermined range, for example, depending on the number of moles of the polyoxyalkylene group in the polyether compound or nonionic surfactant.
  • the number of moles of the polyoxyalkylene group is preferably 1 or more and 70 or less. By setting it to 1 or more, the above-mentioned liquid film cleavage action is sufficiently exhibited.
  • the number of moles is more preferably 5 or more, and even more preferably 7 or more.
  • the added mole number is preferably 70 or less, more preferably 60 or less, and still more preferably 50 or less.
  • the entanglement of the molecular chain becomes moderately weak, and the diffusibility in the liquid film is excellent, which is preferable.
  • the expansion coefficient, surface tension, interfacial tension and water solubility described above are the same for water-soluble polyoxyethylene groups, water-insoluble polyoxypropylene groups and polyoxybutylene groups in polyether compounds and nonionic surfactants, respectively.
  • Use in combination change the chain length of the hydrocarbon chain, use a hydrocarbon chain having a branched chain, use a hydrocarbon chain having a double bond, benzene ring or naphthalene in the hydrocarbon chain It can be set within a predetermined range by using one having a ring or by appropriately combining the above.
  • hydrocarbon compounds having 5 or more carbon atoms can be mentioned.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 100 or less, more preferably 50 or less, from the viewpoint that the liquid is more easily expanded to the liquid film surface.
  • This hydrocarbon compound excludes polyorganosiloxane, and is not limited to a straight chain, but may be a branched chain, and the chain is not particularly limited to saturated or unsaturated.
  • This hydrocarbon compound is preferably contained in an amount of 0.1% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less as a content ratio to the fiber mass (Oil Per Unit).
  • the content ratio (OPU) of the hydrocarbon compound is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.99% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.4% by mass or less. By doing so, the tactile sensation of the nonwoven fabric becomes preferable. Further, from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting the liquid film cleavage effect due to the content of the hydrocarbon compound, the content (OPU) is more preferably 0.15% by mass or more, and further preferably 0.2% by mass or more.
  • Hydrocarbon compounds include oils or fats, such as natural oils or natural fats. Specific examples include coconut oil, camellia oil, castor oil, coconut oil, corn oil, olive oil, sunflower oil, tall oil, and mixtures thereof. Moreover, the fatty acids as represented by Formula (VII), such as caprylic acid, capric acid, oleic acid, lauric acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, myristic acid, behenic acid, and mixtures thereof, can be mentioned.
  • oils or fats such as natural oils or natural fats. Specific examples include coconut oil, camellia oil, castor oil, coconut oil, corn oil, olive oil, sunflower oil, tall oil, and mixtures thereof.
  • the fatty acids as represented by Formula (VII) such as caprylic acid, capric acid, oleic acid, lauric acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, myristic acid, behenic acid, and mixtures thereof, can be mentioned.
  • n and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
  • C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids.
  • linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted polyhydric alcohol fatty acid esters or mixtures of polyhydric alcohol fatty acid esters as represented by formula (VIII-I) or (VIII-II)
  • examples thereof include glycerin fatty acid esters and pentaerythritol fatty acid esters, and specific examples include glyceryl tricaprylate, glyceryl tripalmitate, and mixtures thereof.
  • the mixture of glycerin fatty acid ester and pentaerythritol fatty acid ester typically contains some mono-, di-, and triesters.
  • glycerin fatty acid ester examples include glyceryl tricaprylate, a mixture of glyceryl tricapryate, and the like. Also, from the viewpoint of reducing the interfacial tension and obtaining a higher expansion coefficient, a polyhydric alcohol fatty acid ester having a polyoxyalkylene group introduced to such an extent that water insolubility can be maintained may be used.
  • m, m ′, m ′′, n, n ′, and n ′′ are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
  • the plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other.
  • C m H n, C m 'H n' and C m '' H n '' are each a hydrocarbon group of each of the fatty acid.
  • fatty acids or fatty acid mixtures in which linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated fatty acids form esters with polyols having a large number of hydroxyl groups, and some of the hydroxyl groups remain unesterified are represented by the formula ( IX), a glycerin fatty acid ester, a sorbitan fatty acid ester, and a partially esterified product of pentaerythritol fatty acid ester represented by any one of formula (X) or formula (XI).
  • a mixture composed of partially esterified products such as glycerin fatty acid ester, sorbitan fatty acid ester, and pentaerythritol fatty acid ester typically contains some fully esterified compound.
  • m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
  • the plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other.
  • C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids.
  • R 52 represents a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or the like) having 2 to 22 carbon atoms. Specific examples include 2-ethylhexyl group, lauryl group, myristyl group, palmityl group, stearyl group, behenyl group, oleyl group, linole group and the like.
  • m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
  • the plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other.
  • C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids.
  • sterols can be mentioned.
  • Specific examples include cholesterol, sitosterol, stigmasterol, ergosterol, and mixtures thereof having a sterol structure of the formula (XII).
  • alcohols include lauryl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, cetostearyl alcohol, behenyl alcohol, and mixtures thereof as represented by formula (XIII).
  • n and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
  • C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above alcohol.
  • fatty acid ester examples include isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, cetylethylhexanoate, triethylhexanoin, octyldodecyl myristate, ethylhexyl palmitate, ethylhexyl stearate, butyl stearate represented by the formula (XIV). Rate, myristyl myristate, stearyl stearate, cholesteryl isostearate and mixtures thereof.
  • m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
  • two C m H n may be the same or different.
  • C m H n -COO- of C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids.
  • C m H n in —COOC m H n represents an alcohol-derived hydrocarbon group that forms an ester.
  • wax examples include ceresin, paraffin, petrolatum, mineral oil, liquid isoparaffin, and the like represented by the formula (XV).
  • n and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
  • the expansion coefficient, surface tension, water solubility, and interfacial tension of the second embodiment described above can maintain, for example, a hydrophilic polyoxyethylene group in water-insoluble in the above-described hydrocarbon compound having 5 or more carbon atoms.
  • liquid film cleaving agent in addition to the above-described liquid film cleaving agent, other components may be included as necessary. Moreover, you may use the liquid film cleaving agent of 1st Embodiment, and the liquid film cleaving agent of 2nd Embodiment combining both agents other than the form used separately. This also applies to the first compound and the second compound in the liquid film cleaving agent of the second embodiment.
  • the surface tension of the liquid film (liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m) (The identification method described in the measurement method such as [gamma] w) can be used.
  • the component of the liquid film cleaving agent is a compound having a siloxane chain in the main chain or a hydrocarbon compound having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • the content ratio (OPU) relative to the fiber mass is determined by the above-described analysis method. Based on the mass of the obtained substance, it can be determined by dividing the content of the liquid film cleaving agent by the mass of the fiber.
  • the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention has high liquid permeability regardless of the thickness of the fiber and the distance between the fibers.
  • the nonwoven fabric of the present invention is particularly effective when thin fibers are used.
  • the distance between the fibers decreases, and the narrow area between the fibers increases.
  • the distance between fibers is 120 ⁇ m, and the formed liquid film area ratio is about 2.6%.
  • the distance between the fibers is 85 ⁇ m, and the liquid film area ratio is about 7.8%, which is about three times that of a normal nonwoven fabric.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention reliably cleaves the liquid film that occurs frequently and reduces the liquid residue.
  • the liquid film area ratio is a liquid film area ratio calculated by image analysis from the nonwoven fabric surface, and has a strong correlation with the liquid remaining state on the outermost surface of the surface material. Therefore, when the liquid film area ratio decreases, the liquid in the vicinity of the skin is removed, the comfort after excretion is increased, and the absorbent article is comfortable to wear after excretion.
  • the liquid remaining amount mentioned later means the liquid amount currently hold
  • the whiteness of the surface is expressed as an L value described later.
  • the L value tends to decrease the remaining liquid amount and increase the numerical value due to the tearing of the liquid film on the surface, and whiteness tends to stand out visually.
  • the nonwoven fabric containing the liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention can reduce the liquid film area ratio and the remaining amount of liquid even if the fiber is thinned, and can increase the L value. Therefore, the soft touch by thinning the fiber and the dry feeling And at a high level.
  • the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention as a constituent member such as a surface material of an absorbent article, the dry feeling at the part that touches the skin is high, and stains due to body fluids are not noticeable due to visual whiteness.
  • the distance between the fibers of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 150 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 90 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of increasing the softness of the touch.
  • the lower limit is preferably 50 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably 70 ⁇ m or more, from the viewpoint of suppressing the liquid permeability from being impaired due to excessive narrowing between fibers. Specifically, 50 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less is preferable, and 70 ⁇ m or more and 90 ⁇ m or less is more preferable.
  • the fineness of the fiber is preferably 3.3 dtex or less, and more preferably 2.4 dtex or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5 dtex or more, and more preferably 1 dtex or more. Specifically, it is preferably 0.5 dtex or more and 3.3 dtex or less, and more preferably 1 dtex or more and 2.4 dtex or less.
  • the interfiber distance is obtained by measuring the thickness of the nonwoven fabric to be measured as follows and applying it to the following formula (2). First, the nonwoven fabric to be measured is cut into a longitudinal direction of 50 mm and a width direction of 50 mm to produce a cut piece of the nonwoven fabric. If you cannot obtain a cut piece of this size, such as when the nonwoven fabric to be measured is incorporated in absorbent articles such as sanitary products and disposable diapers, cut the cut piece to the maximum size that can be obtained. Is made. The thickness of this cut piece is measured with a pressure of 49 Pa.
  • the measurement environment is a temperature of 20 ⁇ 2 ° C., the relative humidity is 65 ⁇ 5%, and the measurement instrument is a microscope (VHX-1000 manufactured by Keyence Corporation).
  • the boundary is determined from the fiber diameter, and the thickness is calculated.
  • the inter-fiber distance of the fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric to be measured is determined by the following formula based on Wrotnowski's assumption.
  • An expression based on the assumption of Wrotnowski is generally used when determining the inter-fiber distance of the fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric.
  • the interfiber distance A ( ⁇ m) is the thickness h (mm) of the nonwoven fabric, the basis weight e (g / m 2 ), the fiber diameter d ( ⁇ m) of the fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric, It is calculated
  • the fiber diameter d ( ⁇ m) is measured using a scanning electron microscope (DSC6200, manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc.), 10 fiber cross-sections, and the average value is defined as the fiber diameter.
  • the fiber density ⁇ (g / cm 3 ) is measured according to the measuring method of the density gradient tube method described in JIS L1015 chemical fiber staple test method using a density gradient tube.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the fiber is measured with an electron microscope or the like, and the cross-sectional area of the fiber (the cross-sectional area of each resin component in a fiber formed of a plurality of resins) is measured, and the resin is measured with a DSC (differential thermal analyzer). Is specified (in the case of multiple resins, the approximate component ratio is also), the specific gravity is determined, and the fineness is calculated.
  • the cross section is first observed and the cross sectional area is calculated. Then, by measuring with DSC, it is comprised from single component resin from melting
  • fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention those usually used for this type of article can be employed without any particular limitation.
  • various materials such as heat-fusible core-sheath composite fiber, heat-extensible fiber, non-heat-extensible fiber, heat-shrinkable fiber, non-heat-shrinkable fiber, three-dimensional crimped fiber, latent crimped fiber, hollow fiber, etc. Mention may be made of fibers.
  • a non-heat-extensible fiber and a non-heat-shrinkable fiber are heat-fusible.
  • the core-sheath type composite fiber may be a concentric core-sheath type, an eccentric core-sheath type, a side-by-side type, or an irregular shape, and is preferably a concentric core-sheath type.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent, or the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate type anionic surfactant may be contained in the fiber in any step.
  • a fiber film cleaving agent or a mixture of a liquid film cleaving agent and a phosphoric acid type anionic surfactant may be blended and applied to a fiber spinning oil that is usually used for fiber spinning.
  • a liquid film cleaving agent or a mixture of a liquid film cleaving agent and a phosphoric acid type anionic surfactant may be blended and applied to the finishing oil.
  • a liquid film cleaving agent or a phosphate ester type anionic surfactant may be blended with a fiber treatment agent usually used in the production of nonwoven fabrics, and may be applied to the fibers, or may be applied after forming into a nonwoven fabric.
  • the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention contains a liquid film cleaving agent or a phosphate ester type anionic surfactant, it is excellent in liquid residue suppression corresponding to various fiber structures. Therefore, even when a large amount of liquid is applied to the nonwoven fabric, a liquid passage between the fibers is always ensured and the liquid permeability is excellent. Thereby, a various function can be added to a nonwoven fabric, without being restrict
  • it may be composed of one layer or may be composed of two or more layers.
  • the shape of a nonwoven fabric may be flat, the one side or both sides may be uneven, and the basis weight or density of the fiber may be variously changed.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent can be contained in the pattern shown in FIGS. 1 to 4 or any other pattern.
  • the surface liquid flow of a film sheet having no voids on the surface and a nonwoven sheet having voids is compared, if the entire sheet is hydrophilic, the nonwoven sheet is more hydrophilic as a whole sheet Performance is exhibited and the liquid flow is shorter than the film sheet.
  • the whole sheet is hydrophobic, the nonwoven fabric sheet exhibits more hydrophobic performance as the whole sheet, and the liquid flow becomes longer than the film sheet.
  • a part can be arranged. At this time, a pattern in which the top part of the convex part has the inclusion part, a pattern in which the bottom part of the concave part has the non-contained part, the convex part and the inclusion part match, the concave part and the non-contained part, There are patterns that match. Thereby, even if it is an uneven
  • this coating pattern is also used from the viewpoint of the production method because the convex portion comes into contact with the printing roll when a liquid film cleaving agent is applied to a nonwoven fabric having an uneven shape by a printing method such as a flexographic printing method. preferable.
  • the pattern of the containing part of the nonwoven fabric shown in FIGS. 8 to 10 is the same as or similar to that in FIG.
  • the pattern of the containing portion of the nonwoven fabric shown in FIGS. 11 to 13 is the same as or similar to that of FIG. 3
  • the pattern of the containing portion of the nonwoven fabric shown in FIG. 15 is the same or similar to that of FIG. Become.
  • the nonwoven fabric which concerns on this invention is excellent in liquid permeability by the effect
  • the range of choices also spreads about a combination with an absorber.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent in case the nonwoven fabric which concerns on this invention consists of multiple layers may be contained in all the layers, and may be contained in part. It is preferably contained in at least the layer on the side that directly receives the liquid.
  • a liquid film cleaving agent is contained in at least the layer on the skin contact surface side.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent is localized in the vicinity of at least some of the fiber entanglement points or the fiber fusion points.
  • the “localization” of the liquid film cleaving agent here is not a state in which the liquid film cleaving agent uniformly adheres to the entire surface of the fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric, but near the fiber entanglement point or fiber fusion point rather than the surface of each fiber. A state in which it is attached in the vicinity of the landing point. Specifically, it can be defined that the concentration of the liquid film cleaving agent near the entanglement point or the fusion point is higher than the fiber surface (the fiber surface between the entanglement points or between the fusion points).
  • the liquid film cleaving agent present near the fiber entanglement point or near the fiber fusion point may be attached so as to partially cover the space between the fibers around the fiber entanglement point or fiber fusion point.
  • concentration of the liquid film cleaving agent near the confounding point or the fusion point the better.
  • the concentration varies depending on the type of liquid film cleaving agent used, the type of fiber used, the ratio of active ingredients when mixed with other agents, etc., but is not uniquely determined. It can be determined as appropriate from the standpoint of exhibiting. Due to the localization of the liquid film cleaving agent, the liquid film cleaving action is more easily expressed.
  • the vicinity of the fiber entanglement point or the vicinity of the fiber fusion point is a place where a liquid film is particularly likely to be formed. Therefore, the presence of more liquid film cleaving agent at that place makes it easier to act directly on the liquid film.
  • the localization of the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably generated at 30% or more near the fiber entanglement point or near the fiber fusion point of the whole nonwoven fabric, more preferably 40% or more, and more preferably 50%. It is more preferable that it occurs at% or more.
  • the distance between fiber entanglement points or fiber fusion points is relatively short, the space between the fibers is small, and a liquid film is particularly likely to occur.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent is selectively localized near the fiber intersection or the fiber fusion point where the space between the fibers is small because the liquid film cleaving action is effectively exhibited.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent increases the coverage of a relatively small interfiber space and decreases the coverage of a relatively large interfiber space.
  • the “relatively small inter-fiber space” refers to an inter-fiber space having a fiber-to-fiber distance of 1/2 or less with respect to the inter-fiber distance determined by the above-described (inter-fiber distance measurement method).
  • the localized state of the liquid film cleaving agent can be confirmed by the following method. First, a nonwoven fabric is cut into 5 mm x 5 mm, and it attaches to a sample stand using a carbon tape. The sample stage is placed in a scanning electron microscope (S4300SE / N, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) in an undeposited state, and is brought to a low vacuum or a vacuum state. Since detection is performed using an annular backscattered electron detector (accessory), the larger the atomic number, the easier it is to emit backscattered electrons. Therefore, polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP), and polyester (PET) are mainly used.
  • PE polyethylene
  • PP polypropylene
  • PET polyester
  • the localization state can be confirmed by whiteness.
  • the whiteness increases as the atomic number increases or the amount of adhesion increases.
  • a method usually used for this type of article can be adopted.
  • a card method, an airlaid method, a spunbond method, or the like can be used as a method for forming a fiber web.
  • various commonly used non-woven fabric methods such as spunlace, needle punch, chemical bond, and dot embossing can be adopted.
  • an air-through nonwoven fabric and a spunbonded nonwoven fabric are preferable.
  • the “air-through nonwoven fabric” as used herein refers to a nonwoven fabric produced through a process (air-through treatment process) in which a fluid of 50 ° C.
  • the “spunbond nonwoven fabric” refers to a laminated nonwoven fabric manufactured by a spunbond method. This means not only non-woven fabrics produced only in this step, but also non-woven fabrics produced by adding this step to non-woven fabrics produced by other methods or non-woven fabrics produced by performing some steps after this step.
  • the nonwoven fabric of this invention is not restricted to what consists only of an air through nonwoven fabric and a spun bond nonwoven fabric, The air through nonwoven fabric and what combined the fiber sheet and film materials, such as a spun bond nonwoven fabric and another nonwoven fabric, are included.
  • a method of immersing the raw material nonwoven fabric in a solution containing the liquid film cleaving agent can be mentioned.
  • the solution include a solution obtained by diluting a liquid film cleaving agent with a solvent (hereinafter, this solution is also referred to as a liquid film cleaving agent solution).
  • the solvent to be diluted include alcohols such as ethanol.
  • unit or the solution containing the said liquid film cleaving agent with respect to a raw material nonwoven fabric is mentioned.
  • a phosphate ester type anionic surfactant may be mixed in the solution containing the liquid film cleaving agent.
  • the content ratio of the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant is preferably as described above.
  • the solvent there can be used any solvent that can dissolve and disperse a liquid film cleaving agent having an extremely low water solubility in a solvent in an appropriate amount so that it can be easily applied to a non-woven fabric.
  • a raw material nonwoven fabric means the thing before apply
  • those used for the nonwoven fabric manufacturing method can be employed without any particular limitation.
  • application by spraying, application by slot coater, application by gravure method, flexo method, dipping method and the like can be mentioned.
  • a coating method is more preferable.
  • the flexo coating method is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of clarifying the localization of the liquid film cleaving agent.
  • a various nonwoven fabric can be especially used without a restriction
  • the fiber entanglement point is heat-sealed or thermocompression bonded, and the non-woven fabric obtained by thermally bonding fibers by air-through treatment or heat embossing as described above It is more preferable to use
  • the liquid film cleaving agent When the liquid film cleaving agent is attached to the fiber, it is preferably used as a fiber treatment agent containing the liquid film cleaving agent.
  • the “fiber treatment agent” described here means that an oily liquid film cleaving agent having extremely low water solubility is easily applied to a raw material nonwoven fabric or fiber by emulsifying with water and a surfactant. This is what is in a state.
  • the content ratio of the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably 50% by mass or less with respect to the mass of the fiber treatment agent. Thereby, the fiber treatment agent can be made into the state which emulsified stably the liquid film cleaving agent used as an oily component in a solvent.
  • the content ratio of the liquid film cleaving agent is more preferably 40% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or less with respect to the mass of the fiber treatment agent. Moreover, it is preferable to set it as said content rate from a viewpoint which a liquid film cleaving agent moves on a fiber with a moderate viscosity after coating, and implement
  • the content ratio of the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more, and further preferably 25% by mass or more with respect to the mass of the fiber treatment agent from the viewpoint of expressing a sufficient liquid film cleavage effect. preferable.
  • the fiber processing agent containing a liquid film cleaving agent may contain another agent in the range which does not inhibit the effect
  • the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant described above may be included.
  • the content ratio of the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant is preferably as described above.
  • it may contain an antistatic agent or anti-friction agent used in fiber processing, a hydrophilizing agent imparting moderate hydrophilicity to the nonwoven fabric, an emulsifying agent imparting emulsification stability, and the like.
  • the nonwoven fabric 10 shown in FIG. 8 is composed of two layers, an upper layer 11 on the upper surface 1A (skin contact surface when a surface sheet is used) side and a lower layer 12 on the lower surface 1B (non-skin contact surface when a surface sheet is used) side. Become. Further, embossing (squeezing) is performed in the thickness direction from the upper surface 1A, and the two layers are joined (the embossed part is referred to as an embossed recess (concave joint) 13).
  • the lower layer 12 is a layer in which heat shrinkage of the heat-shrinkable fiber is expressed.
  • the upper layer 11 is a layer containing non-heat-shrinkable fibers, and the non-heat-shrinkable fibers are partially bonded by the concave bonding portion 13.
  • Non-heat-shrinkable fibers are not limited to those that do not shrink at all, but include those that shrink to such an extent that the heat-shrinkable fibers of the lower layer 12 are not inhibited.
  • a non-heat-shrinkable heat-fusible fiber is preferable from the viewpoint of forming a nonwoven fabric by heat.
  • the nonwoven fabric 10 can be manufactured by, for example, the materials and manufacturing methods described in paragraphs [0032] to [0048] of JP-A-2002-187228.
  • this manufacturing for example, after embossing the upper layer 11 and the lower layer 12 from the upper layer side 11, the heat-shrinkable fibers are thermally contracted by heat treatment. At this time, the embossed portions adjacent to each other are pulled by the contraction of the fibers, and the interval between the embossed portions is reduced. Due to this deformation, the fibers of the upper layer 11 protrude from the embossed concave portion 13 toward the upper surface 1 ⁇ / b> A to form a convex portion 14.
  • the upper layer is laminated in a state where the lower layer 12 in which the heat shrinkage is developed is stretched, and the above-described embossing is performed. Thereafter, when the extended state of the lower layer 12 is released, the upper layer 11 side rises to the upper surface 1A side, and the convex portion 14 is formed.
  • This embossing can be performed by a commonly used method such as heat embossing or ultrasonic embossing.
  • a joining method using an adhesive may be used.
  • the upper layer 11 is squeezed and joined to the lower layer side 12 in the embossed recess (concave joint) 13.
  • the embossed recesses 13 are formed in the form of dots in the plane direction of the nonwoven fabric 10, and the portion surrounded by the embossed recesses 13 is the above-described convex portion 14 in which the upper layer 11 is raised.
  • the convex part 14 is a three-dimensional solid shape, for example, has a dome shape.
  • the fiber is in a rougher state than the lower layer 12.
  • the inside of the convex part 14 may be filled with fibers as shown in FIG. 8 or may have a hollow part formed by separating the upper layer 11 and the lower layer 12.
  • Arrangement of the embossed concave portion 13 and the convex portion 14 can be arbitrary, and may be a lattice arrangement, for example.
  • Examples of the lattice arrangement include an arrangement in which a plurality of rows each including a plurality of embossed recesses 13 are arranged, and the embossed recesses 13 in each row are shifted by an anti-pitch between adjacent rows.
  • the embossed recess 13 when the embossed recess 13 is viewed in a plan view, the embossed recess 13 may be a dot, a circle, an ellipse, a triangle, a rectangle, or another polygon, and can be arbitrarily set as appropriate. Further, the embossed recess 13 may be linear in addition to the dot shape.
  • the nonwoven fabric 10 Since the nonwoven fabric 10 has an uneven surface having the convex portion 14 and the embossed concave portion 13 on the upper surface 1A side, the nonwoven fabric 10 is excellent in shape recoverability when stretched in the plane direction and compression deformability when compressed in the thickness direction. . Moreover, it becomes a comparatively bulky nonwoven fabric by the protrusion of the fibers of the upper layer 11 as described above. Thereby, the user who touched the nonwoven fabric 10 can feel a soft gentle touch. Further, in an absorbent article in which the nonwoven fabric 10 is incorporated as a surface sheet having the upper surface 10A as the skin contact surface and the lower surface 1B as the non-skin contact surface, the skin contact surface side is uneven with the convex portions 14 and the embossed concave portions 13.
  • the nonwoven fabric 10 has less liquid residue due to the action of the liquid film cleaving agent described above or the cooperative action of the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. Thereby, the liquid permeability using the uneven
  • the nonwoven fabric 10 is not restricted to the two-layer structure of the upper layer 11 and the lower layer 12, and may have another layer.
  • a single layer or a plurality of layers may be disposed between the upper layer 11 and the lower layer 12, and a single layer or a plurality of layers may be disposed on the upper surface 10A side and the lower surface 10B side of the nonwoven fabric 10.
  • This single layer or multiple layers may be a layer having heat-shrinkable fibers or a layer having non-heat-shrinkable fibers.
  • Nonwoven fabrics 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, and 70 are shown below as other specific examples of the nonwoven fabric of the present invention having an uneven shape.
  • the nonwoven fabric 20 of a 2nd embodiment is a two-layer structure which has the hollow part 21, as shown in FIG. Both layers contain thermoplastic fibers.
  • the nonwoven fabric 20 has the junction part 22 in which the 1st nonwoven fabric 20A and the 2nd nonwoven fabric 20B were partially heat-sealed.
  • the first nonwoven fabric 20A protrudes in a direction away from the second nonwoven fabric 20B, and has a large number of convex parts 23 each having a hollow part 21 therein.
  • the joint portion 22 is a concave portion located between the adjacent convex portions 23 and 23, and constitutes the concave and convex portions of the first surface 1 ⁇ / b> A together with the convex portion 23.
  • the nonwoven fabric 20 can be formed by a commonly used method.
  • the first nonwoven fabric 20 ⁇ / b> A is unevenly shaped by meshing two uneven rolls, and then the second nonwoven fabric is bonded to obtain the nonwoven fabric 20.
  • both the first nonwoven fabric 20A and the second nonwoven fabric 20B include non-heat-extensible and non-heat-shrinkable heat-sealing fibers.
  • the nonwoven fabric 20 when the nonwoven fabric 20 is used by being laminated on the absorbent body as a surface sheet with the first surface 1A facing the skin contact surface side, the liquid permeability from the first surface 1A side to the second surface 1B side is used. Excellent. Specifically, liquid permeation through the hollow portion 21 is performed. Moreover, a wearer's body pressure is added to the convex part 23, and the liquid in the convex part 23 transfers to the 2nd nonwoven fabric 3 directly. Thereby, there is little liquid residue in the 1st surface 1A side. Such an action can be continuously exerted at a higher level by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent described above or the cooperative action of the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. That is, even when there is long-term use or a large amount of excretion, the liquid permeation route is secured by rupturing the liquid film, so that the liquid permeability as described above can be sufficiently exhibited.
  • the nonwoven fabric 30 of the third embodiment includes a first fiber layer 301 that includes thermoplastic fibers and has a shape that is uneven on both sides.
  • FIG. 10A shows a single-layer nonwoven fabric 30 ⁇ / b> A made up of only the first fiber layer 301.
  • FIG. 10B shows a non-woven fabric 30B having a two-layer structure that includes a first fiber layer 301 and a second fiber layer 302 bonded along the second surface 1B side of the first fiber layer 301.
  • each nonwoven fabric is demonstrated concretely.
  • the nonwoven fabric 30A first fiber layer 301 shown in FIG.
  • the first protrusion 31 protruding to the first surface 1A and the second protrusion 32 protruding to the second surface 1B side are the nonwoven fabric 30A. They are arranged alternately and continuously in different directions that intersect when viewed in plan.
  • the 1st protrusion part 31 and the 2nd protrusion part 32 have the internal space open
  • the first surface 1 ⁇ / b> A has an uneven shape of the first protrusion 31 and the recess 34.
  • the second surface 1 ⁇ / b> B has an uneven shape of the second protrusion 32 and the recess 33.
  • the nonwoven fabric 30 ⁇ / b> A has a wall portion 35 that connects the first protruding portion 31 and the second protruding portion 32.
  • the wall part 35 forms the wall surface of each internal space of the 1st protrusion part 31 and the 2nd protrusion part 32, and has a cyclic structure in a plane direction.
  • the fiber constituting the wall portion 35 has fiber orientation in the direction connecting the first protruding portion 31 and the second protruding portion 32 at any point of the annular structure.
  • stiffness is born on the wall.
  • the nonwoven fabric 30A has a moderate cushioning property, is excellent in recoverability even when pressure is applied, and can avoid collapse of each internal space.
  • a of nonwoven fabrics can employ
  • a nonwoven fabric 30B shown in FIG. 10B is formed by bonding the second fiber layer 302 along the unevenness on the second surface 1B side of the first fiber layer 301 described above. The nonwoven fabric 30B typically uses the first surface 1A as a skin contact surface.
  • the non-woven fabric 30B On the first surface 1 ⁇ / b> A side of the nonwoven fabric 30 ⁇ / b> B, the uneven shape of the first protruding portion 31 and the recessed portion 34 of the first fiber layer 301 described above spreads, and the wall portion of the annular structure between the first protruding portion 31 and the recessed portion 32. 35 is arranged. Therefore, the non-woven fabric 30B also has the fiber orientation of the first fiber layer 301 described above, whereby a stiffness is generated in the wall portion and excellent in unevenness recovery. In addition to this, the nonwoven fabric 30B is bulky and low in weight because the fiber web is shaped, formed into a nonwoven fabric, and both layers are joined by hot air treatment in an air-through process.
  • the fiber density of the second fiber layer 302 is the fiber density of the other parts of the first fiber layer 301 and the second fiber layer 302 on the second surface 1B side of the top of the first protrusion 31 of the first fiber layer 301.
  • Lower portion 36 Due to the presence of the low fiber density portion 36, the first protruding portion 31 of the first fiber layer 301 is easily recessed even at a low load, and thus the cushioning property of the nonwoven fabric 30B is enhanced.
  • the nonwoven fabric 30B When employ
  • the liquid permeation path is always secured by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent described above or the cooperative action of the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. This widens the range of design for fiber diameter and fiber density.
  • an air-through process in which a multi-stage hot air treatment is performed on the fiber web while controlling the hot air temperature and the wind speed can be employed.
  • the manufacturing method described in paragraphs [0031] and [0032] of JP2012-136790A can be used.
  • the support shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 of JP2012-149370 and the support shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 of JP2012-149371 can be used.
  • the nonwoven fabric 30B laminated nonwoven fabric of the first fiber layer 301 and the second fiber layer 302 is manufactured by laminating the fiber web that becomes the second fiber layer 302 in the air-through process of the first fiber layer 301 described above. can do.
  • both the first fiber layer 301 and the second fiber layer 302 are preferably non-heat-extensible and non-heat-shrinkable heat-bonded fibers.
  • the nonwoven fabric 40 according to the fourth embodiment is composed of one layer containing thermoplastic fibers, and on the first surface 1 ⁇ / b> A side, a semicylindrical convex portion 41 and the side of the convex portion 41.
  • a plurality of recesses 42 arranged along the edge are alternately arranged.
  • a concave bottom portion 43 made of non-woven fiber is disposed below the concave portion 42.
  • the concave portion 43 has a fiber density lower than that of the convex portion 41.
  • another fiber layer 45 may be partially laminated on the convex portion 41 (see FIG. 12).
  • the nonwoven fabric 40 When the nonwoven fabric 40 is incorporated into an absorbent article as a surface sheet having the first surface 1A side as the skin contact surface side, the liquid received by the convex portion 41 easily shifts to the concave portion 42, and the second surface 1B in the concave portion 43. Easy to move to the side. Thereby, there is little liquid residue and stickiness of skin is suppressed. Also in the nonwoven fabric 40, the liquid permeation path is always ensured by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent described above, or the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate type anionic surfactant. This widens the range of design for fiber diameter and fiber density.
  • Such a non-woven fabric 40 can be formed by spraying a fluid such as hot air onto the portion of the fiber web that forms the recess 42 and moving the fiber. Thereby, the fiber density of the recessed part bottom part 43 can be made lower than the periphery.
  • the nonwoven fabric 50 has a concavo-convex structure in which streaky ridges 51 and ridges 52 extending in one direction (Y direction) are alternately arranged.
  • corrugated structure can be divided into 3 equal parts of 50 A of top areas, the bottom area 50B, and the side area 50C located among these.
  • the nonwoven fabric 50 has a plurality of heat fusion portions 55 at the intersections of the constituent fibers 54. Focusing on one constituent fiber 54, the constituent fiber 54 is, as shown in FIG.
  • the transition point 58 from the small diameter portion 56 to the large diameter portion 57 is within a range of 1/3 of the interval T between the adjacent fusion portions 55 and 55 and close to the fusion portion 55. It is preferable to be in the range (T1 and T3 in FIG. 14).
  • the configuration of the small-diameter portion 56 and the large-diameter portion 57 in such a constituent fiber is formed by stretching the fiber during the blade groove stretching process for forming the convex strip portion 51 and the concave strip portion 52.
  • the fiber used at that time is preferably a fiber having a high degree of stretching. Examples thereof include heat-extensible fibers that are obtained through the treatment steps described in paragraph [0033] of JP2010-168715A and that extend in length due to a change in the crystalline state of the resin due to heating.
  • the hydrophilicity of the small diameter portion is smaller than the hydrophilicity of the large diameter portion from the viewpoint of liquid permeability.
  • This difference in hydrophilicity can be formed by adding a stretchable component (hydrophobic component) to the fiber treatment agent attached to the fiber.
  • a stretchable component and a hydrophilic component are contained. Specifically, when the fiber is stretched by the blade groove stretching process described above, a stretchable component spreads in the stretched small-diameter portion 35 and a difference in hydrophilicity occurs between the large-diameter portion.
  • the hydrophilic component that hardly spreads remains, and the hydrophilicity becomes higher than that in the small-diameter portion.
  • the stretchable component include a silicone resin having a low glass transition point and a flexible molecular chain, and a polyorganosiloxane having a Si—O—Si chain as the main chain is preferably used as the silicone resin. It is done.
  • the nonwoven fabric 50 preferably has a fiber density in the side wall region 30C lower than that in the top region 30A and the bottom region 30B, from the viewpoint of liquid permeability.
  • the liquid permeation path is always ensured by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent, or the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. This widens the range of design for fiber diameter and fiber density.
  • the nonwoven fabric 50 may be used alone, may be bonded to a flat fiber layer to form a laminated nonwoven fabric, or may be laminated to an uneven fiber layer and integrated along the unevenness. For example, you may laminate
  • the nonwoven fabric 60 of the sixth embodiment has an uneven shape including heat-extensible fibers.
  • the 1st surface 1A side is uneven
  • the second surface 1B side is flat or has a very small degree of unevenness than the first surface 1A side.
  • the uneven shape on the first surface 1A side includes a plurality of convex portions 61 and a linear concave portion 62 surrounding the convex portions 61.
  • the recess 62 has a pressure-bonded portion where the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric 60 are pressure-bonded or bonded, and the heat-extensible fiber is in a non-stretched state.
  • the convex part 62 is the part which the heat
  • the convex part 61 which touches skin becomes bulky by the heat
  • the nonwoven fabric 60 may have a single layer structure or may have a structure of two or more layers.
  • the layer on the second surface 1B side may not contain heat-extensible fibers or may have a lower content of heat-extensible fibers than the layer on the first surface 1A side having an uneven shape.
  • the liquid permeation path is always ensured by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent or the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. This widens the range of design for fiber diameter and fiber density.
  • a nonwoven fabric 60 can be manufactured by the following method. First, the linear recessed part 62 is formed with respect to a fiber web by heat embossing. At this time, in the recessed part 62, the heat
  • the heat-extensible fibers existing in the portion other than the concave portion 61 are elongated by air-through processing to form the convex portion 61, thereby forming the nonwoven fabric 60.
  • the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric 60 may be a blend of the above-described heat-extensible fibers and non-heat-extensible heat-fusible fibers. Examples of these constituent fibers include those described in paragraphs [0013] and [0037] to [0040] of JP-A-2005-350836, and paragraphs [0012] and [0024] of JP-A-2011-127258. To [0046] can be used.
  • the nonwoven fabric 70 of the seventh embodiment is a laminated nonwoven fabric composed of an upper layer 71 and a lower layer 72 containing thermoplastic fibers, as shown in FIG.
  • the upper layer 71 convex portions 73 and concave portions 74 are alternately arranged, and the concave portions 74 are open.
  • the fiber density of the concave portion 74 is set lower than the fiber density of the convex portion 73.
  • the region where the convex portions 73 and the concave portions 74 are alternately and repeatedly disposed may be part of the upper layer 71 or the entire region.
  • the region is a liquid receiving region (corresponding to the excretion portion) when the nonwoven fabric 70 is used as the top sheet of the absorbent article. It is preferable that it exists in the part used as an area
  • the lower layer 72 has a substantially uniform fiber density. The lower layer 72 is laminated at least corresponding to a region where the convex portions 73 and the concave portions 74 of the upper layer 71 are alternately arranged.
  • the nonwoven fabric 70 since the nonwoven fabric 70 has the high fiber density of the convex part 73, it has a bulky cushioning property, and when it uses as a surface sheet of an absorbent article, it will become difficult to produce liquid return. Further, since the nonwoven fabric 70 has a low fiber density in the concave portion 74 and is in an open state, the nonwoven fabric 70 is excellent in liquid permeability, in particular, permeability to a highly viscous liquid. Also in the nonwoven fabric 70, the liquid permeation path is always ensured by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent described above, or the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. This widens the range of design for fiber diameter and fiber density. Such a nonwoven fabric 70 can be manufactured, for example, by the method described in JP-A-4-24263, page 6, lower left column, line 12 to page 8, upper right column, line 19.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent and the nonwoven fabric containing the liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention can be applied to various fields by taking advantage of its soft touch and reduction of liquid residue.
  • a top sheet, a second sheet (a sheet disposed between the top sheet and the absorbent body) in an absorbent article used to absorb liquid discharged from the body such as sanitary napkins, panty liners, disposable diapers, and incontinence pads It is preferably used as an absorbent body, a covering sheet that wraps the absorbent body, a leak-proof sheet, or a personal wipe sheet, a skin care sheet, and an objective wiper.
  • the nonwoven fabric of this invention When using the nonwoven fabric of this invention as a surface sheet or a second sheet of an absorbent article, it is preferable to use the 1st layer side of this nonwoven fabric as a skin opposing surface side.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention can be applied to various fiber materials such as a woven cloth as long as it has an action of cleaving the liquid film.
  • the basis weight of the nonwoven fabric finally obtained is preferably 10 g / m 2 or more and 100 g / m 2 or less, particularly preferably 15 g / m 2 or more and 80 g / m 2 or less.
  • An absorbent article used for absorbing liquid discharged from the body typically includes a top sheet, a back sheet, and a liquid-retaining absorbent disposed between both sheets.
  • a top sheet materials usually used in the technical field can be used without particular limitation.
  • a fiber assembly made of a fiber material such as pulp fiber or a fiber assembly in which an absorbent polymer is held can be coated with a covering sheet such as tissue paper or nonwoven fabric.
  • a liquid-impermeable or water-repellent sheet such as a thermoplastic resin film or a laminate of the film and a nonwoven fabric can be used.
  • the back sheet may have water vapor permeability.
  • the absorbent article may further include various members according to specific uses of the absorbent article. Such members are known to those skilled in the art. For example, when applying an absorbent article to a disposable diaper or a sanitary napkin, a pair or two or more pairs of three-dimensional guards can be disposed on the left and right sides of the topsheet.
  • the present invention further discloses the following nonwoven fabric and absorbent article with respect to the above-described embodiment.
  • the expansion coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C1 is more preferably 20 mN / m or more, further preferably 25 mN / m or more, and particularly preferably 30 mN / m or more, and the nonwoven fabric according to the above ⁇ 2> or ⁇ 3> .
  • the interfacial tension of the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C1 with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is preferably 20 mN / m or less, more preferably 17 mN / m or less, still more preferably 13 mN / m or less, and 10 mN / m.
  • liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C1 comprises a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following structures X, XY, and YXY. > Any one of>.
  • Structure X is> C (A)- ⁇ C represents a carbon atom. ⁇ ,>, And-indicate a bond. The same applies hereinafter.
  • a hydrogen atom or —C (A) 3 , —C (A) 2 B, —C (A) (B) 2, —C (A) 2 —C (R 1 ) 3 , -C (R 1 ) 2 A, -C (R 1 ) 3 , -OSi (R 1 ) 3 , -OSi (R 1 ) 2 (R 2 ), -Si (R 1 ) 3 , -Si (R 1 ) 2 It has at least one group selected from the group consisting of (R 2 ).
  • Each of R 1 and R 2 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom.
  • a and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • R 1 , R 2 , A, and B in the structure X may be the same as or different from each other.
  • Y represents a hydrophilic group having hydrophilicity including an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom.
  • Y is plural, they may be the same or different.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C1 is composed of an organically modified silicone that is a silicone-based surfactant.
  • organically modified silicone amino-modified, epoxy-modified, carboxy-modified, diol-modified, carbinol-modified, (meth) acrylic. Modification, mercapto modification, phenol modification, polyether modification, methylstyryl modification, long chain alkyl modification, higher fatty acid ester modification, higher alkoxy modification, higher fatty acid modification and fluorine modification, including at least one selected from the group consisting of silicones
  • the nonwoven fabric according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C1 is composed of a polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone, and the polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone is at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formulas [I] to [IV].
  • the nonwoven fabric according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, wherein In the formula, R 31 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, 2-ethyl-hexyl group, Nonyl group and decyl group are preferred).
  • R 32 represents a single bond or an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group or a butylene group is preferred), and preferably represents the alkylene group.
  • the plurality of R 31 and the plurality of R 32 may be the same as or different from each other.
  • M 11 represents a group having a polyoxyalkylene group, and a polyoxyalkylene group is preferable.
  • the polyoxyalkylene group include a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a copolymer of these constituent monomers.
  • m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Note that the symbols of these repeating units are determined separately in each of the formulas [I] to [IV], and do not necessarily indicate the same integer, and may be different.
  • liquid film cleaving agent has an expansion coefficient of greater than 0 mN / m for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m and an interfacial tension of 20 mN / m or less for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m.
  • Compound C2 A compound having an expansion coefficient greater than 0 mN / m for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m and an interfacial tension of 20 mN / m or less for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m.
  • the interfacial tension of the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is preferably 17 mN / m or less, more preferably 13 mN / m or less, still more preferably 10 mN / m or less, and 9 mN / m.
  • the expansion coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is preferably 9 mN / m or more, more preferably 10 mN / m or more, further preferably 15 mN / m or more, and 50 mN / m.
  • liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 comprises a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following structures Z, ZY, and YZY: The nonwoven fabric according to any one of> to ⁇ 12>.
  • the structure Z includes:> C (A)- ⁇ C: carbon atom>, -C (A) 2- , -C (A) (B)-,> C (A) -C (R 3 ) ⁇ ,> C Any basic structure of (R 3 ) —, —C (R 3 ) (R 4 ) —, —C (R 3 ) 2 —,> C ⁇ is repeated, or two or more are combined Represents a hydrocarbon chain of structure.
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a hydrocarbon group obtained by combining them, or a fluorine atom.
  • a and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • R 3 , R 4 , A, and B When there are a plurality of R 3 , R 4 , A, and B in the structure Z, they may be the same as or different from each other.
  • Y represents a hydrophilic group having hydrophilicity including an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom. When Y is plural, they may be the same or different.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 is a polyoxyalkylene alkyl (POA) ether represented by any one of the following formula [V], and a polyoxyalkylene alkyl (POA) ether represented by the following formula [VI] and having a mass average molecular weight of 1000 or more.
  • POA polyoxyalkylene alkyl
  • L 21 represents an ether group, an amino group, an amide group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carbonate group, a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a polyoxyalkylene group obtained by combining them
  • a linking group such as R 51 is a hydrogen atom, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, phenyl group , A fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a hydrocarbon group obtained by combining them, or various substituents composed of a fluorine atom.
  • A, b, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
  • the number of carbon atoms and the number of hydrogen atoms are determined independently in each of the formulas [V] and [VI], and may not necessarily represent the same integer and may be different.
  • “m” in — (C a H b O) m — is an integer of 1 or more.
  • the value of this repeating unit is determined independently in each of the formulas [V] and [VI], and does not necessarily indicate the same integer, and may be different.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 is a fatty acid represented by the following formula [VII], a glycerin fatty acid ester and a pentaerythritol fatty acid ester represented by the following formula [VIII-I] or [VIII-II], A partially esterified product of glycerin fatty acid ester, sorbitan fatty acid ester, and pentaerythritol fatty acid ester represented by any one of [IX], any of the following formula [X], or any of the following formula [XI], [XII] a compound having a sterol structure, an alcohol represented by the following formula [XIII], a fatty acid ester represented by the following formula [XIV], and a wax represented by the following formula [XV].
  • m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
  • C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids.
  • m, m ′, m ′′, n, n ′ and n ′′ are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
  • the plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other.
  • C m H n, C m 'H n' and C m '' H n '' are each a hydrocarbon group of each of the fatty acid.
  • m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
  • the plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other.
  • C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids.
  • R 52 represents a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, etc.) having 2 to 22 carbon atoms.
  • m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
  • the plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other.
  • C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids.
  • m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
  • C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above alcohol.
  • m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
  • C m H n may be the same or different.
  • C m H n -COO- of C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids.
  • C m H n in —COOC m H n represents an alcohol-derived hydrocarbon group that forms an ester.
  • m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
  • ⁇ 16> The nonwoven fabric according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 15>, wherein the array is an array along a plurality of intersecting directions on the surface of the nonwoven fabric.
  • the plurality of intersecting directions include a first direction of the nonwoven fabric and a second direction orthogonal thereto.
  • the array is disposed at least at a position to be a liquid receiving part, and when the nonwoven fabric is applied as a surface sheet of a paper diaper or a daytime napkin, the liquid receiving part is in the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the paper diaper or the daytime napkin.
  • the nonwoven fabric is applied as a surface sheet of a night napkin, the central portion in the longitudinal direction and the width direction in the second region from the front when the night napkin is divided into four in the longitudinal direction.
  • ⁇ 19> The nonwoven fabric according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 18>, wherein a plurality of the containing parts are arranged apart from each other.
  • the array is an array of sea-island-like arrangement patterns in which the containing parts are arranged apart from each other in the continuous non-containing part.
  • ⁇ 22> Any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 21>, wherein the length of the inclusion part on the virtual line is shorter than the length of the non-inclusion part when an imaginary line along an arbitrary direction crossing the nonwoven fabric is arbitrarily drawn Or the nonwoven fabric according to 1.
  • the said imaginary line is an absorbent article as described in said ⁇ 22> drawn in the position where the length of the said non-containing part becomes the longest.
  • the ratio of the length S2 of the containing part to the length S1 of the non-containing part on the phantom line, that is, S2 / S1 is 1/19 or more and 1 or less, preferably less than 1, more preferably 2/3 or less.
  • the ratio of the length S2 of the containing part on the imaginary line to the length S1 of the non-containing part, that is, S2 / S1 is 1/4 or more and 3/7 or less, according to ⁇ 22> or ⁇ 23>.
  • the ratio of the total area of the content part to the sum of the total area of the content part and the non-content part is 5% or more and 50% or less, preferably 40% or less, more preferably 30% or less, and The nonwoven fabric according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 26>, wherein the ratio is preferably 10% or more, and more preferably 20% or more.
  • the ratio of the total area of the containing part to the sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part is 20% or more and 30% or less, according to any one of the above items ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 26> Non-woven fabric.
  • ⁇ 29> Any one of the above items ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 28>, wherein the containing part has a circular shape, and the containing part is plurally arranged and spaced apart from each other along both the longitudinal direction and the width direction. Or the nonwoven fabric according to 1.
  • ⁇ 30> Either of the above-mentioned ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 28>, wherein both the containing part and the non-containing part extend in a band shape in the longitudinal direction, and the band-like containing part and the non-containing part are alternately arranged in the width direction.
  • ⁇ 31> In the non-woven fabric surface, in the non-containing parts continuously extending in a plurality of directions and formed in a lattice shape, a plurality of containing parts shaped like rhombuses are arranged spaced apart from each other. 28> The nonwoven fabric according to any one of 28>. ⁇ 32> On the surface of the nonwoven fabric, the above-mentioned ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 28> The nonwoven fabric according to any one of 28>.
  • ⁇ 33> The nonwoven fabric according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 32>, wherein the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing part is larger than the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing part.
  • the difference between the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing part and the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing part is 5 degrees or more and 90 degrees or less, preferably 10 degrees or more, more preferably 20 degrees or more, and 60 degrees or less.
  • the nonwoven fabric according to the above ⁇ 33> preferably 40 ° or less.
  • the non-woven fabric according to ⁇ 33> wherein the difference between the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing part and the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing part is 20 degrees or more and 40 degrees or less.
  • the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing part is preferably 90 degrees or less, more preferably 80 degrees or less, and further preferably 70 degrees or less, any one of the above items ⁇ 33> to ⁇ 35> Or the nonwoven fabric according to 1.
  • the liquid film cleaving agent, the compound C1 or the compound C2 has a viscosity of 0 cps or more, preferably 10000 cps or less, more preferably 1000 cps or less, and further preferably 200 cps or less, any one of the above items ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 37> Or the nonwoven fabric according to 1.
  • the surface tension of the liquid film cleaving agent, the compound C1 or the compound C2 is preferably 32 mN / m or less, more preferably 30 mN / m or less, further preferably 25 mN / m or less, particularly preferably 22 mN / m or less, and 1 mN.
  • ⁇ 42> The nonwoven fabric according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 41>, wherein the nonwoven fabric has an uneven shape having a convex portion and a concave portion.
  • ⁇ 43> The nonwoven fabric according to ⁇ 42>, wherein a top portion of the convex portion includes the containing portion.
  • ⁇ 44> The nonwoven fabric according to ⁇ 42> or ⁇ 43>, wherein the bottom of the recess has the non-containing portion.
  • ⁇ 45> The nonwoven fabric according to ⁇ 42>, wherein the convex portion and the containing portion are matched, and the concave portion and the non-containing portion are matched.
  • ⁇ 46> An absorbent article using the nonwoven fabric according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 45> as a surface sheet.
  • ⁇ 47> The absorbent article according to ⁇ 46>, wherein the absorbent article is a sanitary napkin.
  • ⁇ 49> The absorbent article according to ⁇ 48>, wherein the imaginary line is drawn at a position where the length of the non-containing part is longest.
  • Example 1 The uneven raw material nonwoven fabric shown in FIG. 8 was produced by the method described above. Non-heat-shrinkable heat-bonded fibers with a fineness of 1.2 dtex are used for the upper layer (layer on the first surface 1A side), and heat-shrinkable fibers with a fineness of 2.3 dtex are used for the lower layer (layer on the second surface 1B side). Using. At this time, the distance between the fibers in the upper layer was 80 ⁇ m, and the distance between the fibers in the lower layer was 60 ⁇ m. Moreover, the basic weight of the said nonwoven fabric was 74 g / m ⁇ 2 >. The size of the produced raw material nonwoven fabric was 20 cm in the longitudinal direction and 7 cm in the width direction.
  • the longitudinal direction is the machine unloading direction (MD) for manufacturing the nonwoven fabric
  • the width direction is the direction (CD) orthogonal to the machine unloading direction.
  • Polyoxyethylene (POE) modified dimethyl silicone (KF-6015 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and X in the structure XY is from —Si (CH 3 ) 2 O— to the surface of the uneven structure of the raw material nonwoven fabric.
  • a dimethylsilicone chain wherein Y is a POE chain composed of — (C 2 H 4 O) —, the terminal group of the POE chain is a methyl group (CH 3 ), the modification rate is 20%, and the polyoxyethylene addition mole number
  • a liquid film cleaving agent having a mass average molecular weight of 4000 was applied in the following pattern by a flexographic printing method. That is, as shown in FIG. 1, the liquid film cleaving agent was applied so as to form a pattern in which a plurality of dot-like containing parts were arranged in continuous non-containing parts.
  • the nonwoven fabric after coating was designated as a nonwoven fabric sample M1 of Example 1.
  • area ratio of the containing part ⁇ total area of containing part / sum of total area of containing part and non-containing part ⁇ ⁇ 100) are as shown in Table 1.
  • the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the nonwoven fabric sample M1 are directions that coincide with the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the raw material nonwoven fabric.
  • the length of each of the containing part and the non-containing part in the width direction was a value measured by drawing an imaginary line T shown in FIG.
  • the viscosity of the liquid film cleaving agent itself was 163 cps as a result of measurement by the method described above (Method for measuring the viscosity of a liquid cleaving agent).
  • the liquid film cleaving agent had a surface tension of 21.0 mN / m and a water solubility of less than 0.0001 g.
  • the expansion coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m was 28.8 mN / m, and the interfacial tension for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m was 0.2 mN / m. .
  • a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is obtained by adding polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, which is a nonionic surfactant, to 100 g of deionized water (trade name: Leool Super TW-L120, manufactured by Kao Corporation).
  • deionized water trade name: Leool Super TW-L120, manufactured by Kao Corporation.
  • ACURA825, manufactured by Socorex Isba SA was used.
  • the water solubility was measured by adding an agent every 0.0001 g.
  • Example 2 Basis weight in content part of liquid film cleaving agent, content ratio of liquid film cleaving agent to mass of whole nonwoven fabric sample (OPU), length of each content part and non-content part in width direction, and area ratio of content part ( ⁇ A nonwoven fabric sample M2 of Example 2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the total area of the containing part / the sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part ⁇ ⁇ 100) was as shown in Table 1.
  • Example 3 Basis weight in content part of liquid film cleaving agent, content ratio of liquid film cleaving agent to mass of whole nonwoven fabric sample (OPU), length of each content part and non-content part in width direction, and area ratio of content part ( ⁇ A nonwoven fabric sample M3 of Example 3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the total area of the containing part / the sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part ⁇ ⁇ 100) was as shown in Table 1.
  • Example 4 The containing part and non-containing part of the liquid film cleaving agent are arranged in a strip-like (striped) arrangement pattern as shown in FIG. ), The length of each of the containing part and the non-containing part in the width direction, and the area ratio of the containing part ( ⁇ total area of the containing part / sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part ⁇ ⁇ 100) as shown in Table 1.
  • a nonwoven fabric sample M4 of Example 4 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that.
  • Example 5 Basis weight in content part of liquid film cleaving agent, content ratio of liquid film cleaving agent to mass of whole nonwoven fabric sample (OPU), length of each content part and non-content part in width direction, and area ratio of content part ( ⁇ A nonwoven fabric sample M5 of Example 5 was produced in the same manner as in Example 4 except that the total area of the containing part / the sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part ⁇ ⁇ 100) was as shown in Table 1.
  • Example 6 The content part and non-content part of a liquid film cleaving agent are made into the arrangement pattern which rotated the grid
  • a nonwoven fabric sample M6 of Example 6 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that it was as described above.
  • Example 7 Epoxy-modified dimethyl silicone (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KF-101) as a liquid film cleaving agent, X in structure XY is a dimethyl silicone chain composed of —Si (CH 3 ) 2 O—, Y is — (RC 2 H 3 O) — consisting of an epoxy group having a modification rate of 32% and a mass average molecular weight of 35800, basis weight in the content of the liquid film cleaving agent, and a nonwoven film sample of the liquid film cleaving agent Content ratio (OPU) with respect to the total mass, length of each containing part and non-containing part in the width direction, and area ratio of containing part ( ⁇ total area of containing part / sum of total area of containing part and non-containing part ⁇
  • OPU liquid film cleaving agent Content ratio
  • the viscosity of the liquid film cleaving agent itself was 1515 cps as a result of measurement by the method described above (Method for measuring viscosity of liquid cleaving agent).
  • the liquid film cleaving agent had a surface tension of 21.0 mN / m and a water solubility of less than 0.0001 g.
  • the expansion coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m was 26.0 mN / m, and the interfacial tension for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m was 3.0 mN / m.
  • Example 8 Tricaprylic acid / glycol capric acid (Coconard MT manufactured by Kao Corporation) as a liquid film cleaving agent, and Z in the structure ZY is * —O—CH (CH 2 O— *) 2 (* represents a bond) Y is composed of a hydrocarbon chain of C 8 H 15 O— or C 10 H 19 O—, the fatty acid composition is composed of 82% caprylic acid and 18% capric acid, and the mass average molecular weight is 550.
  • the nonwoven fabric sample M8 of Example 8 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the area ratio ( ⁇ total area of containing part / sum of total area of containing part and non-containing part ⁇ ⁇ 100) was as shown in Table 2.
  • the viscosity of the liquid film cleaving agent itself was 24.1 cps as a result of measurement by the method described above (Method for measuring viscosity of liquid cleaving agent).
  • the liquid film cleaving agent had a surface tension of 28.9 mN / m and a water solubility of less than 0.0001 g.
  • the expansion coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m was 8.8 mN / m, and the interfacial tension for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m was 12.3 mN / m.
  • Example 9 Liquid isoparaffin (rubitol Lite, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) having a mass average molecular weight of 450 is used as the liquid film cleaving agent, the basis weight in the content of the liquid film cleaving agent, and the mass of the nonwoven film sample of the liquid film cleaving agent The content ratio (OPU), the length of each of the containing part and the non-containing part in the width direction, and the area ratio of the containing part ( ⁇ total area of the containing part / sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part ⁇ ⁇ 100)
  • a nonwoven fabric sample M9 of Example 9 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that it was as shown in Table 2.
  • the viscosity of the liquid film cleaving agent itself was 20.0 cps as a result of measurement by the method described above (Method for measuring viscosity of liquid cleaving agent).
  • the liquid film cleaving agent had a surface tension of 27.0 mN / m and a water solubility of less than 0.0001 g.
  • the expansion coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent for a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN / m was 14.5 mN / m, and the interfacial tension for a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN / m was 8.5 mN / m.
  • Example 10 Basis weight in content part of liquid film cleaving agent, content ratio of liquid film cleaving agent to mass of whole nonwoven fabric sample (OPU), length of each content part and non-content part in width direction, and area ratio of content part ( ⁇ A nonwoven fabric sample M10 of Example 10 was produced in the same manner as in Example 4 except that the total area of the containing part / the sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part ⁇ ⁇ 100) was as shown in Table 2.
  • Example 11 Basis weight in content part of liquid film cleaving agent, content ratio of liquid film cleaving agent to mass of whole nonwoven fabric sample (OPU), length of each content part and non-content part in width direction, and area ratio of content part ( ⁇ A nonwoven fabric sample M11 of Example 11 was produced in the same manner as in Example 6 except that the total area of the containing part / the sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part ⁇ ⁇ 100) was as shown in Table 2.
  • Example 12 Basis weight in content part of liquid film cleaving agent, content ratio of liquid film cleaving agent to mass of whole nonwoven fabric sample (OPU), length of each content part and non-content part in width direction, and area ratio of content part ( ⁇ A nonwoven fabric sample M12 of Example 12 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the total area of the containing part / the sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part ⁇ ⁇ 100) was as shown in Table 2.
  • Example 1 The raw material non-woven fabric used in Example 1 before coating with the liquid film cleaving agent was directly prepared as the non-woven fabric sample Q1 of Comparative Example 1.
  • Reference Example 1 The liquid film cleaving agent used in Example 1 was applied to the entire surface of the raw material nonwoven fabric, the basis weight in the content part of the liquid film cleaving agent, the content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cleaving agent to the whole nonwoven fabric sample, and the width direction Except that the length of each of the containing part and the non-containing part and the area ratio of the containing part ( ⁇ sum of the total area of the containing part / sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part ⁇ ⁇ 100) are as shown in Table 2.
  • a nonwoven fabric sample V1 of Reference Example 1 was produced in the same manner as Example 1.
  • the sanitary napkin (manufactured by Kao Corporation: Whyr F, happy bare skin 30 cm, made in 2014) is removed, the surface sheet is removed, and each nonwoven fabric sample is laminated instead, and the periphery is fixed for evaluation.
  • a sanitary napkin was prepared. An acrylic plate having a transmission hole with an inner diameter of 1 cm was overlaid on the surface of each evaluation sanitary napkin, and a constant load of 100 Pa was applied to the napkin. Under such a load, 6.0 g of pseudo blood corresponding to menstrual blood (adjusted equine defibrinated blood manufactured by Japan Biotest Laboratories Co., Ltd.
  • the equine defibrinated blood used was adjusted with a TVB10 viscometer manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd. under the condition of 30 rpm.
  • a highly viscous portion such as red blood cells
  • a low viscosity portion plasma remains as a supernatant.
  • the mixing ratio of the part was adjusted to 8.0 cP.
  • the acrylic plate is removed 60 seconds after a total of 6.0 g of simulated blood has been poured.
  • the weight (W2) of the nonwoven fabric sample was measured, and the difference (W2 ⁇ W1) from the weight (W1) of the nonwoven fabric sample before flowing the simulated blood, which had been measured in advance, was calculated.
  • the above operation was performed 3 times, and the average value of the 3 times was defined as the remaining liquid amount (mg).
  • the liquid remaining amount is an index of how much the wearer's skin gets wet. The smaller the liquid remaining amount, the better the result.
  • test apparatus As the test apparatus, a test apparatus having a mounting portion in which the mounting surface of the test sample is inclined by 45 ° with respect to the horizontal plane was used. A sanitary napkin for evaluation using each non-woven fabric sample as a top sheet was placed on the mounting portion with the top sheet facing upward. A sanitary napkin for evaluation was prepared in the same manner as the above measurement (the amount of remaining liquid of the nonwoven fabric sample (surface sheet)). On the surface of each evaluation sanitary napkin, 0.5 g of pseudo blood (adjusted to 8.0 cP of equine defibrinated blood manufactured by Japan Biotest Laboratories Co., Ltd.) was dropped at a rate of 0.1 g / sec.
  • the distance from the point where the liquid was first applied to the nonwoven fabric to the point where the test liquid was drawn into the nonwoven fabric and stopped flowing was measured.
  • the pseudo blood used was adjusted by the method similar to the measurement of the liquid remaining amount of the said surface sheet (nonwoven fabric sample).
  • the above operation was performed 3 times, and the average value of the 3 times was defined as the liquid flow length (mm).
  • the liquid flow length is an index of how easily the liquid flows on the surface without being absorbed by the test sample and is likely to leak at the time of mounting. The shorter the liquid flow length, the higher the evaluation.
  • the macro expandability of the liquid film cleaving agent can be evaluated by the macro expansion distance of the liquid film cleaving agent. Separately from the above test, the macro expansion distance of each liquid film cleaving agent used in Examples 1, 7, 8, and 9 was measured by the following method. Each liquid film cleaving agent used in Examples 1, 7, 8 and 9 was colored, and each colored liquid film cleaving agent was attached to the top of the convex part of the uneven nonwoven fabric of FIG. A sanitary napkin for evaluation was produced in the same manner as in the above (the amount of remaining liquid of the nonwoven fabric sample (surface sheet)) except that a dot-shaped containing portion was formed.
  • the basis weight of the liquid film cleaving agent at this time was 25.9 g / m 2 .
  • An acrylic plate having a permeation hole with an inner diameter of 1 cm is overlaid on the surface of each sanitary napkin for evaluation, and a constant load of 100 Pa is applied to the napkin. Under such load, menstrual blood is passed through the permeation hole of the acrylic plate.
  • menstrual blood is passed through the permeation hole of the acrylic plate.
  • the region where the colored liquid film cleaving agent was diffused was measured as a distance in 8 directions from the center of the dot-shaped containing portion, and the average value was taken as the macro extended distance of the liquid film cleaving agent.
  • Example 1 to 12 the liquid flow length was suppressed as compared with Reference Example 1, and the liquid flow prevention property was higher than that of Reference Example 1.
  • Examples 1 to 12 achieved both improvement of liquid residue reduction and improvement of liquid flow prevention.
  • each liquid film cleaving agent used in Examples 1 to 12 has a dot-shaped content part having a diameter of 0.8 mm. It was confirmed that it extends to the non-contained part beyond.
  • the area ratio of the containing part is 23% to 70%, the non-containing part is present, and the content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cleaving agent to the total fiber mass of the nonwoven fabric sample is Despite being only 5% to 60% of the OPU of Reference Example 1, the effect of reducing the liquid residue was exhibited at the same level as that of Reference Example 1. It was confirmed that the liquid film cleaving agent has higher macro expansibility as the viscosity is lower and the expansion coefficient is higher.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Textile Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Absorbent Articles And Supports Therefor (AREA)
  • Nonwoven Fabrics (AREA)
  • Treatments For Attaching Organic Compounds To Fibrous Goods (AREA)

Abstract

A nonwoven fabric having an inclusion section that includes a liquid film splitting agent, and a non-inclusion section that does not include the liquid film splitting agent, wherein at least one of the inclusion section and the non-inclusion section is arranged on a nonwoven fabric surface as a plurality of sections that are separated from one another.

Description

不織布Non-woven
　本発明は、不織布に関する。 The present invention relates to a nonwoven fabric.
　近年、吸収性物品の肌に触れる表面シート等に用いられる不織布について、ドライ性など着用感を高める提案がされてきた。
　例えば、特許文献１には、表面シートの肌面側の面に３８℃でゲル状態を維持することのできる疎水性のゲル状組成物が間欠的に塗工された吸収性物品が記載されている。該表面シートにおいては、肌面側のゲル状組成物の塗工領域が疎水性であるのに対し、内部が親水性にされている。前記塗工領域の疎水性の撥水作用と、内部の親水性の吸水作用とにより、ゲル状組成物の塗工されていない非塗工領域を介して、液が表面シートの内部に引き込まれやすくなるとされる。
　特許文献２に記載の表面シートでは、肌当接面に、親水化剤が施された親水領域とこれに囲まれた多数の疎水領域とが配されている。前記親水領域の非肌当接面側の親水度が肌当接面側の親水度より低くされている。これらにより、疎水領域によるべたつき防止性、親水領域による液の引き込み性、液戻り防止性の発現がバランスよくなるとしている。
　また、特許文献３には、スキンケア機能を発揮させる観点から、トップシートに漢方薬材料層を設けた吸収性物品が記載されている。漢方薬材料層のバインダーとして両親媒性物質が用いられている。両親媒性物質が有する疎水性に起因して漢方薬材料層がトップシートから脱落しにくくなり、両親媒性物質が有する親水性に起因して液体吸収速度の低減を防止できるとされる。 In recent years, proposals have been made to improve the feeling of wear, such as dryness, for non-woven fabrics used for surface sheets that touch the skin of absorbent articles.
For example, Patent Document 1 describes an absorbent article in which a hydrophobic gel-like composition capable of maintaining a gel state at 38 ° C. is intermittently applied to the skin side surface of a top sheet. Yes. In the surface sheet, the coating region of the gel composition on the skin surface side is hydrophobic, while the inside is made hydrophilic. Due to the hydrophobic water-repellent action of the coated area and the hydrophilic water-absorbing action of the inside, the liquid is drawn into the top sheet through the non-coated area where the gel composition is not coated. It will be easier.
In the surface sheet described in Patent Document 2, a hydrophilic region to which a hydrophilizing agent is applied and a large number of hydrophobic regions surrounded by the hydrophilic agent are arranged on the skin contact surface. The hydrophilicity on the non-skin contact surface side of the hydrophilic region is lower than the hydrophilicity on the skin contact surface side. As a result, the expression of stickiness prevention by the hydrophobic region, liquid draw-in by the hydrophilic region, and liquid return prevention is improved.
Patent Document 3 describes an absorbent article in which a Chinese medicine material layer is provided on a top sheet from the viewpoint of exerting a skin care function. Amphiphiles are used as binders in the herbal medicine material layer. It is said that the herbal medicine material layer is less likely to drop off from the top sheet due to the hydrophobicity of the amphiphile, and the liquid absorption rate can be prevented from being reduced due to the hydrophilicity of the amphiphile.
特開２０１６－１３４１４号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2016-13414 特開２０１０－９４４４７号公報JP 2010-94447 A 特開２０１３－２３３３１１号公報JP 2013-233111 A
　本発明は、液膜開裂剤を含む含有部と、前記液膜開裂剤を含まない非含有部とを有し、前記含有部及び前記非含有部の少なくともいずれか一方が、不織布表面に、複数互いに離間して配列されている、不織布を提供する。
　また、本発明は、下記化合物Ｃ１を含む含有部と、下記化合物Ｃ１を含まない非含有部とを有し、前記含有部及び前記非含有部の少なくともいずれか一方が、不織布表面に、複数互いに離間して配列されている、不織布を提供する。
　［化合物Ｃ１］
　　表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数が１５ｍＮ／ｍ以上である化合物。
　また、本発明は、下記化合物Ｃ２を含む含有部と、下記化合物Ｃ２を含まない非含有部とを有し、前記含有部及び前記非含有部の少なくともいずれか一方が、不織布表面に、複数互いに離間して配列されている、不織布を提供する。
　［化合物Ｃ２］
　　表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数が０ｍＮ／ｍよりも大きく、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力が２０ｍＮ／ｍ以下である化合物。 The present invention has a containing part containing a liquid film cleaving agent and a non-containing part not containing the liquid film cleaving agent, and at least one of the containing part and the non-containing part is on the surface of the nonwoven fabric. Nonwoven fabrics are provided that are spaced apart from one another.
Moreover, this invention has a containing part containing the following compound C1, and a non-containing part not containing the following compound C1, and at least one of the containing part and the non-containing part is a plurality of mutually on the nonwoven fabric surface. A nonwoven fabric is provided that is spaced apart.
[Compound C1]
A compound having an expansion coefficient of 15 mN / m or more for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m.
Further, the present invention has a containing part containing the following compound C2 and a non-containing part not containing the following compound C2, and at least one of the containing part and the non-containing part is a plurality of mutually on the nonwoven fabric surface. A nonwoven fabric is provided that is spaced apart.
[Compound C2]
A compound having an expansion coefficient greater than 0 mN / m for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m and an interfacial tension of 20 mN / m or less for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m.
　本発明の上記及び他の特徴及び利点は、適宜添付の図面を参照して、下記の記載からより明らかになるであろう。 The above and other features and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent from the following description with reference to the accompanying drawings as appropriate.
本発明に係る不織布の好ましい実施形態を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows preferable embodiment of the nonwoven fabric which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係る不織布の他の好ましい実施形態を示す一部拡大平面図であり、（Ａ）は不織布表面において格子状の非含有部の中に菱形に象られた含有部が複数互いに離間して配列されたパターンを示し、（Ｂ）は不織布表面において格子状の含有部の中に菱形に象られた非含有部が複数互いに離間して配列されたパターンを示す。FIG. 6 is a partially enlarged plan view showing another preferred embodiment of the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention, wherein (A) shows a plurality of inclusion parts formed in rhombuses in a lattice-like non-containing part on the nonwoven fabric surface. The arranged pattern is shown, and (B) shows a pattern in which a plurality of non-containing parts shaped like rhombuses are arranged apart from each other in the lattice-shaped containing parts on the surface of the nonwoven fabric. 本発明に係る不織布の他の好ましい実施形態を示す一部拡大平面図であり、（Ａ）は不織布表面の長手方向に延出する含有部と非含有部とが幅方向に交互に配列されたパターンを示し、（Ｂ）は不織布表面の幅方向に延出する含有部と非含有部と長手方向に交互に配列されたパターンを示す。It is a partially expanded plan view which shows other preferable embodiment of the nonwoven fabric which concerns on this invention, (A) is the inclusion part and the non-contained part which were extended in the longitudinal direction of the nonwoven fabric surface alternately arranged in the width direction. A pattern is shown, (B) shows the pattern by which the containing part extended in the width direction of a nonwoven fabric surface, the non-containing part, and the longitudinal direction were alternately arranged. 不織布の幅方向に沿う仮想線を任意に引いたときの、該仮想線上における含有部の長さと非含有部の長さを模式的に示す説明図であり、（Ａ）は図１のパターンについて部分拡大して示し、（Ｂ）は（Ａ）の含有部が楕円形状である場合のパターンについて示し、（Ｃ）は図３（Ａ）のパターンについて部分拡大して示し、（Ｄ）は図２（Ｂ）のパターンについて示す。It is explanatory drawing which shows typically the length of the containing part and the length of a non-containing part on this virtual line when drawing the virtual line along the width direction of a nonwoven fabric arbitrarily, (A) is about the pattern of FIG. (B) shows the pattern when the containing part of (A) is elliptical, (C) shows the pattern of FIG. 3 (A) partially enlarged, and (D) shows the figure. It shows about the pattern of 2 (B). 本発明に係る不織布を生理用ナプキンの表面シートとして適用した場合の***口対向部を示した、生理用ナプキンの一部切欠平面図である。It is the partial notch top view of the sanitary napkin which showed the excretion opening opposing part at the time of applying the nonwoven fabric which concerns on this invention as a surface sheet of a sanitary napkin. 不織布の繊維間の隙間に形成された液膜を示す模式図である。It is a schematic diagram which shows the liquid film formed in the clearance gap between the fibers of a nonwoven fabric. （Ａ１）～（Ａ４）は本発明に係る液膜開裂剤が液膜を開裂していく状態を側面から模式的に示す説明図であり、（Ｂ１）～（Ｂ４）は本発明に係る液膜開裂剤が液膜を開裂していく状態を上方から模式的に示す説明図である。(A1) to (A4) are explanatory views schematically showing from the side the state in which the liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention cleaves the liquid film, and (B1) to (B4) are liquid crystals according to the present invention. It is explanatory drawing which shows typically the state which a film | membrane cleaving agent cleaves a liquid film from upper direction. 本発明に係る不織布の好ましい態様（第１実施態様）を示す、不織布の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of a nonwoven fabric which shows the preferable aspect (1st embodiment) of the nonwoven fabric which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係る不織布の別の好ましい態様（第２実施態様）を一部断面にして模式的に示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows typically another partial aspect (2nd embodiment) of the nonwoven fabric which concerns on this invention by making a partial cross section. 本発明に係る不織布のさらに別の好ましい態様（第３実施態様）を一部断面にして模式的に示す斜視図であり、（Ａ）は１層からなる不織布を示し、（Ｂ）は２層からなる不織布を示す。FIG. 6 is a perspective view schematically showing still another preferred embodiment (third embodiment) of the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention with a partial cross section, wherein (A) shows a nonwoven fabric composed of one layer, and (B) shows two layers. The nonwoven fabric which consists of is shown. 本発明に係る不織布の別の好ましい態様（第４実施態様）を模式的に示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows typically another preferable aspect (4th embodiment) of the nonwoven fabric which concerns on this invention. 図１１に示す不織布の変形例を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the modification of the nonwoven fabric shown in FIG. 本発明に係る不織布の別の好ましい態様（第５実施態様）を模式的に示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows typically another preferable aspect (5th embodiment) of the nonwoven fabric which concerns on this invention. 図１３に示す不織布の構成繊維同士が熱融着部にて固定された状態を模式的に示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows typically the state by which the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric shown in FIG. 13 were fixed in the heat-fusion part. 本発明に係る不織布の別の好ましい態様（第６実施態様）を模式的に示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows typically another preferable aspect (6th embodiment) of the nonwoven fabric which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係る不織布の別の好ましい態様（第７実施態様）を模式的に示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows typically another preferable aspect (7th embodiment) of the nonwoven fabric which concerns on this invention.
発明の詳細な説明Detailed Description of the Invention
　本発明は、不織布の繊維間にできる液膜を低減してより高いレベルでの液残り低減を実現しながら、表面における液流れ防止性を高めた不織布に関する。 The present invention relates to a non-woven fabric having an improved liquid flow preventing property on the surface while reducing a liquid film formed between fibers of the non-woven fabric to achieve a higher level of liquid remaining reduction.
　表面シート等に用いられる不織布には、繊維間が狭い領域が存在している。その領域には、***液（例えば尿や経血。単に液体ともいう。）を透過できる空間があっても、繊維間のメニスカス力や血漿タンパク質による表面活性、また血液の表面粘性が高いことから、繊維間に安定した液膜が生じ、液が留まりやすい。従来の技術においては、完全には液膜を解消することはできず、ドライ性はまだ改善の余地があった。さらに、近年はドライ性に加え、消費者から肌触りの良さが求められている。そのため、細い繊維を用いることが行われている。しかしながら、細い繊維を用いると繊維間はより狭くなる。これにより、繊維間の液膜が更に生じやすく、かつ液膜が破裂しにくくなって、液がなおさら残りやすくなる。
　また、これは吸収対象液が血液に限定されるものでない。例えば、尿においてもリン脂質による表面活性があるため、上記と同様に液膜が生じて液残りに繋がり、結果としてドライ性はまだ改善の余地があった。
　このように、不織布中の繊維間が狭い部分にできる液膜を取り除く技術が求められている。しかし、液膜の高い安定性ゆえに取り除くことは困難であった。また、液の表面張力を下げて液膜を取り除くべく、水溶性の界面活性剤を塗布することも考えられる。しかし、このような界面活性剤を吸収性物品に用いて液膜除去を可能にしようとすると、液が液防漏性のバックシートをも透過するおそれがあった。
　また、不織布における液透過性の観点から、不織布の表面において、液が繊維間に入り込みやすい適度な親水性が必要である。不織布表面における親水性が低すぎると、液が繊維間に入るよりも先に、不織布表面の液流れが発生する可能性が高くなる。 In the nonwoven fabric used for the surface sheet or the like, there is a region where the distance between the fibers is narrow. Even if there is a space in the area that can pass excretory fluid (for example, urine and menstrual blood, also simply liquid), meniscus force between fibers, surface activity by plasma proteins, and blood surface viscosity are high. A stable liquid film is formed between the fibers, and the liquid tends to stay. In the prior art, the liquid film cannot be completely eliminated, and there is still room for improvement in the dryness. Furthermore, in recent years, in addition to dryness, consumers are demanding good touch. Therefore, the use of fine fibers has been performed. However, when thin fibers are used, the distance between the fibers becomes narrower. As a result, a liquid film between the fibers is more likely to be generated, and the liquid film is not easily ruptured, so that the liquid is more likely to remain.
In addition, the absorption target liquid is not limited to blood. For example, since urine also has surface activity due to phospholipids, a liquid film is formed in the same manner as described above, leading to liquid residue, and as a result, there is still room for improvement in dryness.
Thus, there is a need for a technique for removing a liquid film that can form a narrow portion between fibers in a nonwoven fabric. However, it was difficult to remove due to the high stability of the liquid film. It is also conceivable to apply a water-soluble surfactant in order to lower the surface tension of the liquid and remove the liquid film. However, when such a surfactant is used for an absorbent article to enable removal of a liquid film, there is a possibility that the liquid may permeate the liquid leakproof back sheet.
In addition, from the viewpoint of liquid permeability in the nonwoven fabric, appropriate hydrophilicity is required on the surface of the nonwoven fabric so that the liquid can easily enter between the fibers. If the hydrophilicity on the nonwoven fabric surface is too low, the liquid flow on the nonwoven fabric surface is likely to occur before the liquid enters between the fibers.
　本発明の不織布は、不織布の繊維間にできる液膜を低減してより高いレベルでの液残り低減を実現しながら、表面における液流れ防止性を高めることができる。 The non-woven fabric of the present invention can improve the liquid flow preventing property on the surface while reducing the liquid film formed between the fibers of the non-woven fabric to achieve a higher level of liquid remaining reduction.
　本発明に係る不織布の好ましい実施形態としては、例えば、図１に示すような不織布５が挙げられる。なお、本発明の不織布は、液吸収に係る種々の物品に適用でき、例えば、生理用ナプキン、ベビー用おむつ、大人用おむつ等の吸収性物品の表面シートとして用いることができる。 As a preferred embodiment of the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention, for example, a nonwoven fabric 5 as shown in FIG. In addition, the nonwoven fabric of this invention can be applied to various articles | goods which concern on liquid absorption, for example, can be used as a surface sheet of absorbent articles, such as a sanitary napkin, a baby diaper, an adult diaper.
　不織布５は、不織布表面に、液膜開裂剤を含む含有部６と、前記液膜開裂剤を含まない非含有部７とを有する。含有部６は円形（ドット状）にされている。円形の含有部６は、複数互いに離間して配列されている。この配列は、不織布表面における交差する複数の方向に沿う配列であることが好ましい。前記交差する複数の方向には、不織布の第一方向と該第一方向に直交する第二の方向が含まれることがより好ましい。前記第一方向と第二方向は、不織布原反における長手方向と幅方向（すなわち吸収性物品における長手方向と幅方向）であることが特に好ましい。本実施形態では、円形の含有部６は複数、不織布表面に、不織布５の長手方向（Ｙ方向）及び幅方向（Ｘ方向）の両方向に沿って互いに離間して、複数の方向に分散配列されている。非含有部７は、複数の含有部６に隣接し、かつ、含有部６同士を互いに分離させるように連続的に延出して配列されている。具体的には、不織布表面において、連続した非含有部７の領域の中に、含有部６が島状に互いに離間して配置された海－島状のパターンで配列されている。なお、含有部６及び非含有部７の配列は、不織布５の表面の全面にあってもよく一部にあってもよい（以下の種々の形態においても同様。）。 The nonwoven fabric 5 has a containing part 6 containing a liquid film cleaving agent and a non-containing part 7 not containing the liquid film cleaving agent on the nonwoven fabric surface. The containing part 6 is made circular (dot shape). A plurality of circular containing portions 6 are arranged apart from each other. This arrangement is preferably an arrangement along a plurality of intersecting directions on the nonwoven fabric surface. More preferably, the plurality of intersecting directions include a first direction of the nonwoven fabric and a second direction orthogonal to the first direction. The first direction and the second direction are particularly preferably a longitudinal direction and a width direction in the nonwoven fabric original fabric (that is, a longitudinal direction and a width direction in the absorbent article). In the present embodiment, a plurality of circular containing portions 6 are arranged on the surface of the nonwoven fabric so as to be spaced apart from each other along both the longitudinal direction (Y direction) and the width direction (X direction) of the nonwoven fabric 5 in a plurality of directions. ing. The non-containing part 7 is adjacent to the plurality of containing parts 6 and is continuously extended and arranged so as to separate the containing parts 6 from each other. Specifically, on the nonwoven fabric surface, the containing parts 6 are arranged in an island-like pattern in which the containing parts 6 are spaced apart from each other in a continuous region of the non-containing parts 7. In addition, the arrangement | sequence of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 may exist in the whole surface of the surface of the nonwoven fabric 5, and may exist in a part (same in the following various forms).
　本実施形態における前記配列について、より詳細に説明する。
　含有部６が長手方向に配列されたいずれの列においても、含有部６、６間のピッチを一定（ピッチＰ１）としている。ただし、隣接する列同士では、含有部６が幅方向（Ｘ方向）に隣り合わないよう、列全体を互いに半ピッチずつ長手方向にずれた配置とされている。一方、２つ隣りの列同士では、含有部６が幅方向に並ぶ配置とされている。このとき、２つ隣りの列同士における、幅方向に並ぶ含有部６，６間のピッチＰ２は、前述した長手方向の列におけるピッチＰ１と同じにされている。すなわち、不織布５全体としては、長手方向の含有部６のピッチＰ１と幅方向の含有部６のピッチＰ２とが同じとなるよう周期的に配列されている。 The said arrangement | sequence in this embodiment is demonstrated in detail.
In any row where the containing parts 6 are arranged in the longitudinal direction, the pitch between the containing parts 6 and 6 is constant (pitch P1). However, in the adjacent rows, the entire rows are arranged so as to be shifted from each other in the longitudinal direction by a half pitch so that the containing portion 6 is not adjacent in the width direction (X direction). On the other hand, in two adjacent rows, the containing portions 6 are arranged in the width direction. At this time, the pitch P2 between the containing parts 6 and 6 arranged in the width direction in the two adjacent rows is the same as the pitch P1 in the longitudinal row described above. That is, as the whole nonwoven fabric 5, it arranges periodically so that the pitch P1 of the containing part 6 of a longitudinal direction and the pitch P2 of the containing part 6 of the width direction may become the same.
　上記の周期的な配列の結果、含有部６は、長手方向及び幅方向の配列とともに、長手方向及び幅方向に交差する２つの傾斜方向Ｄ１及びＤ２においても配列されている。すなわち、不織布５において、含有部６は、不織布表面の少なくとも４つの方向に、複数互いに離間して周期的に配列されている。 As a result of the above periodic arrangement, the containing portions 6 are arranged not only in the longitudinal direction and the width direction, but also in two inclined directions D1 and D2 that intersect the longitudinal direction and the width direction. That is, in the nonwoven fabric 5, the containing portions 6 are periodically arranged at a distance from each other in at least four directions on the nonwoven fabric surface.
　なお、前記長手方向（Ｙ方向）とは、その名の通り不織布の相対的に長さが長い方向であり、不織布が原反としてロール状にされている場合、又はロール状にされた状態から巻き出されている場合は、該不織布が巻き出される方向を意味する。前記幅方向（Ｘ方向）は、前記長手方向に直交する方向であり、前記原反の状態においては、ロール軸方向を意味する。また、不織布を構成する繊維の配向方向が分かる場合は、繊維の配向方法が長手方向であると言える。このとき、前記幅方向は、繊維の配向方法に直交する方向であると言える。
　また、前記長手方向は、不織布の製造段階においては、機械搬出方向（ＭＤ：Ｍａｃｈｉｎｅ　Ｄｉｒｅｃｔｉｏｎ）を意味する。前記幅方向は、不織布の製造段階においては、機械搬出方向に直交する幅方向（ＣＤ：Ｃｒｏｓｓ　Ｄｉｒｅｃｔｉｏｎ）を意味する。
　さらに、不織布を所定の大きさに裁断して吸収性物品の表面シートとする場合は、該不織布の長手方向は、前記吸収性物品の長手方向に一致する方向である。 In addition, the said longitudinal direction (Y direction) is a direction where the length of a nonwoven fabric is comparatively long as the name suggests, and when the nonwoven fabric is made into a roll shape as an original fabric, or from the state made into a roll shape. When unwound, it means the direction in which the nonwoven fabric is unwound. The said width direction (X direction) is a direction orthogonal to the said longitudinal direction, and means the roll-axis direction in the said original fabric state. Moreover, when the orientation direction of the fiber which comprises a nonwoven fabric is known, it can be said that the orientation method of a fiber is a longitudinal direction. At this time, it can be said that the width direction is a direction orthogonal to the fiber orientation method.
Moreover, the said longitudinal direction means a machine carrying-out direction (MD: Machine Direction) in the manufacturing stage of a nonwoven fabric. The said width direction means the width direction (CD: Cross Direction) orthogonal to a machine carrying-out direction in the manufacture stage of a nonwoven fabric.
Furthermore, when the nonwoven fabric is cut into a predetermined size to obtain a surface sheet of an absorbent article, the longitudinal direction of the nonwoven fabric is a direction that coincides with the longitudinal direction of the absorbent article.
　含有部６と非含有部７とは、液膜開裂剤の有無により区分されるものである。なお、図１では、含有部６と非含有部７の配置領域及び配置パターンの理解のため含有部６に模様を付して示しているが、実際には目視によって区別できるとは限らない（以下、図２～６において同様。）。
　そのため、上記の含有部６と非含有部７との区分は、目視ではなく、次の方法により確認される。すなわち、不織布５の表面に対してあぶらとり紙をあてた後、厚み４ｍｍのアクリル板をのせ、その上から６００ｇ／ｃｍ２となるように錘で３０秒荷重する。荷重後、すぐに、該あぶらとり紙を剥がし、黒色の台紙に該あぶらとり紙を載せて色の変化を目視で確認する。色の変化した部分が液膜開裂剤を含む含有部６であり、それ以外の部分が非含有部７である。上記のあぶらとり紙として種々のものを用いることができ、例えばカタニ産業株式会社製の金箔打紙製法あぶらとり紙を挙げることができる。
　上記の区分の確認方法は、以下の種々の配列形態においても同様であり、幅方向の含有部６の長さ、非含有部７の長さの測定、含有部６の合計面積及び非含有部７の合計面積の測定においても、同様にあぶらとり紙を用いる。 The containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 are classified according to the presence or absence of a liquid film cleaving agent. In addition, in FIG. 1, although the pattern is attached | subjected and shown to the containing part 6 for the understanding of the arrangement | positioning area | region and arrangement | positioning pattern of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7, it cannot necessarily be distinguished visually. The same applies to FIGS. 2 to 6 below).
Therefore, the classification of the above-mentioned containing part 6 and non-containing part 7 is confirmed not by visual observation but by the following method. That is, after blotting paper is applied to the surface of the nonwoven fabric 5, an acrylic plate having a thickness of 4 mm is placed, and a weight is applied for 30 seconds so as to be 600 g / cm 2 from the top. Immediately after the loading, the oil-blotting paper is peeled off, and the oil-blotting paper is placed on a black mount and the color change is visually confirmed. The part where the color has changed is the containing part 6 containing the liquid film cleaving agent, and the other part is the non-containing part 7. Various materials can be used as the above-mentioned oil blotting paper, and examples thereof include gold leaf punching paper manufacturing oil blotting paper manufactured by Katani Sangyo Co., Ltd.
The above-described method for confirming the classification is the same in the following various arrangement forms: the length of the containing part 6 in the width direction, the length of the non-containing part 7, the total area of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part Similarly, in the measurement of the total area of 7, the blotting paper is used.
　含有部６に含まれる液膜開裂剤とは、液、例えば、経血等の高粘性の液や尿などの***液が不織布に触れて不織布の繊維間ないしは繊維表面に形成される液膜を開裂させたりして、液膜の形成を阻害する剤のことをいい、形成された液膜を開裂させる作用と、液膜の形成を阻害する作用とを有する。前者は主たる作用、後者は従たる作用ということができる。液膜の開裂は、液膜開裂剤の、液膜の層の一部を押しのけて不安定化させる作用によりなされる。この液膜開裂剤の作用により、液が不織布の繊維間の狭い領域に留まることなく通過しやすくなる。すなわち、液透過性に優れた不織布となる。これにより、不織布を構成する繊維を細くして繊維間距離を狭めても、肌触りの柔らかさと液残り抑制とが両立する。 The liquid film cleaving agent contained in the containing part 6 is a liquid film formed between the fibers of the nonwoven fabric or on the fiber surface when the liquid, for example, highly viscous liquid such as menstrual blood or excretion liquid such as urine touches the nonwoven fabric. It refers to an agent that inhibits the formation of a liquid film by cleaving it, and has an action of cleaving the formed liquid film and an action of inhibiting the formation of the liquid film. The former can be called the main action, and the latter can be called the subordinate action. The cleaving of the liquid film is performed by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent to destabilize by pushing away a part of the liquid film layer. By the action of the liquid film cleaving agent, the liquid can easily pass through without staying in a narrow region between the fibers of the nonwoven fabric. That is, the nonwoven fabric has excellent liquid permeability. Thereby, even if the fiber which comprises a nonwoven fabric is made thin and the distance between fibers is narrowed, softness of touch and liquid remaining suppression are compatible.
（液膜を消失させる性質）
　本発明で用いられる液膜開裂剤は、液膜を消失させる性質を有しており、斯かる性質により、該液膜開裂剤を、血漿成分を主体とする試験液又は人工尿に適用した場合に、液膜消失効果を発現し得る。人工尿は、尿素１．９４０質量％、塩化ナトリウム０．７９５質量％、硫酸マグネシウム０．１１０質量％、塩化カルシウム０．０６２質量％、硫酸カリウム０．１９７質量％、赤色２号（染料）０．０１０質量％、水（約９６．８８質量％）及びポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル（約０．０７質量％）の組成を有する混合物を、表面張力を５３±１ｍＮ／ｍ（２３℃）に調整したものである。ここでいう液膜消失効果には、試験液又は人工尿から形成される液膜によって空気が抱えこまれた構造体について、該構造体の液膜形成を阻害する効果と、形成された該構造体を消失させる効果との双方が含まれ、少なくとも一方の効果を発現する剤は、液膜消失効果を発現し得る性質を有していると言える。
　前記試験液は、馬脱繊維血液（株式会社日本バイオテスト製）から抽出された液体成分である。具体的には、１００ｍＬの馬脱繊維血液を温度２２℃、湿度６５％の条件下で１時間静置すると、該馬脱繊維血液は上層と下層とに分離するところ、この上層が前記試験液である。上層は主に血漿成分を含み、下層は主に血球成分を含む。上層と下層とに分離した馬脱繊維血液から上層のみを取り出すには、例えばトランスファーピペット（日本マイクロ株式会社製）を用いることができる。
　ある剤が前記の「液膜を消失させる性質」を有するか否かは、当該剤が適用された前記試験液又は人工尿から形成される液膜によって、空気が抱えこまれた構造体が発生しやすい状態にした場合の、該構造体即ち液膜の量の多少で判断される。すなわち、前記試験液又は人工尿を、温度２５℃に調整し、その後、スクリュー管（株式会社マルエム製　Ｎｏ．５　胴径２７ｍｍ、全長５５ｍｍ）に１０ｇ入れて、標準サンプルを得る。また、測定サンプルとして、標準サンプルと同じものに、２５℃に予め調整した測定対象の剤を０．０１ｇ添加したものを得る。標準サンプルと測定サンプルをそれぞれ前記スクリュー管の上下方向に２往復強く振とうした後、水平面上に速やかに載置する。このサンプルの振とうにより、振とう後のスクリュー管の内部には、前記構造体の無い液体層（下層）と、該液体層の上に形成された多数の該構造体からなる構造体層（上層）とが形成される。振とう直後から１０秒経過後に、両サンプルの構造体層の高さ（液体層の液面から構造体層上面までの高さ）を測定する。そして、標準サンプルの構造体層の高さに対して、測定サンプルの構造体層の高さが９０％以下となった場合、測定対象の剤は液膜開裂効果を有しているとする。
　本発明で用いられる液膜開裂剤は、前記の性質に当てはまる単一の化合物若しくは前記の性質に当てはまる単一の化合物を複数組み合わせた混合物、又は複数の化合物の組み合わせによって前記の性質を満たす（液膜の開裂を発現し得る）剤である。つまり液膜開裂剤とは、あくまで前記定義によるところの液膜開裂効果があるものに限定した剤のことである。したがって、吸収性物品中に適用されている化合物に、前記定義に当てはまらない第三成分を含む場合には、液膜開裂剤と区別する。
　なお、液膜開裂剤及び第三成分について、「単一の化合物」とは、同じ組成式を有するが、繰り返し単位数が異なることにより、分子量が異なる化合物を含める概念である。
　液膜開裂剤としては、国際公開第２０１６／０９８７９６号の明細書の段落［０００７］～［０１８６］に記載のものから適宜に選んで用いることができる。 (Characteristic of disappearing liquid film)
The liquid film cleaving agent used in the present invention has the property of eliminating the liquid film, and due to this property, the liquid film cleaving agent is applied to a test liquid or artificial urine mainly composed of plasma components. Moreover, the liquid film disappearance effect can be expressed. Artificial urine is 1.940% by weight of urea, 0.795% by weight of sodium chloride, 0.110% by weight of magnesium sulfate, 0.062% by weight of calcium chloride, 0.197% by weight of potassium sulfate, red No. 2 (dye) 0 The surface tension of a mixture having a composition of 0.010% by weight, water (about 96.88% by weight) and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether (about 0.07% by weight) was adjusted to 53 ± 1 mN / m (23 ° C.). Is. The liquid film disappearance effect here refers to the effect of inhibiting the liquid film formation of the structure and the formed structure of the structure in which air is held by the liquid film formed from the test liquid or artificial urine. It can be said that an agent that exhibits both of the effects of disappearing the body and that exhibits at least one of the effects has the property of exhibiting the effect of disappearing the liquid film.
The test solution is a liquid component extracted from equine defibrinated blood (manufactured by Nippon Biotest Co., Ltd.). Specifically, when 100 mL of equine defibrinated blood is allowed to stand at a temperature of 22 ° C. and a humidity of 65% for 1 hour, the equine defibrinated blood is separated into an upper layer and a lower layer. It is. The upper layer mainly contains plasma components, and the lower layer mainly contains blood cell components. In order to take out only the upper layer from the equine defibrinated blood separated into the upper layer and the lower layer, for example, a transfer pipette (manufactured by Nippon Micro Corporation) can be used.
Whether or not an agent has the above-mentioned property of “disappearing a liquid film” depends on whether a liquid film formed from the test solution or artificial urine to which the agent is applied generates a structure that is trapped in air. It is judged by the amount of the structure, that is, the liquid film when it is in a state where it is easy to do. That is, the test solution or artificial urine is adjusted to a temperature of 25 ° C., and then 10 g is put into a screw tube (No. 5 body diameter 27 mm, total length 55 mm, manufactured by Maruemu Co., Ltd.) to obtain a standard sample. In addition, a measurement sample obtained by adding 0.01 g of an agent to be measured, which is adjusted in advance to 25 ° C., to the same sample as the standard sample is obtained. The standard sample and the measurement sample are vigorously shaken twice in the vertical direction of the screw tube, and then quickly placed on a horizontal plane. By shaking the sample, the structure of the liquid layer (lower layer) without the structure and a large number of structures formed on the liquid layer (the lower layer) is formed inside the screw tube after shaking. Upper layer). After the elapse of 10 seconds immediately after shaking, the height of the structure layers of both samples (the height from the liquid surface of the liquid layer to the upper surface of the structure layer) is measured. Then, when the height of the structure layer of the measurement sample is 90% or less with respect to the height of the structure layer of the standard sample, it is assumed that the agent to be measured has a liquid film cleavage effect.
The liquid film cleaving agent used in the present invention satisfies the above properties by a single compound that meets the above properties, a mixture of a plurality of single compounds that meet the above properties, or a combination of a plurality of compounds (liquid Agent capable of developing membrane cleavage). That is, the liquid film cleaving agent is an agent limited to those having a liquid film cleaving effect as defined above. Therefore, when the compound applied in the absorbent article contains a third component that does not meet the above definition, it is distinguished from a liquid film cleaving agent.
In addition, regarding the liquid film cleaving agent and the third component, the “single compound” is a concept including compounds having the same composition formula but having different molecular weights due to different numbers of repeating units.
As the liquid film cleaving agent, it can be appropriately selected from those described in paragraphs [0007] to [0186] of the specification of WO2016 / 098796.
　本発明において、不織布の含有部６が液膜開裂剤を含有する又は含むとは、主に繊維の表面に付着させることをいう。ただし、液膜開裂剤は、繊維の表面に残存する限り、繊維内に内包しているようなものや、内添により繊維内部に存在しているようなものがあってもよい。液膜開裂剤を繊維の表面に付着させる方法としては、通常用いられる各種の方法を特に制限なく採用することができる。例えば、フレキソ印刷、インクジェット印刷、グラビア印刷、スクリーン印刷、噴霧、刷毛塗布等が挙げられる。これらの処理は、繊維を各種の方法でウエブ化した後に行ってもよいし、その後、該ウエブを不織布にした後や吸収性物品に組み込んだ後に行ってもよい。液膜開裂剤が表面に付着した繊維は、例えば、熱風送風式の乾燥機により、繊維樹脂の融点より十分に低い温度（例えば１２０℃以下）で乾燥される。また、前記付着方法を用いて繊維へ付着させる場合、必要により液膜開裂剤を溶媒に溶解させた液膜開裂剤を含む溶液、ないしは液膜開裂剤の乳化液、分散液を用いてもよい。
　本発明に係る液膜開裂剤は、不織布において後述する液膜開裂効果を有するためには、液膜開裂剤が体液に触れた際に液状として存在する必要がある。この点から、本発明に係る液膜開裂剤の融点は４０℃以下であることが好ましく、３５℃以下であることがより好ましい。さらに、本発明に係る液膜開裂剤の融点は－２２０℃以上が好ましく、－１８０℃以上がより好ましい。 In the present invention, the content 6 of the nonwoven fabric containing or containing a liquid film cleaving agent mainly means that it is adhered to the surface of the fiber. However, as long as the liquid film cleaving agent remains on the surface of the fiber, there may be a liquid film cleaving agent that is encapsulated in the fiber or that is present inside the fiber by internal addition. As a method for attaching the liquid film cleaving agent to the fiber surface, various commonly used methods can be employed without any particular limitation. For example, flexographic printing, ink jet printing, gravure printing, screen printing, spraying, brush application and the like can be mentioned. These treatments may be carried out after the fibers are made into a web by various methods, and then after the web is made into a nonwoven fabric or incorporated into an absorbent article. The fiber having the liquid film cleaving agent attached to the surface is dried at a temperature sufficiently lower than the melting point of the fiber resin (for example, 120 ° C. or less) by, for example, a hot air blowing type dryer. Moreover, when attaching to a fiber using the said attachment method, you may use the solution containing the liquid film cleaving agent which melt | dissolved the liquid film cleaving agent in the solvent if necessary, or the emulsified liquid and dispersion liquid of the liquid film cleaving agent. .
The liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention needs to exist as a liquid when the liquid film cleaving agent touches body fluid in order to have the liquid film cleaving effect described later in the nonwoven fabric. From this point, the melting point of the liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention is preferably 40 ° C. or less, and more preferably 35 ° C. or less. Furthermore, the melting point of the liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention is preferably −220 ° C. or higher, more preferably −180 ° C. or higher.
　液膜開裂剤は、後述するように表面張力が、不織布繊維に用いられる従来の親水化処理剤等に比べて小さい。すなわち、含有部６の構成繊維の接触角は、非含有部７の構成繊維の接触角よりも大きい。そのため、含有部６の構成繊維は、液膜開裂剤による滑性ないし疎水性を付与され、液膜開裂剤が無い場合に比べて、不織布表面にある液の滑性を高める。特に、表面がドライな状況から最初に液を受けたときには、液の表面流出が生じやすい。これに対し、非含有部７が液膜開裂剤を有さないため、液が不織布５の表面で流出するのを抑制する作用をする。 As described later, the liquid film cleaving agent has a smaller surface tension than conventional hydrophilizing agents used for nonwoven fabric fibers. That is, the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing part 6 is larger than the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing part 7. Therefore, the constituent fibers of the containing portion 6 are given lubricity or hydrophobicity by the liquid film cleaving agent, and enhance the lubricity of the liquid on the surface of the nonwoven fabric as compared with the case without the liquid film cleaving agent. In particular, when liquid is first received from a dry surface, the liquid tends to flow out. On the other hand, since the non-containing part 7 does not have a liquid film cleaving agent, the liquid does not flow out on the surface of the nonwoven fabric 5.
　不織布５においては、***液の液滴又は吸収性物品装着時に着用者の体をつたい流れる液滴が、不織布と初めて接触するとき又は不織布と接触した後に不織布の表面を流れる過程で、液膜開裂剤を含む含有部６と、液膜開裂剤を含まない非含有部７との両方に跨って重なることになる。このような重なりにおいて、液滴に対して、含有部６における液膜の開裂作用と、非含有部による液流れ抑制作用とが同時に発現する。その結果、不織布５では、不織布表面の液流れを抑えつつ、繊維間に入り込んで形成される液膜を開裂して厚み方向の液透過性を高める。これにより、不織布５の高い液残り低減を達成し維持しつつ、液の表面流れ防止性を高めることができる。なお、液膜開裂剤の作用および具体例の詳細については後述する。 In the non-woven fabric 5, the liquid film in the process in which the droplet of excretory liquid or the droplet flowing through the wearer's body when the absorbent article is attached flows on the surface of the non-woven fabric when first contacting the non-woven fabric or after contacting the non-woven fabric. It overlaps over both the containing part 6 containing a cleaving agent and the non-containing part 7 not containing a liquid film cleaving agent. In such an overlap, the cleaving action of the liquid film in the containing part 6 and the liquid flow suppressing action by the non-containing part are simultaneously manifested with respect to the droplet. As a result, in the nonwoven fabric 5, while suppressing the liquid flow on the surface of the nonwoven fabric, the liquid film formed by entering between the fibers is cleaved to increase the liquid permeability in the thickness direction. Thereby, the surface flow preventive property of the liquid can be enhanced while achieving and maintaining a high liquid residue reduction of the nonwoven fabric 5. In addition, the effect | action of a liquid film cleaving agent and the detail of a specific example are mentioned later.
　上記の液の表面流れ防止性は、液膜開裂剤を含まない非含有部７が複数の方向に連続的または断続的に配列されていることにより、不織布表面の液流れの発生を抑止し、且つ、液流れが生じても複数の方向に配置された非含有部７によって、液滴流れの進行を防止する液流れ防止作用が働くことによる。なお、上記の非含有部７の連続的な配列とは、不織布５の表面において、非含有部７が切れ目なく延出する配列のことである。図１に示すように、複数の含有部６同士を互いに分離させるようにして連続的に配列されていることが好ましい。すなわち、前述したように、連続した非含有部７の領域の中に、含有部６が島状に互いに離間して配置された海－島状のパターンで配列されていることが好ましい。また、上記の非含有部７の断続的な配列とは、互いに分離した複数の非含有部７が離間して配列されていることである。 The surface flow preventing property of the liquid described above is that the non-containing part 7 that does not contain the liquid film cleaving agent is arranged continuously or intermittently in a plurality of directions, thereby suppressing the occurrence of liquid flow on the nonwoven fabric surface, And even if a liquid flow arises, it is because the liquid flow prevention effect | action which prevents advancing of a droplet flow works by the non-containing part 7 arrange | positioned in several directions. In addition, said continuous arrangement | sequence of the non-containing part 7 is an arrangement | sequence with which the non-containing part 7 extends on the surface of the nonwoven fabric 5 without a break. As shown in FIG. 1, it is preferable that the plurality of containing portions 6 are continuously arranged so as to be separated from each other. That is, as described above, the containing portions 6 are preferably arranged in an island-like pattern in which islands are spaced apart from each other in the continuous non-containing portion 7 region. Moreover, said intermittent arrangement | positioning of the non-containing part 7 is that the some non-containing part 7 isolate | separated mutually is arranged spaced apart.
　同時に、液滴が、液膜開裂剤を含む含有部６と、液膜開裂剤を含まない非含有部７との両方に跨って重なることで、不織布５の繊維間等の液膜が液膜開裂剤の作用によって開裂し、液の、不織布厚み方向への透過性が高まる。その際、液膜開裂剤は、後述するとおり液に対する拡張性を備えることから、含有部６及び非含有部７に跨って存在して液流れが抑制された液滴に対して、含有部６の液膜開裂剤が非含有部７へと拡張する。すなわち、液膜開裂剤は、後述する含有部６内の繊維間等の狭小領域の液膜上での拡張（ミクロの拡張）だけでなく、液滴に重なる含有部６から非含有部７へのより広い拡張（マクロの拡張）をする。これにより、液膜開裂剤の後述するような液膜開裂作用が、含有部６だけでなく、非含有部７においても発現する。これは、すなわち液膜開裂剤自身の拡張性が、液膜開裂剤を含有部６に限定したことによる液膜開裂作用の低減を補い、不織布５全体としての液膜開裂作用を保持することを意味する。また、液膜開裂剤の非含有部７への拡張による効果は、上記の液流れ防止作用により液滴が一定の領域に留まっていることによってより高められる。 At the same time, the liquid droplets overlap across both the containing part 6 containing the liquid film cleaving agent and the non-containing part 7 not containing the liquid film cleaving agent, so that the liquid film between the fibers of the nonwoven fabric 5 becomes a liquid film. Cleavage is caused by the action of the cleaving agent, and the permeability of the liquid in the thickness direction of the nonwoven fabric is increased. At that time, the liquid film cleaving agent has extensibility with respect to the liquid as will be described later. Therefore, the liquid film cleaving agent is contained over the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 and the containing part 6 The liquid film cleaving agent expands to the non-containing part 7. That is, the liquid film cleaving agent is not only expanded on a liquid film in a narrow region such as between fibers in the containing portion 6 described later (micro-expansion), but also from the containing portion 6 that overlaps the droplet to the non-containing portion 7. A wider extension of (Macro extension). Thereby, the liquid film cleaving action as described later of the liquid film cleaving agent is expressed not only in the containing part 6 but also in the non-containing part 7. This means that the expandability of the liquid film cleaving agent itself compensates for the reduction of the liquid film cleaving action by limiting the liquid film cleaving agent to the containing part 6 and maintains the liquid film cleaving action of the nonwoven fabric 5 as a whole. means. Further, the effect of the expansion of the liquid film cleaving agent to the non-containing part 7 is further enhanced by the fact that the liquid droplets remain in a certain region due to the liquid flow preventing action.
　このように、不織布５では、高い液残り低減を実現しつつ、液の表面流れ防止性を高めることができる。なお、上記の液流れ防止作用は、不織布５に対して最初に液が触れたときに、液を厚み方向へ透過させる液透過路を開通させる点で特に効果的である。すなわち、不織布表面が液に馴染んでいない初期の段階では、液膜開裂剤による繊維表面の疎水性のために液が繊維間に入り難く液流れに繋がりやすいため、上記の液流れ防止作用が、液滴が繊維間に入り込む猶予を与える。一方、一度液が不織布を透過して液透過通路が確保された状態では、液は繊維間に入りやすく、液膜開裂剤による液膜開裂作用がより強く発揮される。 Thus, the nonwoven fabric 5 can enhance the liquid surface flow prevention property while realizing a high liquid residue reduction. In addition, said liquid flow prevention effect | action is especially effective at the point which opens the liquid permeation | transmission path | route which permeate | transmits a liquid to a thickness direction, when a liquid touches the nonwoven fabric 5 for the first time. That is, at the initial stage when the surface of the nonwoven fabric is not familiar with the liquid, the liquid flow is difficult to enter between the fibers due to the hydrophobicity of the fiber surface due to the liquid film cleaving agent, so that the liquid flow prevention action described above, Gives the liquid droplets time to enter between the fibers. On the other hand, once the liquid has permeated through the nonwoven fabric and the liquid permeation passage is secured, the liquid easily enters between the fibers, and the liquid film cleaving action by the liquid film cleaving agent is more strongly exhibited.
　液膜開裂剤の、含有部６から非含有部７へのマクロの拡張は、液滴が経血等の場合により生じやすい。したがって、前記マクロの拡張性による液残り低減は、本発明の不織布を生理用ナプキンの表面シートとして適用した場合に特に効果的に発揮される。 Macro expansion of the liquid film cleaving agent from the containing part 6 to the non-containing part 7 tends to occur depending on the case where the droplet is menstrual blood or the like. Therefore, the liquid remaining reduction by the macro expansibility is exhibited especially effectively when the nonwoven fabric of the present invention is applied as a surface sheet of a sanitary napkin.
　液膜開裂剤の、含有部６から非含有部７へのマクロの拡張性の程度は、種々の要因によって決まってくる。例えば、後述する拡張係数が大きいほど液滴内での拡張距離は長くなり高い拡張性を示す。また、含有部６における液膜開裂剤の含有坪量が大きいほど液滴内での拡張距離は長くなり高い拡張性を示す。
　同様に、液膜開裂剤は、粘度を適度に抑えることで、液滴に対する好適な高い拡張性を示す。具体的には、液膜開裂剤の粘度は、０ｃｐｓ以上であって、１００００ｃｐｓ以下が好ましく、１０００ｃｐｓ以下がより好ましく、２００ｃｐｓ以下が更に好ましい。なお、粘度の単位ｃｐｓは、１ｃｐｓ＝１×１０－３Ｐａ・ｓによって換算される。 The degree of macro expansibility of the liquid film cleaving agent from the containing part 6 to the non-containing part 7 depends on various factors. For example, the larger the expansion coefficient described later, the longer the expansion distance in the droplet, and the higher the expandability. Moreover, the expansion distance in a droplet becomes long and the high expansibility is shown, so that the containing basis weight of the liquid film cleaving agent in the containing part 6 is large.
Similarly, the liquid film cleaving agent exhibits a suitable high expansibility for droplets by moderately suppressing the viscosity. Specifically, the viscosity of the liquid film cleaving agent is 0 cps or more, preferably 10,000 cps or less, more preferably 1000 cps or less, and further preferably 200 cps or less. The unit of viscosity cps is converted by 1 cps = 1 × 10 −3 Pa · s.
（液膜開裂剤の粘度の測定方法）
　液膜開裂剤の液の粘度は、次の方法により測定することができる。
　まず液膜開裂剤を４０ｇ用意する。次に液膜開裂剤を温度２５℃、相対湿度（ＲＨ）６５％の環境領域で音叉型振動式粘度計ＳＶ－１０（株式会社Ａ＆Ｄ製）を用いて粘度を測定する。これを３回繰り返し、平均値を粘度として採用する。なお液膜開裂剤が固体の場合は、液膜開裂剤の融点＋５℃まで加熱して液体に相転移させ、その温度条件のまま測定を実施する。
　なお、繊維に付着した液膜開裂剤について測定する場合、後述する拡張係数等の測定において用いられる方法により繊維から液膜開裂剤を取り出す。この場合、上記測定にとって少ない量しか取り出せない場合は、後述する拡張係数等の測定の場合と同様にして同定をおこなう。 (Measurement method of viscosity of liquid film cleaving agent)
The viscosity of the liquid film cleaving agent can be measured by the following method.
First, 40 g of a liquid film cleaving agent is prepared. Next, the viscosity of the liquid film cleaving agent is measured using a tuning fork type vibration viscometer SV-10 (manufactured by A & D Co., Ltd.) in an environmental region of a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. This is repeated three times, and the average value is adopted as the viscosity. When the liquid film cleaving agent is solid, the liquid film cleaving agent is heated to the melting point of the liquid film cleaving agent + 5 ° C. to cause a phase transition to the liquid, and the measurement is carried out while maintaining the temperature condition.
In addition, when measuring about the liquid film cleaving agent adhering to a fiber, a liquid film cleaving agent is taken out from a fiber by the method used in measurement of the expansion coefficient etc. which are mentioned later. In this case, when only a small amount can be taken out for the measurement, identification is performed in the same manner as in the case of measuring an expansion coefficient, which will be described later.
　本発明において、上記の液流れ防止作用による不織布表面における液流れ防止効果と、液膜開裂作用による不織布内の液残り低減効果とを両立できる限り、含有部６ではなく、非含有部７が互いに離間して配列されてもよい。また、含有部６及び非含有部７の両方がそれぞれ離間して配列されていてもよい。すなわち、含有部６及び非含有部７の少なくともいずれか一方が、不織布表面に、複数互いに離間して配列される。いずれの場合も、非含有部７が含有部６に隣接して配されることとなる。 In the present invention, as long as the liquid flow preventing effect on the nonwoven fabric surface by the liquid flow preventing action and the liquid remaining reducing effect in the nonwoven fabric by the liquid film cleaving action can be compatible, not the containing part 6 but the non-containing part 7 mutually. They may be spaced apart. Moreover, both the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 may be arranged separately from each other. That is, at least one of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 is arranged on the surface of the nonwoven fabric so as to be separated from each other. In any case, the non-containing part 7 is arranged adjacent to the containing part 6.
　含有部６及び非含有部７のうち、含有部６のみが互いに離間して配列される場合は、図１に示すように、連続した非含有部７の配置領域の中に、含有部６が島状に互いに離間して配置される海－島状の配置パターンが好ましい。非含有部７のみが互いに離間して配列される場合は、連続した含有部６の配置領域の中に、非含有部７が島状に互いに離間して配置される海－島状の配置パターンが好ましい。非含有部７のみが互いに離間する形態としては、例えば、図１に示す配列において、含有部６と非含有部７とが入れ替わった形態などが挙げられる。
　上記のいずれの場合であってもよいが、連続する非含有部７内に含有部６が互いに離間して配列される海－島状の配置パターンの方が、前述の液流れ効果がより高く好ましい。
　また、上記の海－島状の配置パターンにおいて、離間される含有部６同士又は非含有部７同士の配列ピッチ及び配列パターンは、上記の２つの作用を阻害しない範囲で、任意に設定できる。 When only the containing part 6 is arranged away from each other among the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7, the containing part 6 is included in the arrangement region of the continuous non-containing part 7 as shown in FIG. A sea-island-like arrangement pattern in which islands are arranged apart from each other is preferable. When only the non-containing parts 7 are arranged apart from each other, the sea-island-like arrangement pattern in which the non-containing parts 7 are arranged in an island-like manner in the arrangement area of the continuous containing parts 6 Is preferred. Examples of the form in which only the non-containing part 7 is separated from each other include, for example, a form in which the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 are interchanged in the arrangement shown in FIG.
In any of the above cases, the above-described liquid flow effect is higher in the sea-island arrangement pattern in which the containing parts 6 are arranged apart from each other in the continuous non-containing part 7. preferable.
Further, in the sea-island arrangement pattern described above, the arrangement pitch and the arrangement pattern of the containing parts 6 that are separated from each other or the non-containing parts 7 can be arbitrarily set within a range that does not impede the above two actions.
　上記の互いに離間して配置される含有部６又は非含有部７の平面形状は、前述した図１に示す円形に限定されず、種々のものとすることができる。例えば、矩形等の様々な図形の形状に象ったもの、所定の幅を有する破線や波線、曲線からなるものなどが挙げられる。また、離間させた含有部６又は非含有部７の配列によって、全体が幾何学模様などになるようにしてもよい。
　例えば、図２（Ａ）のように、不織布表面において、複数の方向に連続して延出して格子状にされた非含有部７の中に、菱形に象られた含有部６が複数互いに離間して配列されたパターンが挙げられる。また、図２（Ｂ）のように、不織布表面において、複数の方向に連続して延出して格子状にされた含有部６の中に菱形に象られた非含有部７が複数互いに離間して配列されたパターンなどが挙げられる。このほか、例えば、含有部６を波線にして複数離間させて配列し、含有部６間を非含有部７としてもよい。また、含有部６を大きさの異なる複数の楕円形状として、同心円状に互いに離間させて配列し、含有部６間を非含有部７としてもよい。これらの形態において含有部６と非含有部７とを入れ換えた配列でもよい。また、含有部６が幾何学形状の複数の線からなり、含有部６の間が非含有部とされていてもよく、非含有部７が幾何学形状の複数の線からなり、非含有部７の間が含有部６とされていてもよい。 The planar shape of the containing part 6 or the non-containing part 7 arranged apart from each other is not limited to the circular shape shown in FIG. 1 described above, and can be various. For example, the shape of various figures such as a rectangle, the one made of a broken line, a wavy line, or a curve having a predetermined width can be mentioned. Moreover, you may make it the whole become a geometric pattern etc. by the arrangement | sequence of the containing part 6 or the non-containing part 7 which was spaced apart.
For example, as shown in FIG. 2 (A), a plurality of inclusion parts 6 in the shape of rhombuses are separated from each other in non-containing parts 7 that are continuously extended in a plurality of directions and formed in a lattice shape on the nonwoven fabric surface. Pattern arranged in this way. In addition, as shown in FIG. 2B, on the nonwoven fabric surface, a plurality of non-containing parts 7 formed in a rhombus shape are separated from each other in a containing part 6 that continuously extends in a plurality of directions and forms a lattice. The pattern arranged in order. In addition, for example, the containing parts 6 may be arranged in a wavy line so as to be spaced apart from each other, and the space between the containing parts 6 may be the non-containing part 7. Alternatively, the containing portions 6 may be arranged in a plurality of elliptical shapes having different sizes, arranged concentrically and spaced apart from each other, and the space between the containing portions 6 may be the non-containing portion 7. The arrangement | sequence which replaced the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 in these forms may be sufficient. Further, the containing part 6 may be made of a plurality of lines having a geometric shape, the space between the containing parts 6 may be a non-containing part, and the non-containing part 7 may be made of a plurality of lines having a geometric shape, Between 7 may be the containing portion 6.
　また、上記の２つの作用を奏する限り、互いに離間して配列される方向が、本実施形態のように、不織布表面における複数方向であってもよく、１方向であってもよい。ただし、液滴の流れ出しが不織布表面の様々な方向で生じ得ることから、交差する複数の方向への配列であることが好ましい。また、この配列方向は、不織布５を吸収性物品の表面シートとして適用した場合に吸収性物品の液漏れ防止（防漏性）を高める観点から、少なくとも不織布の長手方向及び幅方向を含むことがより好ましい。
　例えば、互いに離間して配列される方向が１方向のみからなる形態としては、図３（Ａ）及び（Ｂ）に示す具体例などが挙げられる。図３（Ａ）に示す形態では、含有部６及び非含有部７がともに長手方向に帯状に延出し、かつ、帯状の含有部６及び非含有部７が幅方向に交互に配列されている。また、図３（Ｂ）に示す形態では、幅方向に延出する含有部６及び非含有部７の帯が互いに長手方向に交互に配列されている。 In addition, as long as the above-described two actions are exhibited, the directions arranged apart from each other may be a plurality of directions on the surface of the nonwoven fabric as in the present embodiment, or may be a single direction. However, since the droplets can flow out in various directions on the surface of the nonwoven fabric, it is preferable that the droplets are arranged in a plurality of intersecting directions. In addition, the arrangement direction may include at least the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the nonwoven fabric from the viewpoint of enhancing the liquid leakage prevention (leakproof property) of the absorbent article when the nonwoven fabric 5 is applied as a top sheet of the absorbent article. More preferred.
For example, specific examples shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B can be given as examples in which only one direction is arranged away from each other. In the form shown in FIG. 3 (A), both the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 extend in a strip shape in the longitudinal direction, and the strip-like containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 are alternately arranged in the width direction. . Further, in the form shown in FIG. 3B, the bands of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 extending in the width direction are alternately arranged in the longitudinal direction.
　本発明の不織布は、吸収性物品の表面シートとして適用する際、該不織布の長手方向を吸収性物品の長手方向に向けて配置される。そのため、吸収性物品の防漏性を高める観点から、本発明の不織布は、少なくとも、幅方向への液流れが抑制されるような配列を有することが好ましい。例えば、図３（Ａ）のように含有部６及び非含有部７の帯を長手方向に延出させた配列の方が、図３（Ｂ）のように含有部６及び非含有部７の帯を幅方向に延出させた配列よりも好ましい。また、図１のように円形の含有部６の配列においては、少なくとも長手方向、幅方向の配列を有することが好ましい。 When the nonwoven fabric of the present invention is applied as a surface sheet of an absorbent article, the nonwoven fabric is arranged with the longitudinal direction of the nonwoven fabric directed in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent article. Therefore, it is preferable that the nonwoven fabric of this invention has an arrangement | sequence which can suppress the liquid flow to the width direction at least from a viewpoint of improving the leak-proof property of an absorbent article. For example, as shown in FIG. 3 (A), the arrangement in which the bands of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 are extended in the longitudinal direction, the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 as shown in FIG. This is more preferable than the arrangement in which the bands are extended in the width direction. In addition, as shown in FIG. 1, the array of circular containing portions 6 preferably has an array in at least the longitudinal direction and the width direction.
　また、上記の吸収性物品の防漏性の観点からは、不織布を横断する任意の方向に沿う仮想線を任意に引いたときに、該仮想線上における含有部６の長さが非含有部７の長さよりも短いことが好ましい。前記横断する任意の方向は、吸収性物品における幅方向に一致する方向であることがより好ましい。吸収性物品における幅方向に一致する方向に仮想線を任意に引いたときの該仮想線上における含有部６の長さ及び非含有部７の長さは、それぞれ含有部６の幅方向の長さ及び非含有部７の幅方向の長さである。このとき、仮想線上に重なる含有部６及び非含有部７が複数ある場合、隣接する含有部６及び非含有部７それぞれの１つの長さを比較する。また、仮想線は、非含有部７の長さが最も長くなる位置で引かれることが好ましい。
　この好ましい形態の具体例として図４（Ａ）～（Ｄ）の示す形態が挙げられる。
　図４（Ａ）は、図１の配列を部分拡大して示した図である。幅方向に配列する円形の含有部６の列を横切るように幅方向に沿う仮想線Ｔを引いたときに、非含有部７の長さＳ１が含有部６の長さＳ２よりも長い（Ｓ１＞Ｓ２）ことが好ましい。これにより、液流れの要因となり得る、液膜開裂剤の含有部６の幅方向の領域を適度に抑え、安定して液流れを生じ難くすることでき好ましい。なお、ここでの含有部６の長さは、円の直径である。非含有部７の長さは、仮想線Ｔ上において、円形の含有部６間のピッチから円の直径を引いた長さである。
　図４（Ｂ）は、含有部６が楕円形状とされた形態を示している。この形態において、幅方向に配列する楕円形状の含有部６の列を横切るように幅方向に沿う仮想線Ｔを引いたときに、非含有部７の長さＳ１が含有部６の長さＳ２よりも長い（Ｓ１＞Ｓ２）ことが好ましい。なお、この形態では、仮想線Ｔは含有部６の楕円の長手方向の中心を通るように引かれ、含有部６の長さは、仮想線Ｔ上において、楕円の中心を通る幅方向の直径である。非含有部７の長さは、仮想線Ｔ上において、楕円の含有部６間のピッチから円の直径を引いた長さである。
　図４（Ｃ）は、図３（Ａ）に示す、帯状の含有部６及び非含有部７を長手方向に延出させた配列を部分拡大して示した図である。この場合、長手方向の任意の位置で幅方向に沿う仮想線Ｔを引く。仮想線Ｔ上において、非含有部７の長さ（帯幅）Ｓ１が含有部６の長さ（帯幅）Ｓ２よりも長い（Ｓ１＞Ｓ２）ことが好ましい。
　図４（Ｄ）は、図２（Ｂ）に示す、格子状の含有部６の中に菱形に象られた非含有部７が複数互いに離間して配列された格子状の配列を部分拡大して示した図である。ここでは、仮想線Ｔを含有部６同士の交差部分を通るようにして引いている。すなわち、非含有部７の長さが最も長くなる位置で仮想線Ｔを引いている。仮想線Ｔ上において、非含有部７の長さＳ１が含有部６の長さＳ２よりも長い（Ｓ１＞Ｓ２）ことが好ましい。 Moreover, from the viewpoint of leak-proof property of the absorbent article, when a virtual line along an arbitrary direction crossing the nonwoven fabric is arbitrarily drawn, the length of the containing part 6 on the virtual line is the non-containing part 7. It is preferable that the length is shorter. More preferably, the transverse direction is a direction that coincides with the width direction of the absorbent article. The length of the containing part 6 and the length of the non-containing part 7 on the imaginary line when the imaginary line is arbitrarily drawn in a direction coinciding with the width direction of the absorbent article are the lengths of the containing part 6 in the width direction, respectively. And the length of the non-containing part 7 in the width direction. At this time, when there are a plurality of containing parts 6 and non-containing parts 7 that overlap on the virtual line, the lengths of the adjacent containing parts 6 and non-containing parts 7 are compared. Moreover, it is preferable that a virtual line is drawn in the position where the length of the non-containing part 7 becomes the longest.
Specific examples of this preferable form include the forms shown in FIGS. 4 (A) to (D).
FIG. 4A is a partially enlarged view of the arrangement of FIG. When the imaginary line T along the width direction is drawn so as to cross the row of the circular containing parts 6 arranged in the width direction, the length S1 of the non-containing part 7 is longer than the length S2 of the containing part 6 (S1 > S2) is preferred. Accordingly, it is preferable that a region in the width direction of the containing portion 6 of the liquid film cleaving agent, which can be a factor of the liquid flow, is moderately suppressed and the liquid flow is hardly generated stably. In addition, the length of the containing part 6 here is a diameter of a circle. The length of the non-containing part 7 is a length obtained by subtracting the diameter of the circle from the pitch between the circular containing parts 6 on the virtual line T.
FIG. 4B shows a form in which the containing portion 6 has an elliptical shape. In this embodiment, when the virtual line T along the width direction is drawn so as to cross the row of the elliptical containing parts 6 arranged in the width direction, the length S1 of the non-containing part 7 is the length S2 of the containing part 6 Longer (S1> S2). In this embodiment, the imaginary line T is drawn so as to pass through the center in the longitudinal direction of the ellipse of the containing part 6, and the length of the containing part 6 is the diameter in the width direction passing through the center of the ellipse on the imaginary line T. It is. The length of the non-containing part 7 is a length obtained by subtracting the diameter of the circle from the pitch between the elliptical containing parts 6 on the virtual line T.
FIG. 4C is a partially enlarged view showing the arrangement in which the band-shaped containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 are extended in the longitudinal direction shown in FIG. In this case, a virtual line T along the width direction is drawn at an arbitrary position in the longitudinal direction. On the virtual line T, the length (band width) S1 of the non-containing part 7 is preferably longer than the length (band width) S2 of the containing part 6 (S1> S2).
FIG. 4 (D) is a partially enlarged view of the lattice-like arrangement shown in FIG. 2 (B) in which a plurality of non-contained portions 7 shaped like rhombuses are arranged apart from each other in the lattice-like inclusion portion 6. FIG. Here, the imaginary line T is drawn so as to pass through the intersection of the containing parts 6. That is, the imaginary line T is drawn at the position where the length of the non-containing part 7 is the longest. On the virtual line T, it is preferable that the length S1 of the non-containing part 7 is longer than the length S2 of the containing part 6 (S1> S2).
　即ち、前記仮想線上における含有部６の長さ（Ｓ２）の非含有部７の長さ（Ｓ１）に対する比（Ｓ２／Ｓ１）は、液流れ防止性の観点から、１以下が好ましく、１未満がより好ましく、２／３以下が更に好ましく、３／７以下が特に好ましい。また、前記仮想線上における含有部６の長さ（Ｓ２）の非含有部７の長さ（Ｓ１）に対する比（Ｓ２／Ｓ１）は、液膜開裂剤のマクロの拡張による非含有部７での液残り低減の観点から、１／１９以上が好ましく、１／９以上がより好ましく、１／４以上が更に好ましい。 That is, the ratio (S2 / S1) of the length (S2) of the containing portion 6 to the length (S1) of the non-containing portion 7 on the imaginary line is preferably 1 or less, and less than 1 from the viewpoint of liquid flow prevention properties. Is more preferable, 2/3 or less is more preferable, and 3/7 or less is particularly preferable. Further, the ratio (S2 / S1) of the length (S2) of the containing part 6 on the imaginary line to the length (S1) of the non-containing part 7 is the ratio in the non-containing part 7 due to macro expansion of the liquid film cleaving agent. From the viewpoint of reducing the remaining liquid, 1/19 or more is preferable, 1/9 or more is more preferable, and 1/4 or more is still more preferable.
　また、不織布５において、含有部６の合計面積が、非含有部７の合計面積以下であることが好ましい。すなわち、不織布全体の面積（含有部６及び非含有部７の合計面積の和）に占める含有部６の合計面積の割合が５０％以下であることが好ましく、４０％以下であることがより好ましく、３０％以下であることが更に好ましい。これにより、液流れの要因となり得る、液膜開裂剤の含有部６の領域を適度に抑え、安定して液流れを生じ難くすることができ好ましい。また、不織布全体の面積（含有部６及び非含有部７の合計面積の和）に占める含有部６の合計面積の割合は、不織布全体としての液膜開裂作用を保持する観点から、５％以上であることが好ましく、１０％以上であることがより好ましく、２０％以上であることが更に好ましい。
　なお、上記の合計面積は、吸収性物品の表面シートのように不織布の大きさを画定できるものは、不織布全体の面積に示す面積として算出することができる。また、不織布原反のように、長手方向の長さが長尺過ぎて全体の面積の測定が難しい場合は、長手方向の長さが２０ｃｍとなるように取り出し、そこから面積を算出する。 Moreover, in the nonwoven fabric 5, it is preferable that the total area of the containing part 6 is below the total area of the non-containing part 7. That is, the ratio of the total area of the containing part 6 to the total area of the nonwoven fabric (sum of the total area of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7) is preferably 50% or less, and more preferably 40% or less. More preferably, it is 30% or less. Thereby, the region of the liquid film cleaving agent containing portion 6 that can be a factor of the liquid flow is moderately suppressed, and it is preferable that the liquid flow is hardly generated stably. Moreover, the ratio of the total area of the containing part 6 to the area of the whole nonwoven fabric (sum of the total area of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7) is 5% or more from the viewpoint of maintaining the liquid film cleaving action as the whole nonwoven fabric. Preferably, it is 10% or more, more preferably 20% or more.
In addition, said total area can calculate as what is shown in the area of the whole nonwoven fabric that can define the magnitude | size of a nonwoven fabric like the surface sheet of an absorbent article. Moreover, when the length of the longitudinal direction is too long and it is difficult to measure the whole area like a nonwoven fabric raw fabric, it takes out so that the length of a longitudinal direction may be set to 20 cm, and calculates an area from there.
　本発明の不織布において、含有部６及び非含有部７の少なくともいずれか一方を離間させた配列は、不織布表面の全体にあってもよく、一部にあってもよい。前記配列は、少なくとも、不織布表面の液を直接的に受け取る受液部となる位置に配されていることが好ましい。受液部とは、その名の通り、不織布５が吸収性物品に使用される場合には、***液を受ける部分を意味する。例えば、受液部は、不織布５を紙おむつや昼用ナプキンの表面シートとして適用した場合、該紙おむつや昼用ナプキンの長手方向及び幅方向の中央部分と考えることができる。また、受液部は、不織布５を夜用ナプキンの表面シートとして適用した場合、該夜用ナプキンを長手方向に４分割した場合の前から２番目の領域における、長手方向及び幅方向の中央部と考えることができる。ここでいう「前」とは、該夜用ナプキンを装着した場合に、着用者の腹側に向く方向を指す。これは、特に不織布５を吸収性物品の表面シートとして用いる際に液吸収性の観点から効果的である。すなわち、吸収性物品において、***液に対し効果的に作用するために、含有部６及び非含有部７の少なくともいずれか一方を離間させた配列が、着用者の***部に当接する部分（***口対向部）にあることが好ましい。***口対向部は、吸収性物品の用途等に応じて異なる。例えば、図５に示すようなウイング付き生理用ナプキン１００においては、表面シート１１０の、吸収体１２０と重なる幅中央位置において、ウイング１３０に挟まれた位置から前後に長手方向に延びる、防漏溝１４０に囲まれた部分が***口対向部１５０となる。
　加えて、液膜開裂剤は、不織布５の厚み方向に関しては、少なくとも液を受け取る側の面に含有されることが好ましい。上記の例の表面シートにおいては、着用者の肌に触れる肌当接面側に少なくとも液膜開裂剤が含有されることが好ましい。 In the nonwoven fabric of the present invention, the arrangement in which at least one of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 is separated may be on the entire surface of the nonwoven fabric or on a part thereof. The arrangement is preferably arranged at least at a position to be a liquid receiving part that directly receives the liquid on the surface of the nonwoven fabric. A liquid receiving part means the part which receives excretion, when the nonwoven fabric 5 is used for an absorbent article as the name. For example, when the nonwoven fabric 5 is applied as a top sheet of a paper diaper or a daytime napkin, the liquid receiving part can be considered as a central portion in the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the paper diaper or the daytime napkin. In addition, when the non-woven fabric 5 is applied as the top sheet of the night napkin, the liquid receiving portion is a central portion in the longitudinal direction and the width direction in the second region from the front when the night napkin is divided into four in the longitudinal direction. Can be considered. Here, “front” refers to a direction facing the abdomen of the wearer when the night napkin is worn. This is particularly effective from the viewpoint of liquid absorbency when the nonwoven fabric 5 is used as the top sheet of the absorbent article. That is, in the absorbent article, in order to effectively act on the excretory fluid, a portion where the array in which at least one of the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 is separated is in contact with the excretory part of the wearer (excretion It is preferable to be in the mouth facing portion. The excretion opening facing portion varies depending on the use of the absorbent article. For example, in the sanitary napkin 100 with a wing as shown in FIG. 5, a leak-proof groove extending in the longitudinal direction from the position sandwiched by the wings 130 in the center position of the width of the top sheet 110 overlapping the absorbent body 120. A portion surrounded by 140 becomes the excretion opening facing portion 150.
In addition, the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably contained at least on the surface that receives the liquid in the thickness direction of the nonwoven fabric 5. In the surface sheet of the above example, it is preferable that at least a liquid film cleaving agent is contained on the skin contact surface side that comes into contact with the wearer's skin.
　含有部６の構成繊維の接触角と非含有部７の構成繊維の接触角の差は、含有部６の構成繊維の接触角が非含有部７に比べて高いほど液膜を形成しにくいため、液膜の形成阻害性の観点から、５度以上が好ましく、１０度以上がより好ましく、２０度以上が更に好ましい。また、前記接触角の差は、６０度以下が好ましく、５０度以下がより好ましく、４０度以下が更に好ましい。こうすることで、不織布５の表面から内部への液の引き込み性に優れたものとなる。なお、上記の接触角は、後述するする方法により測定することができる。 The difference between the contact angle of the constituent fiber of the containing part 6 and the contact angle of the constituent fiber of the non-containing part 7 is that the higher the contact angle of the constituent fiber of the containing part 6 is, the more difficult it is to form a liquid film. From the viewpoint of liquid film formation inhibition, it is preferably 5 ° or more, more preferably 10 ° or more, and still more preferably 20 ° or more. The difference in contact angle is preferably 60 degrees or less, more preferably 50 degrees or less, and still more preferably 40 degrees or less. By carrying out like this, it becomes what was excellent in the drawing property of the liquid from the surface of the nonwoven fabric 5 to the inside. In addition, said contact angle can be measured by the method mentioned later.
　非含有部７の構成繊維の接触角は９０度以下であることが好ましく、８０度以下であることがより好ましく、７０度以下であることが更に好ましい。これにより、繊維表面の濡れ性が適度に付与されて液が繊維間に入り込み液流れを抑制しやすく、濡れる面積が増加し、液膜開裂剤が液膜へ移行しやすくなる。
　また、含有部６の構成繊維の接触角は１１０度以下であることが好ましく、９０度以下であることがより好ましく、８０度以下であることが更に好ましい。これにより、含有部６の滑性ないし疎水性が弱まり、不織布表面にある液の表面流出が生じにくくなる。 The contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing part 7 is preferably 90 degrees or less, more preferably 80 degrees or less, and still more preferably 70 degrees or less. Thereby, the wettability of the fiber surface is moderately imparted, the liquid easily enters between the fibers, the liquid flow is easily suppressed, the wetted area increases, and the liquid film cleaving agent is easily transferred to the liquid film.
Further, the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing portion 6 is preferably 110 degrees or less, more preferably 90 degrees or less, and still more preferably 80 degrees or less. Thereby, the slipperiness | hydrophobicity of the containing part 6 or hydrophobicity becomes weak, and it becomes difficult to produce the surface outflow of the liquid in the nonwoven fabric surface.
　上記の接触角の測定は、次の方法により行うことができる。
　すなわち、不織布の所定の部位から繊維を取り出し、その繊維に対する水の接触角を測定する。測定装置として、協和界面科学株式会社製の自動接触角計ＭＣＡ－Ｊを用いる。接触角の測定には脱イオン水を用いる。温度２５度、相対湿度（ＲＨ）６５％の測定条件で行う。インクジェット方式水滴吐出部（クラスターテクノロジー株式会社製、吐出部孔径が２５μｍのパルスインジェクターＣＴＣ－２５）から吐出される液量を２０ピコリットルに設定して、水滴を、繊維の真上に滴下する。滴下の様子を水平に設置されたカメラに接続された高速度録画装置に録画する。録画装置は後に画像解析や画像解析をする観点から、高速度キャプチャー装置が組み込まれたパーソナルコンピュータが望ましい。本測定では、１７ｍｓｅｃ毎に画像が録画される。録画された映像において、不織布から取り出した繊維に水滴が着滴した最初の画像を、付属ソフトＦＡＭＡＳ（ソフトのバージョンは２．６．２、解析手法は液滴法、解析方法はθ／２法、画像処理アルゴリズムは無反射、画像処理イメージモードはフレーム、スレッシホールドレベルは２００、曲率補正はしない、とする）にて画像解析を行い、水滴の空気に触れる面と繊維のなす角を算出し、接触角とする。不織布から取り出した繊維は、繊維長１ｍｍに裁断し、該繊維を接触角計のサンプル台に載せて、水平に維持する。該繊維１本につき異なる２箇所の接触角を測定する。Ｎ＝５本の接触角を小数点以下１桁まで計測し、合計１０箇所の測定値を平均した値（小数点以下第２桁で四捨五入）を接触角と定義する。 The above contact angle can be measured by the following method.
That is, a fiber is taken out from a predetermined part of the nonwoven fabric, and the contact angle of water with the fiber is measured. As a measuring device, an automatic contact angle meter MCA-J manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd. is used. Deionized water is used to measure the contact angle. The measurement is performed at a temperature of 25 degrees and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. The amount of liquid ejected from an ink jet type water droplet ejection part (manufactured by Cluster Technology Co., Ltd., pulse injector CTC-25 having a pore diameter of 25 μm) is set to 20 picoliters, and a water droplet is dropped just above the fiber. The state of dripping is recorded on a high-speed recording device connected to a horizontally installed camera. The recording device is preferably a personal computer incorporating a high-speed capture device from the viewpoint of image analysis or image analysis later. In this measurement, an image is recorded every 17 msec. In the recorded video, the first image of water drops on the fiber taken out from the non-woven fabric is attached to the attached software FAMAS (software version is 2.6.2, analysis method is droplet method, analysis method is θ / 2 method) The image processing algorithm is non-reflective, the image processing image mode is frame, the threshold level is 200, and the curvature is not corrected). And the contact angle. The fiber taken out from the nonwoven fabric is cut into a fiber length of 1 mm, and the fiber is placed on a sample table of a contact angle meter and kept horizontal. Two different contact angles are measured for each fiber. N = 5 contact angles are measured to one decimal place, and a value obtained by averaging a total of 10 measured values (rounded to the second decimal place) is defined as the contact angle.
　次に、本発明に係る不織布の含有部に含まれる液膜開裂剤の好ましい実施形態について説明する。 Next, a preferred embodiment of the liquid film cleaving agent contained in the containing part of the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention will be described.
　第１実施形態の液膜開裂剤は、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数が１５ｍＮ／ｍ以上である。なお、第１実施形態の液膜開裂剤の性質を有する化合物を化合物Ｃ１と言うことがある。そして、該液膜開裂剤は、水溶解度が０ｇ以上０．０２５ｇ以下であることが好ましい。第１実施形態の不織布は、前記液膜開裂剤を含む。 The liquid film cleaving agent of the first embodiment has an expansion coefficient of 15 mN / m or more for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m. In addition, the compound which has the property of the liquid film cleaving agent of 1st Embodiment may be called compound C1. The liquid film cleaving agent preferably has a water solubility of 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less. The nonwoven fabric of 1st Embodiment contains the said liquid film cleaving agent.
　液膜開裂剤が有する「表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数」とは、上記のような経血や尿等の***液を想定した液体に対する拡張係数をいう。該「拡張係数」とは、温度２５℃、相対湿度（ＲＨ）６５％の環境領域で後述の測定方法により得られる測定値から、下記数式（１）に基づいて求められる値である。なお、数式（１）における液膜は「表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体」の液相を意味し、繊維間や繊維表面で膜を張った状態の液体、膜を張る前の状態の液体の両方を含み、単に液体とも言う。また、数式（１）の表面張力は、液膜及び液膜開裂剤の気相との界面における界面張力を意味し、液相間の、液膜開裂剤の液膜との界面張力とは区別する。この区別は、本明細書の他の記載においても同様である。
　　　Ｓ＝γｗ－γｏ－γｗｏ　・・・・・　（１）
　　　　　γｗ：液膜（液体）の表面張力
　　　　　γｏ：液膜開裂剤の表面張力
　　　　　γｗｏ：液膜開裂剤の液膜との界面張力 The “expansion coefficient with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m” possessed by the liquid film cleaving agent refers to an expansion coefficient with respect to a liquid assuming the above-mentioned excretion liquid such as menstrual blood or urine. The “expansion coefficient” is a value obtained from a measurement value obtained by a measurement method described later in an environment region at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity (RH) of 65% based on the following formula (1). In addition, the liquid film in Formula (1) means a liquid phase of “a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m”, and is a liquid in a state where a film is stretched between fibers or on a fiber surface, Includes both, also simply called liquid. Further, the surface tension in the formula (1) means an interfacial tension at the interface between the liquid film and the liquid film cleaving agent with the gas phase, and is distinct from the interfacial tension between the liquid phase and the liquid film cleaving agent. To do. This distinction applies to other descriptions in the present specification.
S = γ w -γ o -γ wo ····· (1)
γ w: the liquid film surface tension γ o of (liquid): EkimakuHiraki cleaving agent of the surface tension γ wo: interfacial tension between EkimakuHiraki cleaving agent of the liquid film
　数式（１）から分かるとおり、液膜開裂剤の拡張係数（Ｓ）は、液膜開裂剤の表面張力（γｏ）が小さくなることで大きくなり、液膜開裂剤の液膜との界面張力（γｗｏ）が小さくなることで大きくなる。この拡張係数が１５ｍＮ／ｍ以上であることで、液膜開裂剤は、繊維間の狭小領域で生じる液膜の表面上での移動性、すなわち拡散性の高いものとなる。また、繊維間等の狭小領域の液膜上での拡張性（ミクロの拡張性）が高いほど、液滴に重なる含有部６から非含有部７へのより広い拡張性（マクロの拡張性）も高いものとなる。前述したマクロ及びミクロの拡張性を充分に発揮させる観点から、前記液膜開裂剤の拡張係数は、２０ｍＮ／ｍ以上がより好ましく、２５ｍＮ／ｍ以上が更に好ましく、３０ｍＮ／ｍ以上が特に好ましい。一方、その上限は特に制限されるものではないが、数式（１）より表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体を用いた場合は上限値が５０ｍＮ／ｍ、表面張力が６０ｍＮ／ｍの液体を用いた場合は上限値が６０ｍＮ／ｍ、表面張力が７０ｍＮ／ｍの液体を用いた場合には上限値が７０ｍＮ／ｍといったように、液膜を形成する液体の表面張力が上限となる。そこで、本発明では、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体を用いている観点から、５０ｍＮ／ｍ以下である。 As can be seen from Equation (1), the expansion coefficient (S) of the liquid film cleaving agent increases as the surface tension (γ o ) of the liquid film cleaving agent decreases, and the interfacial tension of the liquid film cleaving agent with the liquid film It increases as (γ wo ) decreases. When the expansion coefficient is 15 mN / m or more, the liquid film cleaving agent has high mobility on the surface of the liquid film generated in a narrow region between fibers, that is, high diffusibility. In addition, as the extensibility on a liquid film in a narrow region such as between fibers (micro extensibility) is higher, the wider extensibility from the containing part 6 that overlaps the droplet to the non-containing part 7 (macro extensibility). Will also be expensive. From the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting the macro and micro expansibility described above, the expansion coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent is more preferably 20 mN / m or more, further preferably 25 mN / m or more, and particularly preferably 30 mN / m or more. On the other hand, the upper limit is not particularly limited, but when a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is used according to Equation (1), a liquid having an upper limit of 50 mN / m and a surface tension of 60 mN / m was used. In this case, when a liquid having an upper limit of 60 mN / m and a surface tension of 70 mN / m is used, the surface tension of the liquid forming the liquid film becomes an upper limit, such as 70 mN / m. Therefore, in the present invention, from the viewpoint of using a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m, it is 50 mN / m or less.
　液膜開裂剤が有する「水溶解度」とは、脱イオン水１００ｇに対する液膜開裂剤の溶解可能質量（ｇ）であり、後述の測定方法に基づいて、温度２５℃、相対湿度（ＲＨ）６５％の環境領域で測定される値である。この水溶解度が０ｇ以上０．０２５ｇ以下であることで、液膜開裂剤は、溶解しにくく液膜との界面を形成して、上記の拡散性をより効果的なものとする。同様の観点から、液膜開裂剤の水溶解度は、０．００２５ｇ以下が好ましく、０．００１７ｇ以下がより好ましく、０．０００１ｇ未満が更に好ましい。また、前記水溶解度は小さいほどよく、０ｇ以上であり、液膜への拡散性の観点から、１．０×１０－９ｇ以上とすることが実際的である。なお、上記の水溶解性は、水分を主成分とする経血や尿等に対しても当てはまるものと考えられる。 The “water solubility” of the liquid film cleaving agent is a dissolvable mass (g) of the liquid film cleaving agent with respect to 100 g of deionized water. Based on the measurement method described later, the temperature is 25 ° C. and the relative humidity (RH) is 65. It is a value measured in the environmental area of%. When the water solubility is 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less, the liquid film cleaving agent is difficult to dissolve and forms an interface with the liquid film, thereby making the diffusibility more effective. From the same viewpoint, the water solubility of the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably 0.0025 g or less, more preferably 0.0017 g or less, and still more preferably less than 0.0001 g. Further, the water solubility is preferably as small as possible, and is 0 g or more. From the viewpoint of diffusibility into the liquid film, it is practical to set the water solubility to 1.0 × 10 −9 g or more. In addition, it is thought that said water solubility is applicable also to the menstrual blood, urine, etc. which have a water | moisture content as a main component.
　上記の、液膜（表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体）の表面張力（γｗ）、液膜開裂剤の表面張力（γｏ）、液膜開裂剤の液膜との界面張力（γｗｏ）、及び液膜開裂剤の水溶解度は、次の方法により測定される。
　なお、測定対象の不織布が生理用品や使い捨ておむつなどの吸収性物品に組み込まれた部材（例えば、表面シート）である場合は次のように取り出して測定を行う。すなわち、吸収性物品において、測定対象の部材と他の部材との接合に用いられる接着剤などをコールドスプレー等の冷却手段で弱めた後に、測定対象の部材を丁寧に剥がして取り出す。この取り出し方法は、後述する繊維間距離及び繊度の測定など、本発明の不織布に係る測定において適用される。
　また、繊維に付着した液膜開裂剤について測定する場合、まず液膜開裂剤が付着した繊維をヘキサンやメタノール、エタノールなどの洗浄液で洗浄し、その洗浄に用いた溶媒（液膜開裂剤を含む洗浄用溶媒）を乾燥させて取り出す。このときの取り出した物質の質量は、液膜開裂剤の繊維質量に対する含有割合（ＯＰＵ）を算出するときに適用される。取り出した物質の量が表面張力や界面張力の測定には少ない場合、取り出した物質の構成物に合わせて適切なカラム及び溶媒を選択した上で、それぞれの成分を高速液体クロマトグラフィーで分画し、さらに各画分についてＭＳ測定、ＮＭＲ測定、元素分析等を行うことで、各画分の構造を同定する。また、液膜開裂剤が高分子化合物を含む場合には、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー（ＧＰＣ）などの手法を併用することで、構成成分の同定を行うことがより容易になる。そして、その物質が市販品であれば調達、市販品でなければ合成することにより十分な量を取得し、表面張力や界面張力を測定する。特に、表面張力と界面張力の測定に関しては、上記のようにして取得した液膜開裂剤が固体である場合、該液膜開裂剤の融点＋５℃まで加熱して液体に相転移させ、その温度条件のまま測定を実施する。 The surface tension (γ w ) of the liquid film (liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m), the surface tension (γ o ) of the liquid film cleaving agent, and the interfacial tension of the liquid film cleaving agent (γ wo ) The water solubility of the liquid film cleaving agent is measured by the following method.
In addition, when the nonwoven fabric to be measured is a member (for example, a surface sheet) incorporated in an absorbent article such as a sanitary product or a disposable diaper, the measurement is taken out as follows. That is, in the absorbent article, after the adhesive used for joining the member to be measured and other members is weakened by a cooling means such as cold spray, the member to be measured is carefully peeled off and taken out. This extraction method is applied in the measurement according to the nonwoven fabric of the present invention, such as measurement of the interfiber distance and the fineness described later.
When measuring the liquid film cleaving agent adhering to the fiber, first, the fiber adhering the liquid film cleaving agent is washed with a washing liquid such as hexane, methanol, ethanol, and the solvent used for the washing (including the liquid film cleaving agent). The washing solvent is dried and removed. The mass of the substance taken out at this time is applied when calculating the content ratio (OPU) with respect to the fiber mass of the liquid film cleaving agent. If the amount of the extracted material is too small to measure the surface tension or interfacial tension, select an appropriate column and solvent according to the composition of the extracted material, and then fractionate each component by high performance liquid chromatography. Furthermore, the structure of each fraction is identified by performing MS measurement, NMR measurement, elemental analysis and the like for each fraction. When the liquid film cleaving agent contains a polymer compound, it becomes easier to identify the constituents by using a technique such as gel permeation chromatography (GPC) together. If the substance is a commercial product, it is procured, and if it is not a commercial product, a sufficient amount is obtained by synthesis, and the surface tension and interfacial tension are measured. In particular, regarding the measurement of the surface tension and the interfacial tension, when the liquid film cleaving agent obtained as described above is a solid, the liquid film cleaving agent is heated to the melting point of the liquid film cleaving agent + 5 ° C. to cause a phase transition to the liquid. Perform measurement under the same conditions.
（液膜（液体）の表面張力（γｗ）の測定方法）
　温度２５℃、相対湿度（ＲＨ）６５％の環境領域で、プレート法（Ｗｉｌｈｅｌｍｙ法）により、白金プレートを使用して測定することができる。その際の測定装置としては、自動表面張力計「ＣＢＶＰ－Ｚ」（商品名、協和界面科学株式会社製）を用いることができる。白金プレートは、純度９９．９％、大きさが横２５ｍｍ、縦１０ｍｍのものを用いる。
　なお、液膜開裂剤に関する下記測定では、前述した「表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体」は、上記の測定方法を用いて、脱イオン水にノニオン系界面活性物質であるポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノラウレート（例えば、花王株式会社製、商品名レオオールスーパーＴＷ－Ｌ１２０）を加えて、表面張力５０±１ｍＮ／ｍに調整された溶液を用いる。 (Measurement method of surface tension (γ w ) of liquid film (liquid))
Measurement can be performed using a platinum plate by the plate method (Wilhelmy method) in an environmental region at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. As a measuring device at that time, an automatic surface tension meter “CBVP-Z” (trade name, manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.) can be used. A platinum plate having a purity of 99.9%, a size of 25 mm in width, and 10 mm in length is used.
In the following measurement relating to the liquid film cleaving agent, the above-mentioned “liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m” is a polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaur, which is a nonionic surfactant, in deionized water using the above measurement method. A solution adjusted to a surface tension of 50 ± 1 mN / m by adding a rate (for example, trade name Leool Super TW-L120 manufactured by Kao Corporation) is used.
（液膜開裂剤の表面張力（γｏ）の測定方法）
　液膜の表面張力（γｗ）の測定と同様に、温度２５℃、相対湿度（ＲＨ）６５％の環境領域で、プレート法により、同じ装置を使用して測定することができる。この測定に際し、前述のとおり、取得した液膜開裂剤が固体である場合、該液膜開裂剤の融点＋５℃まで加熱して液体に相転移させ、その温度条件のまま測定を実施する。 (Measurement method of surface tension (γ o ) of liquid film cleaving agent)
Similar to the measurement of the surface tension (γ w ) of the liquid film, it can be measured using the same apparatus by the plate method in an environmental region at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. In this measurement, as described above, when the obtained liquid film cleaving agent is solid, the liquid film cleaving agent is heated to the melting point of the liquid film cleaving agent + 5 ° C. to cause a phase transition to the liquid, and the measurement is performed with the temperature condition.
（液膜開裂剤の液膜との界面張力（γｗｏ）の測定方法）
　温度２５℃、相対湿度（ＲＨ）６５％の環境領域で、ペンダントドロップ法により測定できる。その際の測定装置としては、自動界面粘弾性測定装置（ＴＥＣＬＩＳ－ＩＴＣＯＮＣＥＰＴ社製、商品名ＴＨＥ　ＴＲＡＣＫＥＲや、ＫＲＵＳＳ社、商品名ＤＳＡ２５Ｓ）を用いることができる。ペンダントドロップ法では、ドロップが形成されると同時に表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に含まれたノニオン系界面活性物質の吸着が始まり、時間経過で界面張力が低下していく。そのため、ドロップが形成された時（０秒時）の界面張力を読み取る。また、この測定に際し、前述のとおり、取得した液膜開裂剤が固体である場合、該液膜開裂剤の融点＋５℃まで加熱して液体に相転移させ、その温度条件のまま測定を実施する。
　また界面張力の測定時に、液膜開裂剤と表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体の密度差が非常に小さい場合や、粘度が著しく高い場合、界面張力値がペンダントドロップの測定限界以下の場合には、ペンダントドロップ法による界面張力測定が困難になる場合がある。その場合には、温度２５℃、相対湿度（ＲＨ）６５％の環境領域で、スピニングドロップ法により測定することで、測定が可能となる。その際の測定装置としては、スピニングドロップ界面張力計（ＫＲＵＳＳ社製、商品名ＳＩＴＥ１００）を用いることができる。また、この測定についても、ドロップの形状が安定化した時の界面張力を読み取り、取得した液膜開裂剤が固体である場合には、該液膜開裂剤の融点＋５℃まで加熱して液体に相転移させ、その温度条件のまま測定を実施する。
　尚、双方の測定装置で界面張力を測定可能な場合は、より小さな界面張力値を測定結果として採用する。 (Measurement method of interfacial tension (γ wo ) of liquid film cleaving agent with liquid film)
It can be measured by the pendant drop method in an environmental region where the temperature is 25 ° C. and the relative humidity (RH) is 65%. As the measuring device at that time, an automatic interface viscoelasticity measuring device (trade name: THE TRACKER, KRUSS, trade name: DSA25S, manufactured by TECRIS-ITCONCEPT) can be used. In the pendant drop method, when a drop is formed, adsorption of a nonionic surfactant contained in a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m starts, and the interfacial tension decreases with time. Therefore, the interfacial tension when the drop is formed (at 0 second) is read. In this measurement, as described above, when the obtained liquid film cleaving agent is solid, the liquid film cleaving agent is heated to the melting point of the liquid film cleaving agent + 5 ° C. to cause a phase transition to the liquid, and the measurement is performed with the temperature condition. .
When measuring the interfacial tension, if the density difference between the liquid film cleaving agent and the liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN / m is very small, the viscosity is extremely high, or the interfacial tension value is below the pendant drop measurement limit, The interfacial tension measurement by the pendant drop method may be difficult. In that case, the measurement can be performed by measuring by a spinning drop method in an environment region at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%. As a measuring device at that time, a spinning drop interfacial tensiometer (manufactured by KRUSS, trade name SITE100) can be used. Also for this measurement, the interfacial tension when the drop shape is stabilized is read, and when the obtained liquid film cleaving agent is solid, it is heated to the melting point of the liquid film cleaving agent + 5 ° C. The phase is changed and the measurement is carried out with the temperature condition.
Note that if the interfacial tension can be measured by both measuring devices, a smaller interfacial tension value is adopted as the measurement result.
（液膜開裂剤の水溶解度の測定方法）
　温度２５℃、相対湿度（ＲＨ）６５％の環境領域で、１００ｇの脱イオン水をスターラーで撹拌しながら、取得した液膜開裂剤を徐々に溶解していき、溶けなくなった（浮遊や沈殿、析出、白濁が見られた）時点での溶解量を水溶解度とする。具体的には、０．０００１ｇ毎に剤を添加して測定する。その結果、０．０００１ｇも溶けないと観察されたものは「０．０００１ｇ未満」とし、０．０００１ｇは溶けて、０．０００２ｇは溶けなかったと観察されたものは「０．０００１ｇ」とする。なお、液膜開裂剤が界面活性剤の場合、「溶解」とは単分散溶解とミセル分散溶解の両方を意味し、浮遊や沈殿、析出、白濁が見られた時点での溶解量が水溶解度となる。 (Measurement method of water solubility of liquid film cleaving agent)
While stirring 100 g of deionized water with a stirrer in an environmental region at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity (RH) of 65%, the obtained liquid film cleaving agent was gradually dissolved and became insoluble (floating, precipitated, The amount of dissolution at the time when precipitation and cloudiness were observed is defined as water solubility. Specifically, it is measured by adding an agent every 0.0001 g. As a result, it is assumed that 0.0001 g is not dissolved, “less than 0.0001 g”, 0.0001 g is dissolved, and 0.0002 g is not dissolved, “0.0001 g”. When the liquid film cleaving agent is a surfactant, “dissolution” means both monodisperse dissolution and micelle dispersion dissolution, and the amount of dissolution when floating, precipitation, precipitation, or cloudiness is observed is the water solubility. It becomes.
　本実施形態の液膜開裂剤は、上記の拡張係数と水溶解度とを有することで、液膜の表面上で、溶解することなく広がり、液膜の中心付近から液膜の層を押しのけることができる。これにより、液膜を不安定化させて開裂する。 The liquid film cleaving agent of the present embodiment has the above expansion coefficient and water solubility, so that it spreads without dissolving on the surface of the liquid film and can displace the liquid film layer from the vicinity of the center of the liquid film. it can. As a result, the liquid film is destabilized and cleaved.
　ここで、本実施形態の液膜開裂剤の不織布における作用について、図６及び７を参照して具体的に説明する。
　図６に示すように、繊維間の狭い領域においては、経血等の粘性の高い液や尿などの***液は、液膜２を張りやすい。これに対し、液膜開裂剤は次のようにして液膜を不安定化して破り、形成を阻害して、不織布中からの排液を促す。まず、図７（Ａ１）及び（Ｂ１）に示すように、不織布の繊維１が有する液膜開裂剤３が、液膜２との界面を保ったまま、液膜２の表面上を移行する。次いで、液膜開裂剤３は、図７（Ａ２）及び（Ｂ２）に示すように、液膜２の一部を押しのけて厚み方向へと侵入し、図７（Ａ３）及び（Ｂ３）に示すように、液膜２を徐々に不均一で薄い膜へと変化させていく。その結果、液膜２は、図７（Ａ４）及び（Ｂ４）に示すように、はじけるようにして穴が開き開裂される。開裂された経血等の液は、液滴となってなお不織布の繊維間を通過しやすくなり、液残りが低減される。また、上記の液膜開裂剤の液膜に対する作用は、繊維間の液膜に対する場合に限らず、繊維表面にまとわりついた液膜に対しても同様に発揮される。すなわち、液膜開裂剤は、繊維表面にまとわりついた液膜上を移行して該液膜の一部を押しのけ、液膜を開裂させることができる。また、液膜開裂剤は、繊維表面にまとわりついた液膜に対しては、繊維に付着した位置で移動せずともその疎水作用によっても液膜を開裂させ、形成を阻害することができる。 Here, the effect | action in the nonwoven fabric of the liquid film cleaving agent of this embodiment is demonstrated concretely with reference to FIG.
As shown in FIG. 6, in a narrow region between the fibers, a highly viscous liquid such as menstrual blood or excreted liquid such as urine tends to stretch the liquid film 2. On the other hand, the liquid film cleaving agent destabilizes and breaks the liquid film in the following manner, inhibits formation, and promotes drainage from the nonwoven fabric. First, as shown in FIGS. 7A1 and 7B1, the liquid film cleaving agent 3 included in the non-woven fiber 1 moves on the surface of the liquid film 2 while maintaining the interface with the liquid film 2. Next, as shown in FIGS. 7A2 and 7B, the liquid film cleaving agent 3 pushes away a part of the liquid film 2 and penetrates in the thickness direction, as shown in FIGS. 7A3 and 7B3. Thus, the liquid film 2 is gradually changed to a non-uniform and thin film. As a result, as shown in FIGS. 7 (A4) and (B4), the liquid film 2 is opened and cleaved so as to be repelled. The cleaved menstrual fluid or the like becomes droplets and easily passes between the fibers of the nonwoven fabric, and the remaining liquid is reduced. Moreover, the effect | action with respect to the liquid film of said liquid film cleaving agent is similarly demonstrated not only to the case with respect to the liquid film between fibers but with respect to the liquid film clinging to the fiber surface. That is, the liquid film cleaving agent can move over the liquid film clinging to the fiber surface and push away a part of the liquid film to cleave the liquid film. In addition, the liquid film cleaving agent can cleave the liquid film with respect to the liquid film clinging to the fiber surface without moving at the position attached to the fiber, and can inhibit the formation of the liquid film.
　このように本発明に係る液膜開裂剤は、液膜の表面張力を下げるなどの液改質をするのではなく、繊維間や繊維表面に生じる液膜自体を押しのけながら開裂し、阻害することで不織布中からの液の排液を促す。これにより、不織布の液残りを低減することができる。また、このような不織布を表面シートとして吸収性物品に組み込むと、繊維間での液の滞留が抑えられて、吸収体までの液透過路が確保される。これにより、液の透過性が高まり、シート表面での液流れが抑制され、液の吸収速度が高まる。特に、粘性の高い経血など繊維間に留まりやすい液の吸収速度を高めることができる。そして、表面シートにおける赤み等の汚れが目立ちにくく、吸収力を実感できる、安心で信頼性の高い吸収性物品となる。 Thus, the liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention does not perform liquid modification such as lowering the surface tension of the liquid film, but cleaves and inhibits the liquid film itself generated between the fibers or on the fiber surface. To promote drainage of liquid from the nonwoven fabric. Thereby, the liquid residue of a nonwoven fabric can be reduced. Moreover, when such a nonwoven fabric is incorporated in the absorbent article as a surface sheet, the retention of the liquid between the fibers is suppressed, and a liquid permeation path to the absorber is secured. Thereby, the liquid permeability increases, the liquid flow on the sheet surface is suppressed, and the liquid absorption rate increases. In particular, it is possible to increase the absorption rate of a liquid that tends to stay between fibers, such as highly viscous menstrual blood. And the stain | pollution | contamination of redness etc. in a surface sheet is not conspicuous, and it becomes a safe and reliable absorbent article which can actually feel an absorptive power.
　本実施形態において、前記液膜開裂剤は、さらに、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力が２０ｍＮ／ｍ以下であることが好ましい。すなわち、前述した数式（１）における拡張係数（Ｓ）の値を定める１変数である「液膜開裂剤の液膜との界面張力（γｗｏ）」が２０ｍＮ／ｍ以下であることが好ましい。「液膜開裂剤の液膜との界面張力（γｗｏ）」を低く抑えることで、液膜開裂剤の拡張係数が上がり、繊維表面から液膜中心付近へ液膜開裂剤が移行しやすくなり、前述の作用がより明確となる。この観点から、液膜開裂剤の「表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力」は、１７ｍＮ／ｍ以下がより好ましく、１３ｍＮ／ｍ以下が更に好ましく、１０ｍＮ／ｍ以下がより更に好ましく、９ｍＮ／ｍ以下が特に好ましく、１ｍＮ／ｍ以下がとりわけ好ましい。一方、その下限は特に制限されるものではなく、液膜への不溶性の観点から０ｍＮ／ｍより大きければよい。なお、界面張力が０ｍＮ／ｍ、すなわち溶解する場合には、液膜と液膜開裂剤間での界面を形成することができないため、数式（１）は成り立たず、剤の拡張は起きない。
　拡張係数はその数式からもわかるように、対象となる液の表面張力により、その数値が変化する。例えば、対象液の表面張力が７２ｍＮ／ｍ、液膜開裂剤の表面張力が２１ｍＮ／ｍ、これらの界面張力が０．２ｍＮ／ｍの場合、拡張係数は５０．８ｍＮ／ｍとなる。
　また、対象液の表面張力が３０ｍＮ／ｍ、液膜開裂剤の表面張力２１ｍＮ／ｍ、これらの界面張力が０．２ｍＮ／ｍの場合、拡張係数は８．８ｍＮ／ｍとなる。
　いずれの場合においても、拡張係数が大きい剤ほど、液膜開裂効果は大きくなる。
　本明細書では、表面張力５０ｍＮ／ｍにおける数値を定義したが、表面張力が異なったとしても、その各物質同士の拡張係数の数値の大小関係に変化はないことから、体液の表面張力が仮に、日ごとの体調などで変化したとしても、拡張係数が大きい剤ほど優れた液膜開裂効果を示す。 In the present embodiment, the liquid film cleaving agent preferably further has an interface tension of 20 mN / m or less with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m. That is, it is preferable that the “interfacial tension (γ wo ) of the liquid film cleaving agent with respect to the liquid film”, which is one variable for determining the value of the expansion coefficient (S) in the above-described mathematical formula (1), is 20 mN / m or less. By keeping the “interfacial tension of the liquid film cleaving agent (γ wo ) with the liquid film” low, the expansion coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent is increased, and the liquid film cleaving agent is likely to move from the fiber surface to the vicinity of the liquid film center. The above-described action becomes clearer. From this viewpoint, the “interfacial tension with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m” of the liquid film cleaving agent is more preferably 17 mN / m or less, further preferably 13 mN / m or less, still more preferably 10 mN / m or less, and 9 mN. / M or less is particularly preferable, and 1 mN / m or less is particularly preferable. On the other hand, the lower limit is not particularly limited, and may be larger than 0 mN / m from the viewpoint of insolubility in the liquid film. Note that when the interfacial tension is 0 mN / m, that is, when dissolved, an interface between the liquid film and the liquid film cleaving agent cannot be formed, so Equation (1) does not hold and the agent does not expand.
As can be seen from the mathematical expression, the expansion coefficient changes depending on the surface tension of the target liquid. For example, when the surface tension of the target liquid is 72 mN / m, the surface tension of the liquid film cleaving agent is 21 mN / m, and the interfacial tension is 0.2 mN / m, the expansion coefficient is 50.8 mN / m.
When the surface tension of the target liquid is 30 mN / m, the surface tension of the liquid film cleaving agent is 21 mN / m, and the interfacial tension is 0.2 mN / m, the expansion coefficient is 8.8 mN / m.
In any case, the larger the expansion coefficient, the greater the liquid film cleavage effect.
In this specification, the numerical value at the surface tension of 50 mN / m is defined. However, even if the surface tension is different, there is no change in the magnitude relationship between the numerical values of the expansion coefficients of the substances. Even if it changes with the physical condition of each day, the agent with a larger expansion coefficient shows an excellent liquid film cleavage effect.
　また、本実施形態において、液膜開裂剤の表面張力は、３２ｍＮ／ｍ以下が好ましく、３０ｍＮ／ｍ以下がより好ましく、２５ｍＮ／ｍ以下が更に好ましく、２２ｍＮ／ｍ以下が特に好ましい。また、前記表面張力は小さいほどよく、その下限は特に限定されるものではない。液膜開裂剤の耐久性の観点から、１ｍＮ／ｍ以上が実際的である。
　液膜開裂剤の表面張力を上記のような範囲以下とすることで、液膜を張る対象液の表面張力が下がった場合でも、液膜開裂作用を効果的に発揮させることができる。 In the present embodiment, the surface tension of the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably 32 mN / m or less, more preferably 30 mN / m or less, further preferably 25 mN / m or less, and particularly preferably 22 mN / m or less. Moreover, the said surface tension is so good that it is small, and the minimum is not specifically limited. From the viewpoint of durability of the liquid film cleaving agent, 1 mN / m or more is practical.
By setting the surface tension of the liquid film cleaving agent to be in the above range or less, even when the surface tension of the target liquid that stretches the liquid film is lowered, the liquid film cleaving action can be effectively exhibited.
　次に、第２実施形態の液膜開裂剤について説明する。
　第２実施形態の液膜開裂剤は、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数が０ｍＮ／ｍよりも大きい、すなわち正の値であり、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力が２０ｍＮ／ｍ以下である。なお、第２実施形態の液膜開裂剤の性質を有する化合物を化合物Ｃ２と言うことがある。そして、該液膜開裂剤は、水溶解度が０ｇ以上０．０２５ｇ以下であることが好ましい。
　第２実施形態の不織布は前記液膜開裂剤を含む。前記「表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力」を２０ｍＮ／ｍ以下とすることは、前述のように液膜開裂剤の液膜上での拡散性が高まることを意味する。これにより、前記「表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数」が１５ｍＮ／ｍ未満であるような拡張係数が比較的小さい場合でも、拡散性が高いため繊維表面から多くの液膜開裂剤が液膜内に分散し、多くの位置で液膜を押しのけることにより、第１実施形態の場合と同様の作用を奏し得る。
　なお、液膜開裂剤に関する、「表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数」、「水溶解度」及び「表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力」とは、第１実施形態で定義したものと同様のものであり、その測定方法も同様である。 Next, the liquid film cleaving agent of 2nd Embodiment is demonstrated.
The liquid film cleaving agent of the second embodiment has an expansion coefficient greater than 0 mN / m for a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN / m, that is, a positive value, and an interfacial tension for a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN / m is 20 mN. / M or less. In addition, the compound having the properties of the liquid film cleaving agent of the second embodiment may be referred to as compound C2. The liquid film cleaving agent preferably has a water solubility of 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less.
The nonwoven fabric of 2nd Embodiment contains the said liquid film cleaving agent. When the “interfacial tension with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m” is 20 mN / m or less, it means that the diffusibility of the liquid film cleaving agent on the liquid film is increased as described above. Thereby, even when the expansion coefficient is relatively small such that the “expansion coefficient for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m” is less than 15 mN / m, many liquid film cleaving agents are removed from the fiber surface due to high diffusibility. By dispersing in the liquid film and pushing the liquid film at many positions, the same action as in the first embodiment can be achieved.
The “extension coefficient for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m”, “water solubility” and “interfacial tension for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m” relating to the liquid film cleaving agent are defined in the first embodiment. The measuring method is also the same.
　本実施形態において、液膜開裂剤の前記作用をより効果的なものとする観点から、前記「表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力」は、１７ｍＮ／ｍ以下が好ましく、１３ｍＮ／ｍ以下がより好ましく、１０ｍＮ／ｍ以下が更に好ましく、９ｍＮ／ｍ以下がより更に好ましく、１ｍＮ／ｍ以下が特に好ましい。下限値については、第１実施形態と同様に特に制限されるものでなく、液膜（表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体）に溶解しない観点から、０ｍＮ／ｍより大きくするのが実際的である。
　さらに、「表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数」は、液膜開裂剤の前記作用をより効果的なものとする観点から、９ｍＮ／ｍ以上が好ましく、１０ｍＮ／ｍ以上がより好ましく、１５ｍＮ／ｍ以上が更に好ましい。その上限は特に制限されるものではないが、数式（１）より液膜を形成する液体の表面張力が上限となる観点から、５０ｍＮ／ｍ以下が実質的である。
　液膜開裂剤の表面張力及び水溶解度のより好ましい範囲は、第１実施形態と同様である。 In the present embodiment, from the viewpoint of making the action of the liquid film cleaving agent more effective, the “interfacial tension with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m” is preferably 17 mN / m or less, and 13 mN / m or less. Is more preferably 10 mN / m or less, still more preferably 9 mN / m or less, and particularly preferably 1 mN / m or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited as in the first embodiment, and is practically larger than 0 mN / m from the viewpoint of not dissolving in a liquid film (a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m). .
Further, the “expansion coefficient for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m” is preferably 9 mN / m or more, more preferably 10 mN / m or more from the viewpoint of making the action of the liquid film cleaving agent more effective. More preferably, it is 15 mN / m or more. Although the upper limit in particular is not restrict | limited, 50 mN / m or less is substantial from a viewpoint from which surface tension of the liquid which forms a liquid film becomes an upper limit from Numerical formula (1).
More preferable ranges of the surface tension and the water solubility of the liquid film cleaving agent are the same as those in the first embodiment.
　第１実施形態の液膜開裂剤を含む不織布及び第２実施形態の液膜開裂剤を含む不織布は、さらにリン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤を含有することが好ましい。これにより、繊維表面の親水性が高まり、濡れ性が向上することによって、液膜と液膜開裂剤が接する面積が大きくなること、そして、血液や尿は生体由来のリン酸基を有する界面活性物質を有することから、リン酸基を有する界面活性剤を併用することで、活性剤の相溶性に起因して、さらに血液や尿に含まれるリン脂質との親和性もよいため、液膜開裂剤が液膜に移行しやすくなり、液膜の開裂がさらに促進される。液膜開裂剤とリン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤との含有比率は、質量比（液膜開裂剤：リン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤）で、１：１～１９：１が好ましく、２：１～１５：１がより好ましく、３：１～１０：１が更に好ましい。特に、前記含有比率は、質量比で、５：１～１９：１が好ましく、８：１～１６：１がより好ましく、１１：１～１３：１が更に好ましい。 It is preferable that the nonwoven fabric containing the liquid film cleaving agent of the first embodiment and the nonwoven fabric containing the liquid film cleaving agent of the second embodiment further contain a phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. As a result, the hydrophilicity of the fiber surface is increased and the wettability is improved, so that the area where the liquid film and the liquid film cleaving agent are in contact with each other is increased, and blood and urine are surface-active having a phosphate group derived from a living body. Because it has a substance, it can also be used in combination with a surfactant having a phosphate group, and due to the compatibility of the active agent, it also has good affinity with phospholipids contained in blood and urine, so liquid film cleavage The agent easily moves to the liquid film, and the cleavage of the liquid film is further promoted. The content ratio of the liquid membrane cleaving agent to the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant is preferably 1: 1 to 19: 1 by mass ratio (liquid membrane cleaving agent: phosphate ester type anionic surfactant), 2: 1 to 15: 1 is more preferable, and 3: 1 to 10: 1 is still more preferable. In particular, the content ratio is preferably 5: 1 to 19: 1, more preferably 8: 1 to 16: 1, and even more preferably 11: 1 to 13: 1 in terms of mass ratio.
　リン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤としては特に制限なく用いられる。例えば、その具体例としては、アルキルエーテルリン酸エステル、ジアルキルリン酸エステル、アルキルリン酸エステルなどが挙げられる。その中でも、アルキルリン酸エステルが液膜との親和性を高めると同時に不織布の加工性を付与する機能の観点から好ましい。
　アルキルエーテルリン酸エステルとしては、特に制限なく種々のものを用いることができる。例えば、ポリオキシアルキレンステアリルエーテルリン酸エステル、ポリオキシアルキレンミリスチルエーテルリン酸エステル、ポリオキシアルキレンラウリルエーテルリン酸エステル、ポリオキシアルキレンパルミチルエーテルリン酸エステルなどの飽和の炭素鎖を持つものや、ポリオキシアルキレンオレイルエーテルリン酸エステル、ポリオキシアルキレンパルミトレイルエーテルリン酸エステルなどの不飽和の炭素鎖及び、これらの炭素鎖に側鎖を有するものが挙げられる。より好ましくは、炭素鎖が１６～１８のモノ又はジポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテルリン酸エステルの完全中和又は部分中和塩である。また、ポリオキシアルキレンとしては、ポリオキシエチレン、ポリオキシプロピレン、ポリオキシブチレン及びこれ等の構成モノマーが共重合されたものなどが挙げられる。なお、アルキルエーテルリン酸エステルの塩としては、ナトリウムやカリウムなどのアルカリ金属、アンモニア、各種アミン類などが挙げられる。アルキルエーテルリン酸エステルは、一種を単独で又は２種以上を混合して用いることができる。
　アルキルリン酸エステルの具体例としては、ステアリルリン酸エステル、ミリスチルリン酸エステル、ラウリルリン酸エステル、パルミチルリン酸エステル等の飽和の炭素鎖を持つものや、オレイルリン酸エステル、パルミトレイルリン酸エステル等の不飽和の炭素鎖及び、これらの炭素鎖に側鎖を有するものが挙げられる。より好ましくは、炭素鎖が１６～１８のモノ又はジアルキルリン酸エステルの完全中和又は部分中和塩である。尚、アルキルリン酸エステルの塩としては、ナトリウムやカリウム等のアルカリ金属、アンモニア、各種アミン類等が挙げられる。アルキルリン酸エステルは、１種を単独で又は２種以上を混合して用いることができる。 The phosphate ester type anionic surfactant is not particularly limited. For example, specific examples thereof include alkyl ether phosphates, dialkyl phosphates, and alkyl phosphates. Among these, alkyl phosphates are preferable from the viewpoint of enhancing the affinity with the liquid film and simultaneously imparting the workability of the nonwoven fabric.
Various alkyl ether phosphates can be used without particular limitation. For example, polyoxyalkylene stearyl ether phosphate, polyoxyalkylene myristyl ether phosphate, polyoxyalkylene lauryl ether phosphate, polyoxyalkylene palmityl ether phosphate, Examples include unsaturated carbon chains such as oxyalkylene oleyl ether phosphates and polyoxyalkylene palmitoleyl ether phosphates, and those having side chains in these carbon chains. More preferably, it is a completely neutralized or partially neutralized salt of a mono- or dipolyoxyalkylene alkyl ether phosphate ester having 16 to 18 carbon chains. Examples of the polyoxyalkylene include polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene, polyoxybutylene and those obtained by copolymerizing these constituent monomers. Examples of the salt of alkyl ether phosphate include alkali metals such as sodium and potassium, ammonia, and various amines. Alkyl ether phosphates can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
Specific examples of the alkyl phosphate ester include those having a saturated carbon chain such as stearyl phosphate ester, myristyl phosphate ester, lauryl phosphate ester, palmityl phosphate ester, oleyl phosphate ester, palmitoleyl phosphate ester, etc. Examples include unsaturated carbon chains and those having side chains in these carbon chains. More preferably, it is a completely neutralized or partially neutralized salt of a mono- or dialkyl phosphate ester having 16 to 18 carbon chains. Examples of the alkyl phosphate ester salt include alkali metals such as sodium and potassium, ammonia, and various amines. Alkyl phosphate ester can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.
　次に、第１実施形態及び第２実施形態における液膜開裂剤の具体例について説明する。これらは前述した特定の数値範囲にあることで水に溶けないか水難溶性の性質を有し、前記液膜開裂の作用をする。これに対し、従来の繊維処理剤として使用される界面活性剤などは実用上、水に対して溶解して使用する基本的には水溶性のものであり、本発明の液膜開裂剤ではない。 Next, specific examples of the liquid film cleaving agent in the first embodiment and the second embodiment will be described. These are not soluble in water or have poor water-solubility because they are in the specific numerical range described above, and act to cleave the liquid film. On the other hand, surfactants used as conventional fiber treatment agents are practically water-soluble when used by dissolving in water, and are not the liquid film cleaving agent of the present invention. .
　第１実施形態及び第２実施形態における液膜開裂剤としては、質量平均分子量が５００以上の化合物が好ましい。この質量平均分子量は液膜開裂剤の粘度に大きく影響する。液膜開裂剤は、粘度を高く保つことで、液が繊維間を通過する際に流れ落ちにくく、不織布における液膜開裂効果の持続性を保つことができる。液膜開裂効果を十分に持続させる粘度とする観点から、液膜開裂剤の質量平均分子量は、１０００以上がより好ましく、１５００以上が更に好ましく、２０００以上が特に好ましい。一方、液膜開裂剤が配された繊維から液膜への液膜開裂剤の移行、即ちマクロ及びミクロの拡散性を保持する粘度とする観点から、５００００以下が好ましく、２００００以下がより好ましく、１００００以下が更に好ましい。この質量平均分子量の測定は、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフ（ＧＰＣ）「ＣＣＰＤ」（商品名、東ソー株式会社製）を用いて測定される。測定条件は下記のとおりである。また、換算分子量の計算はポリスチレンで行う。
　　分離カラム：ＧＭＨＨＲ－Ｈ＋ＧＭＨＨＲ－Ｈ（カチオン）
　　溶離液：ＬファーミンＤＭ２０／ＣＨＣｌ３
　　溶媒流速：１．０ｍｌ／ｍｉｎ
　　分離カラム温度：４０℃ The liquid film cleaving agent in the first embodiment and the second embodiment is preferably a compound having a mass average molecular weight of 500 or more. This mass average molecular weight greatly affects the viscosity of the liquid film cleaving agent. The liquid film cleaving agent keeps the viscosity high so that it does not easily flow off when the liquid passes between the fibers, and the liquid film cleaving effect in the nonwoven fabric can be maintained. From the viewpoint of achieving a viscosity that sufficiently maintains the liquid film cleavage effect, the mass average molecular weight of the liquid film cleavage agent is more preferably 1000 or more, further preferably 1500 or more, and particularly preferably 2000 or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of the transition of the liquid film cleaving agent from the fiber in which the liquid film cleaving agent is arranged to the liquid film, that is, a viscosity that maintains macro and micro diffusibility, 50000 or less is preferable, and 20000 or less is more preferable. 10,000 or less is more preferable. The mass average molecular weight is measured using a gel permeation chromatograph (GPC) “CCPD” (trade name, manufactured by Tosoh Corporation). The measurement conditions are as follows. The calculated molecular weight is calculated with polystyrene.
Separation column: GMHHR-H + GMHHR-H (cation)
Eluent: L Farmin DM20 / CHCl3
Solvent flow rate: 1.0 ml / min
Separation column temperature: 40 ° C
　また、第１実施形態における液膜開裂剤としては、後述するように、下記の構造Ｘ、Ｘ－Ｙ、及びＹ－Ｘ－Ｙからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種の構造を有する化合物が好ましい。
　構造Ｘは、＞Ｃ（Ａ）－〈Ｃは炭素原子を示す。また、＜、＞及び－は結合手を示す。以下、同様。〉、－Ｃ（Ａ）２－、－Ｃ（Ａ）（Ｂ）－、＞Ｃ（Ａ）－Ｃ（Ｒ１）＜、＞Ｃ（Ｒ１）－、－Ｃ（Ｒ１）（Ｒ２）－、－Ｃ（Ｒ１）２－、＞Ｃ＜及び、－Ｓｉ（Ｒ１）２Ｏ－、－Ｓｉ（Ｒ１）（Ｒ２）Ｏ－のいずれかの基本構造が、繰り返されるか、もしくは２種以上が組み合わされた構造のシロキサン鎖、又はその混合鎖を表す。構造Ｘの末端には、水素原子、又は、－Ｃ（Ａ）３、－Ｃ（Ａ）２Ｂ、－Ｃ（Ａ）（Ｂ）２、－Ｃ（Ａ）２－Ｃ（Ｒ１）３、－Ｃ（Ｒ１）２Ａ、－Ｃ（Ｒ１）３、また、－ＯＳｉ（Ｒ１）３、－ＯＳｉ（Ｒ１）２（Ｒ２）、－Ｓｉ（Ｒ１）３、－Ｓｉ（Ｒ１）２（Ｒ２）からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種の基を有する。
　上記のＲ１やＲ２は各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基（炭素数１～２０が好ましい。例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基が好ましい。）、アルコキシ基（炭素数１～２０が好ましい。例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基が好ましい。）、アリール基（炭素数６～２０が好ましい。例えば、フェニル基が好ましい。）、ハロゲン原子（例えばフッ素原子が好ましい。）などの各種置換基を示す。Ａ、Ｂは各々独立に、水酸基やカルボン酸基、アミノ基、アミド基、イミノ基、フェノール基などの酸素原子や窒素原子を含む置換基を示す。構造Ｘ内にＲ１、Ｒ２、Ａ、Ｂが各々複数ある場合は、それらは互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。また、連続するＣ（炭素原子）やＳｉ間の結合は、通常、単結合であるが、二重結合や三重結合を含んでいてもよく、ＣやＳｉ間の結合には、エーテル基（－Ｏ－）、アミド基（－ＣＯＮＲＡ－：ＲＡは水素原子または一価の基）、エステル基（－ＣＯＯ－）、カルボニル基（－ＣＯ－）、カーボネート基（－ＯＣＯＯ－）などの連結基を含んでもよい。一つのＣ及びＳｉが、他のＣ又はＳｉと結合している数は、１つ～４つで、長鎖のシリコーン鎖（シロキサン鎖）又は混合鎖が分岐していたり、放射状の構造を有している場合があってもよい。
　Ｙは、水素原子、炭素原子、酸素原子、窒素原子、リン原子、硫黄原子から選ばれる原子を含む、親水性を有する親水基を表す。例えば、水酸基、カルボン酸基、アミノ基、アミド基、イミノ基、フェノール基、ポリオキシアルキレン基（オキシアルキレン基の炭素数は１～４が好ましい。例えば、ポリオキシエチレン（ＰＯＥ）基、ポリオキシプロピレン（ＰＯＰ）基が好ましい。）、スルホン酸基、硫酸基、リン酸基、スルホベタイン基、カルボベタイン基、ホスホベタイン基（これらのベタイン基は、各ベタイン化合物から水素原子を１つ取り除いてなるベタイン残基をいう。）、４級アンモニウム基などの親水基単独、もしくは、その組み合わせからなる親水基などである。これらの他にも、後述するＭ１で挙げた基及び官能基も挙げられる。なお、Ｙが複数の場合は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。
　構造Ｘ－Ｙ及びＹ－Ｘ－Ｙにおいて、Ｙは、Ｘ、又はＸの末端の基に結合する。ＹがＸの末端の基に結合する場合、Ｘの末端の基は、例えばＹとの結合数と同数の水素原子等が取り除かれてＹと結合する。
　この構造において、親水基Ｙ、Ａ、Ｂを具体的に説明した基から選択して前述の拡張係数、水溶解度、界面張力を満たすことができる。こうして、目的の液膜開裂効果を発現する。 The liquid film cleaving agent in the first embodiment is preferably a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following structures X, XY, and YXY, as will be described later. .
Structure X is> C (A)-<C represents a carbon atom. <,>, And-indicate a bond. The same applies hereinafter. >, -C (A) 2- , -C (A) (B)-,> C (A) -C (R 1 ) <,> C (R 1 )-, -C (R 1 ) (R 2 ) —, —C (R 1 ) 2 —,> C <, and —Si (R 1 ) 2 O—, —Si (R 1 ) (R 2 ) O— Or a siloxane chain having a structure in which two or more kinds are combined, or a mixed chain thereof. At the end of structure X, a hydrogen atom, or —C (A) 3 , —C (A) 2 B, —C (A) (B) 2, —C (A) 2 —C (R 1 ) 3 , -C (R 1 ) 2 A, -C (R 1 ) 3 , -OSi (R 1 ) 3 , -OSi (R 1 ) 2 (R 2 ), -Si (R 1 ) 3 , -Si (R 1 ) 2 It has at least one group selected from the group consisting of (R 2 ).
R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group or a propyl group), an alkoxy group (having a carbon number of 1 to 20). Preferred examples include various substituents such as a methoxy group and an ethoxy group, an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, eg a phenyl group), and a halogen atom (eg a fluorine atom is preferred). Show. A and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom, such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an amino group, an amide group, an imino group, or a phenol group. When there are a plurality of R 1 , R 2 , A, and B in the structure X, they may be the same as or different from each other. In addition, a continuous bond between C (carbon atom) and Si is usually a single bond, but may include a double bond or a triple bond, and the bond between C and Si includes an ether group (- O-), amide group (—CONR A —: R A is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group), ester group (—COO—), carbonyl group (—CO—), carbonate group (—OCOO—), etc. Groups may be included. The number of one C and Si bonded to the other C or Si is 1 to 4, and a long-chain silicone chain (siloxane chain) or mixed chain is branched or has a radial structure. There may be cases.
Y represents a hydrophilic group having hydrophilicity including an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom. For example, a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an amino group, an amide group, an imino group, a phenol group, a polyoxyalkylene group (the oxyalkylene group preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. For example, a polyoxyethylene (POE) group, a polyoxyalkylene group, Propylene (POP) group is preferred), sulfonic acid group, sulfuric acid group, phosphoric acid group, sulfobetaine group, carbobetaine group, phosphobetaine group (these betaine groups are obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from each betaine compound). And a hydrophilic group such as a quaternary ammonium group alone or a combination thereof. In addition to these, the groups and functional groups mentioned in M 1 described later are also included. When Y is plural, they may be the same or different.
In structures XY and YXY, Y is attached to X or a terminal group of X. When Y is bonded to the terminal group of X, the terminal group of X is bonded to Y by removing, for example, the same number of hydrogen atoms as the number of bonds to Y.
In this structure, the hydrophilic groups Y, A, and B can be selected from the groups specifically described to satisfy the aforementioned expansion coefficient, water solubility, and interfacial tension. Thus, the target liquid film cleavage effect is expressed.
　上記の液膜開裂剤は、構造Ｘがシロキサン構造である化合物が好ましい。さらに、液膜開裂剤において、上記の構造Ｘ、Ｘ－Ｙ、Ｙ－Ｘ－Ｙの具体例として、下記（１）～（１１）式で表される構造を、任意に組み合せたシロキサン鎖からなる化合物が好ましい。さらに、この化合物が前述した範囲の質量平均分子量を有することが液膜開裂作用の観点から好ましい。 The liquid film cleaving agent is preferably a compound in which the structure X is a siloxane structure. Furthermore, in the liquid film cleaving agent, as specific examples of the structures X, XY, and YXY, the structures represented by the following formulas (1) to (11) are arbitrarily combined from a siloxane chain. Is preferred. Furthermore, it is preferable from the viewpoint of the liquid film cleaving action that this compound has a mass average molecular weight in the above-mentioned range.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
　式（１）～（１１）において、Ｍ１、Ｌ１、Ｒ２１、及びＲ２２は次の１価又は多価（２価又はそれ以上）の基を示す。Ｒ２３、及びＲ２４は次の１価若しくは多価（２価又はそれ以上）の基、又は単結合を示す。
　Ｍ１は、ポリオキシエチレン基、ポリオキシプロピレン基、ポリオキシブチレン基、もしくはそれらを組み合わせたポリオキシアルキレン基を有する基や、エリスリトール基、キシリトール基、ソルビトール基、グリセリン基もしくはエチレングリコール基などの複数の水酸基を有する親水基（エリスリトール等の複数の水酸基を有する上記化合物から水素原子を１つ取り除いてなる親水基）、水酸基、カルボン酸基、メルカプト基、アルコキシ基（炭素数１～２０が好ましい。例えばメトキシ基が好ましい。）、アミノ基、アミド基、イミノ基、フェノール基、スルホン酸基、４級アンモニウム基、スルホベタイン基、ヒドロキシスルホベタイン基、ホスホベタイン基、イミダゾリウムベタイン基、カルボベタイン基、エポキシ基、カルビノール基、（メタ）アクリル基、又はそれらを組み合わせた官能基を示す。なお、Ｍ１が多価の基である場合、Ｍ１は、上記各基又は官能基から、さらに１つ以上の水素原子を除いた基を示す。
　Ｌ１は、エーテル基、アミノ基（Ｌ１として採りうるアミノ基は、＞ＮＲＣ（ＲＣは水素原子または一価の基）で表される。）、アミド基、エステル基、カルボニル基、カーボネート基の結合基を示す。
　Ｒ２１、Ｒ２２、Ｒ２３、及びＲ２４は、各々独立に、アルキル基（炭素数１～２０が好ましい。例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、２－エチルヘキシル基、ノニル基、デシル基が好ましい。）、アルコキシ基（炭素数１～２０が好ましい。例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基が好ましい。）、アリール基（炭素数６～２０が好ましい。例えばフェニル基が好ましい。）、フルオロアルキル基、もしくはアラルキル基、又はそれらを組み合わせた炭化水素基、又はハロゲン原子（例えばフッ素原子が好ましい。）を示す。なお、Ｒ２２及びＲ２３が多価の基である場合、上記炭化水素基から、さらに１つ以上の水素原子又はフッ素原子を除いた多価炭化水素基を示す。
　また、Ｒ２２又はＲ２３がＭ１と結合する場合、Ｒ２２又はＲ２３として採りうる基は、上記各基、上記炭化水素基又はハロゲン原子の他に、Ｒ３２として採りうるイミノ基が挙げられる。
　液膜開裂剤は、なかでも、Ｘとして、（１）、（２）、（５）及び（１０）式のいずれかで表される構造を有し、Ｘの末端、又はＸの末端とＹとからなる基として、これらの式以外の上記式のいずれかで表される構造を有する化合物が好ましい。さらに、Ｘ、又はＸの末端とＹとからなる基が、上記（２）、（４）、（５）、（６）、（８）及び（９）式のいずれかで表される構造を少なくとも１つ有するシロキサン鎖からなる化合物が、好ましい。 In the formulas (1) to (11), M 1 , L 1 , R 21 , and R 22 represent the following monovalent or polyvalent (divalent or higher) groups. R 23 and R 24 represent the following monovalent or polyvalent (divalent or higher) group or a single bond.
M 1 is a group having a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a polyoxyalkylene group obtained by combining them, an erythritol group, a xylitol group, a sorbitol group, a glycerin group or an ethylene glycol group. Hydrophilic groups having a plurality of hydroxyl groups (hydrophilic groups formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the above compound having a plurality of hydroxyl groups such as erythritol), hydroxyl groups, carboxylic acid groups, mercapto groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) For example, a methoxy group is preferred), amino group, amide group, imino group, phenol group, sulfonic acid group, quaternary ammonium group, sulfobetaine group, hydroxysulfobetaine group, phosphobetaine group, imidazolium betaine group, carbobetaine. Group, epoxy group, carbi It represents a functional group combining a nor group, a (meth) acryl group, or a combination thereof. When M 1 is a polyvalent group, M 1 represents a group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from each of the above groups or functional groups.
L 1 is an ether group, an amino group (an amino group that can be taken as L 1 is represented by> NR C (R C is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group)), an amide group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, The bonding group of a carbonate group is shown.
R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 are each independently an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group) Group, heptyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, nonyl group and decyl group are preferred), alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, preferably methoxy group and ethoxy group), aryl group (having 6 to 6 carbon atoms). 20 is preferable, for example, a phenyl group is preferable), a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a hydrocarbon group obtained by combining them, or a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom is preferable). In addition, when R < 22 > and R < 23 > are polyvalent groups, the polyvalent hydrocarbon group remove | excluding one or more hydrogen atoms or fluorine atoms from the said hydrocarbon group is shown.
In addition, when R 22 or R 23 is bonded to M 1 , examples of the group that can be taken as R 22 or R 23 include an imino group that can be taken as R 32 in addition to the above groups, the hydrocarbon group, or the halogen atom. It is done.
The liquid film cleaving agent has a structure represented by any one of formulas (1), (2), (5) and (10) as X, and the end of X or the end of X and Y As the group consisting of, a compound having a structure represented by any one of the above formulas other than these formulas is preferable. Further, X or a group consisting of X terminal and Y has a structure represented by any of the above formulas (2), (4), (5), (6), (8) and (9). A compound composed of a siloxane chain having at least one is preferable.
　上記化合物の具体例として、シリコーン系の界面活性剤の有機変性シリコーン（ポリシロキサン）が挙げられる。例えば、反応性の有機基で変性された有機変性シリコーンとしては、アミノ変性、エポキシ変性、カルボキシ変性、ジオール変性、カルビノール変性、（メタ）アクリル変性、メルカプト変性、フェノール変性のものが挙げられる。また、非反応性の有機基で変性された有機変性シリコーンとしては、ポリエーテル変性（ポリオキシアルキレン変性を含む）、メチルスチリル変性、長鎖アルキル変性、高級脂肪酸エステル変性、高級アルコキシ変性、高級脂肪酸変性、フッ素変性のものなどが挙げられる。これらの有機変性の種類に応じて、例えば、シリコーン鎖の分子量、変性率、変性基の付加モル数など適宜変更することで、上記の液膜開裂作用を奏する拡張係数を得ることができる。ここで、「長鎖」とは、炭素数が１２以上であるものをいい、好ましくは１２～２０であるものをいう。また、「高級」とは、炭素数が６以上であるものをいい、好ましくは６～２０であるものをいう。
　その中でも、ポリオキシアルキレン変性シリコーンやエポキシ変性シリコーン、カルビノール変性シリコーン、ジオール変性シリコーンなど、変性シリコーンである液膜開裂剤が少なくとも一つの酸素原子を変性基中に有する構造を有する変性シリコーンが好ましく、特にポリオキシアルキレン変性シリコーンが好ましい。ポリオキシアルキレン変性シリコーンは、ポリシロキサン鎖を有することで、繊維の内部に浸透し難く表面に残りやすい。また、親水的なポリオキシアルキレン鎖を付加したことにより、水との親和性が高まり、界面張力が低いため、前述した液膜表面上での移動が起きやすく好ましい。そのため、前述した液膜表面上での移動が起きやすく好ましい。また、ポリオキシアルキレン変性シリコーンは、エンボス等の熱溶融加工が施されても、その部分において繊維の表面に残りやすく液膜開裂作用は低減し難い。特に液が溜まりやすいエンボス部分において液膜開裂作用が十分に発現するので好ましい。 Specific examples of the compound include organic surfactants (polysiloxanes) that are silicone surfactants. For example, examples of the organic modified silicone modified with a reactive organic group include amino modified, epoxy modified, carboxy modified, diol modified, carbinol modified, (meth) acryl modified, mercapto modified, and phenol modified. Organic modified silicones modified with non-reactive organic groups include polyether modified (including polyoxyalkylene modified), methylstyryl modified, long chain alkyl modified, higher fatty acid ester modified, higher alkoxy modified, higher fatty acid. Examples include modified and fluorine-modified ones. Depending on the type of organic modification, for example, by appropriately changing the molecular weight of the silicone chain, the modification rate, the number of moles of the modifying group, and the like, the expansion coefficient exhibiting the above-mentioned liquid film cleavage action can be obtained. As used herein, “long chain” refers to those having 12 or more carbon atoms, preferably those having 12 to 20 carbon atoms. Further, “higher” means one having 6 or more carbon atoms, preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
Among them, a modified silicone having a structure in which a liquid film cleaving agent that is a modified silicone has at least one oxygen atom in a modified group, such as polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone, epoxy-modified silicone, carbinol-modified silicone, and diol-modified silicone is preferable. In particular, polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone is preferred. Since the polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone has a polysiloxane chain, it hardly penetrates into the inside of the fiber and tends to remain on the surface. In addition, the addition of a hydrophilic polyoxyalkylene chain is preferable because the affinity with water is increased and the interfacial tension is low, so that the movement on the surface of the liquid film is likely to occur. Therefore, it is preferable that the movement on the surface of the liquid film described above easily occurs. In addition, even if the polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone is subjected to hot melt processing such as embossing, it tends to remain on the fiber surface at that portion, and the liquid film cleavage action is difficult to reduce. In particular, the liquid film cleaving action is sufficiently exhibited at the embossed portion where the liquid tends to accumulate, which is preferable.
　ポリオキシアルキレン変性シリコーンとしては、下記式［Ｉ］～［ＩＶ］で表されるものが挙げられる。さらに、このポリオキシアルキレン変性シリコーンが前述した範囲の質量平均分子量を有することが液膜開裂作用の観点から好ましい。 Examples of the polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone include those represented by the following formulas [I] to [IV]. Furthermore, the polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone preferably has a mass average molecular weight within the above-mentioned range from the viewpoint of the liquid film cleavage action.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
　式中、Ｒ３１は、アルキル基（炭素数１～２０が好ましい。例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、２エチル－ヘキシル基、ノニル基、デシル基が好ましい。）を示す。Ｒ３２は、単結合又はアルキレン基（炭素数１～２０が好ましい。例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基が好ましい。）を示し、好ましくは前記アルキレン基を示す。複数のＲ３１、複数のＲ３２は各々において、互いに同一でも異なってもよい。Ｍ１１は、ポリオキシアルキレン基を有する基を示し、ポリオキシアルキレン基が好ましい。上記のポリオキシアルキレン基としては、ポリオキシエチレン基、ポリオキシプロピレン基、ポリオキシブチレン基、又はこれらの構成モノマーが共重合されたものなどが挙げられる。ｍ、ｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。なお、これら繰り返し単位の符号は、各式（Ｉ）～（ＩＶ）において別々に決められるものであり、必ずしも同じ整数を示すものではなく異なっていてもよい。 In the formula, R 31 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, 2-ethyl-hexyl group, Nonyl group and decyl group are preferred). R 32 represents a single bond or an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group or a butylene group is preferred), and preferably represents the alkylene group. The plurality of R 31 and the plurality of R 32 may be the same as or different from each other. M 11 represents a group having a polyoxyalkylene group, and a polyoxyalkylene group is preferable. Examples of the polyoxyalkylene group include a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a copolymer of these constituent monomers. m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The symbols of these repeating units are determined separately in each of the formulas (I) to (IV), and do not necessarily indicate the same integer and may be different.
　また、ポリオキシアルキレン変性シリコーンは、ポリオキシエチレン変性及びポリオキシプロピレン変性のいずれか又は双方の変性基を有するものであってもよい。また、水に溶けない、かつ低い界面張力を有するにはシリコーン鎖のアルキル基Ｒ３１にメチル基を有することが望ましい。この変性基、シリコーン鎖をもつものとしては、特に制限するものではないが、例えば特開２００２－１６１４７４の段落［０００６］及び［００１２］に記載のものがある。より具体的には、ポリオキシエチレン（ＰＯＥ）ポリオキシプロピレン（ＰＯＰ）変性シリコーンや、ポリオキシエチレン（ＰＯＥ）変性シリコーン、ポリオキシプロピレン（ＰＯＰ）変性シリコーンなどが挙げられる。ＰＯＥ変性シリコーンとしては、ＰＯＥを３モル付加したＰＯＥ（３）変性ジメチルシリコーンなどが挙げられる。ＰＯＰ変性シリコーンとしては、ＰＯＰを１０モル、１２モル、又は２４モル付加したＰＯＰ（１０）変性ジメチルシリコーン、ＰＯＰ（１２）変性ジメチルシリコーン、ＰＯＰ（２４）変性ジメチルシリコーンなどが挙げられる。 Further, the polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone may have one or both modified groups of polyoxyethylene-modified and polyoxypropylene-modified. Further, in order to have a low interfacial tension that is insoluble in water, it is desirable to have a methyl group in the alkyl group R 31 of the silicone chain. Such a group having a modifying group and a silicone chain is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those described in paragraphs [0006] and [0012] of JP-A No. 2002-161474. More specifically, polyoxyethylene (POE) polyoxypropylene (POP) modified silicone, polyoxyethylene (POE) modified silicone, polyoxypropylene (POP) modified silicone and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the POE-modified silicone include POE (3) -modified dimethyl silicone added with 3 moles of POE. Examples of the POP-modified silicone include POP (10) -modified dimethyl silicone, POP (12) -modified dimethyl silicone, POP (24) -modified dimethyl silicone to which POP is added at 10 mol, 12 mol, or 24 mol.
　前述の第１実施形態の拡張係数と水溶解度は、ポリオキシアルキレン変性シリコーンにおいて例えば、ポリオキシアルキレン基の付加モル数（ポリオキシアルキレン変性シリコーン１モルに対する、ポリオキシアルキレン基を形成するオキシアルキレン基の結合数）、下記変性率等により、所定の範囲にすることができる。この液膜開裂剤において、表面張力及び界面張力も同様にして、それぞれ、所定の範囲にすることができる。
　上記観点から、該ポリオキシアルキレン基の付加モル数が１以上であるものが好ましい。１未満では、上記の液膜開裂作用にとって界面張力が高くなることにより、拡張係数が小さくなることから液膜開裂効果が弱くなってしまう。この観点から、付加モル数は３以上がより好ましく、５以上がさらに好ましい。一方、付加モル数は多すぎると親水的になって水溶解度が高くなってしまう。この観点から、付加モル数は、３０以下が好ましく、２０以下がより好ましく、１０以下が更に好ましい。
　変性シリコーンの変性率は、低すぎると親水性が損なわれるため、５％以上が好ましく、１０％以上がより好ましく、２０％以上が更に好ましい。また、高すぎると水に溶けてしまうため、９５％以下が好ましく、７０％以下がより好ましく４０％以下が更に好ましい。なお、前記変性シリコーンの変性率とは、変性シリコーン１分子中のシロキサン結合部の繰り返し単位の総個数に対する、変性したシロキサン結合部の繰り返し単位の個数の割合である。例えば、上記式［Ｉ］及び［ＩＶ］では（ｎ／ｍ＋ｎ）×１００％であり、式［ＩＩ］では、（２／ｍ）×１００％であり、式［ＩＩＩ］では（１／ｍ）×１００％である。
　また、前述の拡張係数及び水溶解度は、ポリオキシアルキレン変性シリコーンにおいて、それぞれ、上記したもの以外にも、変性基を水可溶性のポリオキシエチレン基と水不溶性のポリオキシプロピレン基及びポリオキシブチレン基を併用すること、水不溶性のシリコーン鎖の分子量を変化させること、変性基としてポリオキシアルキレン変性に加えてアミノ基、エポキシ基、カルボキシ基、水酸基、カルビノール基などを導入すること等により、所定の範囲に設定できる。 In the polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone, the expansion coefficient and water solubility of the first embodiment described above are, for example, the number of added moles of a polyoxyalkylene group (an oxyalkylene group that forms a polyoxyalkylene group with respect to 1 mole of the polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone). ), The following modification rate, and the like. In this liquid film cleaving agent, the surface tension and the interfacial tension can also be set within predetermined ranges in the same manner.
From the above viewpoint, those having an addition mole number of the polyoxyalkylene group of 1 or more are preferable. If it is less than 1, the interfacial tension becomes high for the above-mentioned liquid film cleaving action, and the expansion coefficient becomes small, so that the liquid film cleaving effect becomes weak. In this respect, the number of added moles is more preferably 3 or more, and further preferably 5 or more. On the other hand, if the added mole number is too large, it becomes hydrophilic and the water solubility becomes high. In this respect, the number of added moles is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and still more preferably 10 or less.
If the modification rate of the modified silicone is too low, the hydrophilicity is impaired, so that it is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 10% or more, and even more preferably 20% or more. Moreover, since it melt | dissolves in water when too high, 95% or less is preferable, 70% or less is more preferable, and 40% or less is still more preferable. The modification rate of the modified silicone is the ratio of the number of repeating units of the modified siloxane bonding portion to the total number of repeating units of the siloxane bonding portion in one molecule of the modified silicone. For example, (n / m + n) × 100% in the above formulas [I] and [IV], (2 / m) × 100% in the formula [II], and (1 / m) in the formula [III]. × 100%.
In addition, in the polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone, the expansion coefficient and the water solubility described above, in addition to the above-described ones, the modified groups are water-soluble polyoxyethylene groups, water-insoluble polyoxypropylene groups, and polyoxybutylene groups, respectively. By changing the molecular weight of the water-insoluble silicone chain, introducing an amino group, an epoxy group, a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, a carbinol group, etc. in addition to the polyoxyalkylene modification as the modifying group, etc. Can be set within the range.
　この液膜開裂剤として用いられるポリアルキレン変性シリコーンは、繊維質量に対する含有割合として（Ｏｉｌ　Ｐｅｒ　Ｕｎｉｔ）、０．０２質量％以上５質量％以下含有されることが好ましい。該ポリアルキレン変性シリコーンの含有割合（ＯＰＵ）は、１質量％以下がより好ましく、０．４質量％以下が更に好ましい。こうすることで、不織布の触感が好ましいものになる。また、該ポリアルキレン変性シリコーンによる液膜開裂効果を十分に発揮する観点から、前記含有割合（ＯＰＵ）は、０．０４質量％以上がより好ましく、０．１質量％以上が更に好ましい。
　なお、ここでいう繊維質量は、含有部６及び非含有部７を含む不織布全体の繊維質量を意味する（以下で説明する含有割合（ＯＰＵ）においても同様である。）。 The polyalkylene-modified silicone used as the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably contained in an amount of 0.02% by mass to 5% by mass with respect to the fiber mass (Oil Per Unit). The content (OPU) of the polyalkylene-modified silicone is more preferably 1% by mass or less, and further preferably 0.4% by mass or less. By doing so, the tactile sensation of the nonwoven fabric becomes preferable. Moreover, from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting the liquid film cleavage effect by the polyalkylene-modified silicone, the content ratio (OPU) is more preferably 0.04% by mass or more, and further preferably 0.1% by mass or more.
In addition, the fiber mass here means the fiber mass of the whole nonwoven fabric containing the containing part 6 and the non-containing part 7 (it is the same also in the content rate (OPU) demonstrated below).
　第２実施形態における液膜開裂剤としては、後述するように、下記の構造Ｚ、Ｚ－Ｙ、及びＹ－Ｚ－Ｙからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種の構造を有する化合物が好ましい。
　構造Ｚは、＞Ｃ（Ａ）－<Ｃ：炭素原子>、－Ｃ（Ａ）２－、－Ｃ（Ａ）（Ｂ）－、＞Ｃ（Ａ）－Ｃ（Ｒ３）＜、＞Ｃ（Ｒ３）－、－Ｃ（Ｒ３）（Ｒ４）－、－Ｃ（Ｒ３）２－、＞Ｃ＜のいずれかの基本構造が、繰り返されるか、もしくは２種以上が組み合わされた構造の炭化水素鎖を表す。構造Ｚの末端には、水素原子、又は、－Ｃ（Ａ）３、－Ｃ（Ａ）２Ｂ、－Ｃ（Ａ）（Ｂ）２、－Ｃ（Ａ）２－Ｃ（Ｒ３）３、－Ｃ（Ｒ３）２Ａ、－Ｃ（Ｒ３）３からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種の基を有する。
　上記のＲ３やＲ４は各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基（炭素数１～２０が好ましい。例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、２エチル－ヘキシル基、ノニル基、デシル基が好ましい。）、アルコキシ基（炭素数１～２０が好ましい。例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基が好ましい。）、アリール基（炭素数６～２０が好ましい。例えば、フェニル基が好ましい。）、フルオロアルキル基、アラルキル基、もしくはそれらを組み合わせた炭化水素基、又はフッ素原子などの各種置換基を示す。Ａ、Ｂは各々独立に、水酸基やカルボン酸基、アミノ基、アミド基、イミノ基、フェノール基などの酸素原子や窒素原子を含む置換基を示す。構造Ｚ内にＲ３、Ｒ４、Ａ、Ｂが各々複数ある場合は、それらは互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。また、連続するＣ（炭素原子）間の結合は、通常、単結合であるが、二重結合や三重結合を含んでいてもよく、Ｃ間の結合には、エーテル基、アミド基、エステル基、カルボニル基、カーボネート基などの連結基を含んでも良い。一つのＣが、他のＣと結合している数は、１つ～４つで、長鎖の炭化水素鎖が分岐していたり、放射状の構造を有している場合があってもよい。
　Ｙは、水素原子、炭素原子、酸素原子、窒素原子、リン原子、硫黄原子から選ばれる原子を含む、親水性を有する親水基を表す。例えば、水酸基、カルボン酸基、アミノ基、アミド基、イミノ基、フェノール基；　又は、ポリオキシアルキレン基（オキシアルキレン基の炭素数は１～４が好ましい。例えば、ポリオキシエチレン基、ポリオキシプロピレン基、ポリオキシブチレン基、もしくはそれらを組み合わせたポリオキシアルキレン基が好ましい。）；　又は、　エリスリトール基、キシリトール基、ソルビトール基、グリセリン基、エチレングリコール基、などの複数の水酸基を有する親水基；　又は、　スルホン酸基、硫酸基、リン酸基、スルホベタイン基、カルボベタイン基、ホスホベタイン基、４級アンモニウム基、イミダゾリウムベタイン基、エポキシ基、カルビノール基、メタクリル基などの親水基単独；　又は、　その組み合わせからなる親水基などである。なお、Ｙが複数の場合は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。
　構造Ｚ－Ｙ及びＹ－Ｚ－Ｙにおいて、Ｙは、Ｚ、又はＺの末端の基に結合する。ＹがＺの末端の基に結合する場合、Ｚの末端の基は、例えばＹとの結合数と同数の水素原子等が取り除かれてＹと結合する。
　この構造において、親水基Ｙ、Ａ、Ｂを具体的に説明した基から選択して前述の拡張係数、水溶解度、界面張力を満たすことができる。こうして、目的の液膜開裂効果を発現する。 As described later, the liquid film cleaving agent in the second embodiment is preferably a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following structures Z, ZY, and YZY.
The structure Z includes:> C (A)-<C: carbon atom>, -C (A) 2- , -C (A) (B)-,> C (A) -C (R 3 ) <,> C Any basic structure of (R 3 ) —, —C (R 3 ) (R 4 ) —, —C (R 3 ) 2 —,> C <is repeated, or two or more are combined Represents a hydrocarbon chain of structure. At the end of the structure Z, a hydrogen atom or —C (A) 3 , —C (A) 2 B, —C (A) (B) 2, —C (A) 2 —C (R 3 ) 3 , —C (R 3 ) 2 A, and at least one group selected from the group consisting of —C (R 3 ) 3 .
R 3 and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl Group, 2-ethyl-hexyl group, nonyl group and decyl group are preferable), alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, methoxy group and ethoxy group are preferable), aryl group (having 6 to 20 carbon atoms). Preferred examples thereof include a phenyl group.), A fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a hydrocarbon group obtained by combining them, or various substituents such as a fluorine atom. A and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom, such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an amino group, an amide group, an imino group, or a phenol group. When there are a plurality of R 3 , R 4 , A, and B in the structure Z, they may be the same as or different from each other. In addition, the bond between successive C (carbon atoms) is usually a single bond, but may include a double bond or a triple bond, and the bond between C includes an ether group, an amide group, an ester group. A linking group such as a carbonyl group or a carbonate group may be included. One C is bonded to another C in the number of 1 to 4, and a long hydrocarbon chain may be branched or may have a radial structure.
Y represents a hydrophilic group having hydrophilicity including an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom. For example, a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, an amino group, an amide group, an imino group, a phenol group; or a polyoxyalkylene group (the oxyalkylene group preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. For example, a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene Group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a polyoxyalkylene group in combination thereof)); or a hydrophilic group having a plurality of hydroxyl groups such as erythritol group, xylitol group, sorbitol group, glycerin group, ethylene glycol group; A hydrophilic group such as a sulfonic acid group, a sulfuric acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfobetaine group, a carbobetaine group, a phosphobetaine group, a quaternary ammonium group, an imidazolium betaine group, an epoxy group, a carbinol group, or a methacryl group; A hydrophilic group composed of the combination. When Y is plural, they may be the same or different.
In the structures ZY and YZY, Y is bonded to Z or a terminal group of Z. When Y is bonded to the terminal group of Z, the terminal group of Z is bonded to Y by removing, for example, the same number of hydrogen atoms as the number of bonds to Y.
In this structure, the hydrophilic groups Y, A, and B can be selected from the groups specifically described to satisfy the aforementioned expansion coefficient, water solubility, and interfacial tension. Thus, the target liquid film cleavage effect is expressed.
　上記の液膜開裂剤は、上記の構造Ｚ、Ｚ－Ｙ、Ｙ－Ｚ－Ｙの具体例として、下記（１２）～（２５）式で表される構造を、任意に組み合せた化合物が好ましい。さらに、この化合物が前述した範囲の質量平均分子量を有することが液膜開裂作用の観点から好ましい。 The liquid film cleaving agent is preferably a compound in which the structures represented by the following formulas (12) to (25) are arbitrarily combined as specific examples of the structures Z, ZY, and YZY. . Furthermore, it is preferable from the viewpoint of the liquid film cleaving action that this compound has a mass average molecular weight in the above-mentioned range.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
　式（１２）～（２５）において、Ｍ２、Ｌ２、Ｒ４１、Ｒ４２、及びＲ４３は下記の１価又は多価の基（２価又はそれ以上）を示す。
　Ｍ２は、ポリオキシエチレン基、ポリオキシプロピレン基、ポリオキシブチレン基、もしくはそれらを組み合わせたポリオキシアルキレン基を有する基や、エリスリトール基、キシリトール基、ソルビトール基、グリセリン基もしくはエチレングリコール基などの複数の水酸基を有する親水基、水酸基、カルボン酸基、メルカプト基、アルコキシ基（炭素数１～２０が好ましい。例えばメトキシ基が好ましい。）、アミノ基、アミド基、イミノ基、フェノール基、スルホン酸基、４級アンモニウム基、スルホベタイン基、ヒドロキシスルホベタイン基、ホスホベタイン基、イミダゾリウムベタイン基、カルボベタイン基、エポキシ基、カルビノール基、（メタ）アクリル基、又はそれらを組み合わせた官能基を示す。
　Ｌ２は、エーテル基、アミノ基、アミド基、エステル基、カルボニル基、カーボネート基、又は、ポリオキシエチレン基、ポリオキシプロピレン基、ポリオキシブチレン基、もしくはそれらを組み合わせたポリオキシアルキレン基、などの結合基を示す。
　Ｒ４１、Ｒ４２、及びＲ４３は各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基（炭素数１～２０が好ましい。例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、２－エチルヘキシル基、ノニル基、デシル基が好ましい。）、アルコキシ基（炭素数１～２０が好ましい。例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基が好ましい。）、アリール基（炭素数６～２０が好ましい。例えばフェニル基が好ましい。）、フルオロアルキル基、アラルキル基、もしくはそれらを組み合わせた炭化水素基、又はハロゲン原子（例えばフッ素原子が好ましい。）からなる各種置換基を示す。
　Ｒ４２が多価の基である場合、Ｒ４２は、上記各置換基から、さらに１つ以上の水素原子を除いた基を示す。
　なお、それぞれの構造に記載されている結合手の先には、任意に他の構造が連結しても、水素原子が導入されてもよい。 In the formulas (12) to (25), M 2 , L 2 , R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 represent the following monovalent or polyvalent groups (divalent or higher).
M 2 is a group having a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a polyoxyalkylene group in combination thereof, an erythritol group, a xylitol group, a sorbitol group, a glycerin group or an ethylene glycol group. Hydrophilic groups having a plurality of hydroxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxylic acid groups, mercapto groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably methoxy groups), amino groups, amide groups, imino groups, phenol groups, sulfonic acids Group, quaternary ammonium group, sulfobetaine group, hydroxysulfobetaine group, phosphobetaine group, imidazolium betaine group, carbobetaine group, epoxy group, carbinol group, (meth) acryl group, or a functional group combining them. Show.
L 2 is an ether group, an amino group, an amide group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carbonate group, or a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a polyoxyalkylene group obtained by combining them. The bonding group of is shown.
R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group) , A heptyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a nonyl group and a decyl group are preferable, an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, a methoxy group and an ethoxy group are preferable), an aryl group (having 6 to 20 carbon atoms). For example, a phenyl group is preferable), a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a hydrocarbon group obtained by combining them, or various substituents composed of a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom is preferable).
If R 42 is a polyvalent group, R 42 is the above-described substituent, further showing a group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms.
In addition, another structure may be arbitrarily connected to the tip of the bond described in each structure, or a hydrogen atom may be introduced.
　さらに上記化合物の具体例として、次のような化合物が挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。
　第１に、ポリエーテル化合物やノニオン界面活性剤が挙げられる。具体的には、式（Ｖ）のいずれかで表されるポリオキシアルキレンアルキル（ＰＯＡ）エーテルや、式（ＶＩ）で表される質量平均分子量１０００以上のポリオキシアルキレングリコール、ステアレス、ベヘネス、ＰＰＧミリスチルエーテル、ＰＰＧステアリルエーテル、ＰＰＧベヘニルエーテルなどが挙げられる。ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテルとしては、ＰＯＰを３モル以上２４モル以下、好ましくは５モル付加したラウリルエーテルなどが好ましい。ポリエーテル化合物としては、ポリプロピレングリコールを１７モル以上１８０モル以下、好ましくは約５０モル付加した質量平均分子量１０００～１００００、好ましくは３０００のポリプロピレングリコールなどが好ましい。なお、上記の質量平均分子量の測定は、前述した測定方法で行うことができる。 Further, specific examples of the compound include the following compounds, but are not limited thereto.
First, polyether compounds and nonionic surfactants can be mentioned. Specifically, a polyoxyalkylene alkyl (POA) ether represented by any one of the formula (V), a polyoxyalkylene glycol represented by the formula (VI) having a mass average molecular weight of 1000 or more, steareth, behenez, PPG Examples include myristyl ether, PPG stearyl ether, and PPG behenyl ether. The polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether is preferably lauryl ether to which POP is added in an amount of 3 mol to 24 mol, preferably 5 mol. As the polyether compound, polypropylene glycol having a weight average molecular weight of 1000 to 10,000, preferably 3000, to which polypropylene glycol is added in an amount of 17 to 180 mol, preferably about 50 mol, is preferable. In addition, the measurement of said mass mean molecular weight can be performed with the measuring method mentioned above.
　このポリエーテル化合物やノニオン界面活性剤は、繊維質量に対する含有割合として（Ｏｉｌ　Ｐｅｒ　Ｕｎｉｔ）、０．１質量％以上５質量％以下含有されることが好ましい。該ポリエーテル化合物やノニオン界面活性剤の含有割合（ＯＰＵ）は、１質量％以下がより好ましく、０．４質量％以下が更に好ましい。こうすることで、不織布の触感が好ましいものになる。また、該ポリエーテル化合物やノニオン界面活性剤による液膜開裂効果を十分に発揮する観点から、前記含有割合（ＯＰＵ）は、０．１５質量％以上がより好ましく、０．２質量％以上が更に好ましい。 The polyether compound and the nonionic surfactant are preferably contained in an amount of 0.1% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less as a content ratio to the fiber mass (Oil Per Unit). The content ratio (OPU) of the polyether compound or nonionic surfactant is more preferably 1% by mass or less, and further preferably 0.4% by mass or less. By doing so, the tactile sensation of the nonwoven fabric becomes preferable. Further, from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting the liquid film cleavage effect by the polyether compound or the nonionic surfactant, the content ratio (OPU) is more preferably 0.15% by mass or more, and further 0.2% by mass or more. preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
　式中、Ｌ２１は、エーテル基、アミノ基、アミド基、エステル基、カルボニル基、カーボネート基、ポリオキシエチレン基、ポリオキシプロピレン基、ポリオキシブチレン基、又はそれらを組み合わせたポリオキシアルキレン基、などの結合基を示す。Ｒ５１は、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、２－エチルヘキシル基、ノニル基、デシル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、フェニル基、フルオロアルキル基、アラルキル基、もしくはそれらを組み合わせた炭化水素基、又はフッ素原子からなる各種置換基を示す。また、ａ、ｂ、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。ここで、ＣｍＨｎはアルキル基（ｎ＝２ｍ＋１）を表し、ＣａＨｂはアルキレン基（ａ＝２ｂ）を表す。なお、これら炭素原子数および水素原子数は、各式（Ｖ）及び（ＶＩ）において各々独立に決められるものであり、必ずしも同じ整数を示すものではなく異なっていてもよい。以下、式（ＶＩＩ）～（ＸＶ）のｍ、ｍ’、ｍ’’、ｎ、ｎ’及びｎ’’においても同様である。なお、－（ＣａＨｂＯ）ｍ－の「ｍ」は、１以上の整数である。この繰り返し単位の値は、各式（Ｖ）及び（ＶＩ）において各々独立に決められるものであり、必ずしも同じ整数を示すものではなく異なっていてもよい。 In the formula, L 21 represents an ether group, an amino group, an amide group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carbonate group, a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a polyoxyalkylene group obtained by combining them, A linking group such as R 51 is a hydrogen atom, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, phenyl group , A fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a hydrocarbon group obtained by combining them, or various substituents composed of a fluorine atom. A, b, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n represents an alkyl group (n = 2m + 1), and C a H b represents an alkylene group (a = 2b). The number of carbon atoms and the number of hydrogen atoms are determined independently in each of the formulas (V) and (VI), and do not necessarily indicate the same integer, and may be different. The same applies to m, m ′, m ″, n, n ′, and n ″ in formulas (VII) to (XV). Note that “m” in — (C a H b O) m — is an integer of 1 or more. The value of this repeating unit is determined independently in each of the formulas (V) and (VI), and does not necessarily indicate the same integer, and may be different.
　前述の第２実施形態の拡張係数、表面張力及び水溶解度は、ポリエーテル化合物やノニオン界面活性剤において、例えば、ポリオキシアルキレン基のモル数等により、それぞれ、所定の範囲に設定することができる。この観点から、ポリオキシアルキレン基のモル数が１以上７０以下であるものが好ましい。１以上とすることで、上記の液膜開裂作用が十分に発揮される。この観点から、モル数は５以上がより好ましく、７以上がさらに好ましい。一方、付加モル数は、７０以下が好ましく、６０以下がより好ましく、５０以下が更に好ましい。こうすることで、分子鎖のからみが適度に弱くなり、液膜内での拡散性に優れ、好ましい。
　また、前述の拡張係数、表面張力、界面張力及び水溶解度は、それぞれ、ポリエーテル化合物やノニオン界面活性剤において、水溶性のポリオキシエチレン基と水不溶性のポリオキシプロピレン基及びポリオキシブチレン基を併用すること、炭化水素鎖の鎖長を変化させること、炭化水素鎖に分岐鎖を有するものを用いること、炭化水素鎖に二重結合を有するものを用いること、炭化水素鎖にベンゼン環やナフタレン環を有するものを用いること、または上記を適宜組み合わせること等により、所定の範囲に設定できる。 The expansion coefficient, surface tension, and water solubility of the second embodiment described above can be set within a predetermined range, for example, depending on the number of moles of the polyoxyalkylene group in the polyether compound or nonionic surfactant. . From this viewpoint, the number of moles of the polyoxyalkylene group is preferably 1 or more and 70 or less. By setting it to 1 or more, the above-mentioned liquid film cleavage action is sufficiently exhibited. In this respect, the number of moles is more preferably 5 or more, and even more preferably 7 or more. On the other hand, the added mole number is preferably 70 or less, more preferably 60 or less, and still more preferably 50 or less. By doing so, the entanglement of the molecular chain becomes moderately weak, and the diffusibility in the liquid film is excellent, which is preferable.
In addition, the expansion coefficient, surface tension, interfacial tension and water solubility described above are the same for water-soluble polyoxyethylene groups, water-insoluble polyoxypropylene groups and polyoxybutylene groups in polyether compounds and nonionic surfactants, respectively. Use in combination, change the chain length of the hydrocarbon chain, use a hydrocarbon chain having a branched chain, use a hydrocarbon chain having a double bond, benzene ring or naphthalene in the hydrocarbon chain It can be set within a predetermined range by using one having a ring or by appropriately combining the above.
　第２に、炭素原子数５以上の炭化水素化合物が挙げられる。炭素原子数は、液体の方がより液膜表面に拡張しやすくなる観点から、１００以下が好ましく、５０以下がより好ましい。この炭化水素化合物は、ポリオルガノシロキサンを除くもので、直鎖に限らず、分岐鎖であってもよく、その鎖は飽和、不飽和に特に限定されない。また、その中間及び末端には、エステルやエーテルなどの置換基を有していてもよい。その中でも、常温で液体のものが好ましく単独で用いられる。この炭化水素化合物は、繊維質量に対する含有割合として（Ｏｉｌ　Ｐｅｒ　Ｕｎｉｔ）、０．１質量％以上５質量％以下含有されることが好ましい。該炭化水素化合物の含有割合（ＯＰＵ）は、１質量％以下が好ましく、０．９９質量％以下がより好ましく、０．４質量％以下が更に好ましい。こうすることで、不織布の触感が好ましいものになる。また、該炭化水素化合物の含有割合による液膜開裂効果を十分に発揮する観点から、前記含有割合（ＯＰＵ）は、０．１５質量％以上がより好ましく、０．２質量％以上が更に好ましい。 Secondly, hydrocarbon compounds having 5 or more carbon atoms can be mentioned. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 100 or less, more preferably 50 or less, from the viewpoint that the liquid is more easily expanded to the liquid film surface. This hydrocarbon compound excludes polyorganosiloxane, and is not limited to a straight chain, but may be a branched chain, and the chain is not particularly limited to saturated or unsaturated. Moreover, you may have substituents, such as ester and ether, in the middle and the terminal. Among them, those which are liquid at normal temperature are preferably used alone. This hydrocarbon compound is preferably contained in an amount of 0.1% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less as a content ratio to the fiber mass (Oil Per Unit). The content ratio (OPU) of the hydrocarbon compound is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.99% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.4% by mass or less. By doing so, the tactile sensation of the nonwoven fabric becomes preferable. Further, from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting the liquid film cleavage effect due to the content of the hydrocarbon compound, the content (OPU) is more preferably 0.15% by mass or more, and further preferably 0.2% by mass or more.
　炭化水素化合物としては、油又は脂肪、例えば天然油もしくは天然脂肪が挙げられる。具体例としては、ヤシ油、ツバキ油、ヒマシ油、ココナッツ油、トウモロコシ油、オリーブ油、ひまわり油、トール油、及びこれらの混合物などが挙げられる。
　また、カプリル酸、カプリン酸、オレイン酸、ラウリン酸、パルミチン酸、ステアリン酸、ミリスチン酸、ベヘニン酸、及びこれらの混合物などの式（ＶＩＩ）で表すような脂肪酸が挙げられる。 Hydrocarbon compounds include oils or fats, such as natural oils or natural fats. Specific examples include coconut oil, camellia oil, castor oil, coconut oil, corn oil, olive oil, sunflower oil, tall oil, and mixtures thereof.
Moreover, the fatty acids as represented by Formula (VII), such as caprylic acid, capric acid, oleic acid, lauric acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, myristic acid, behenic acid, and mixtures thereof, can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
　式中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。ここで、ＣｍＨｎは、上記各脂肪酸の炭化水素基を示す。 In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids.
　直鎖又は分岐鎖、飽和又は不飽和、置換又は非置換の多価アルコール脂肪酸エステル又は多価アルコール脂肪酸エステルの混合物の例として、式（ＶＩＩＩ－Ｉ）又は（ＶＩＩＩ－ＩＩ）で表すような、グリセリン脂肪酸エステルやペンタエリスリトール脂肪酸エステルが挙げられ、具体的にはグリセリルトリカプリレート、グリセリルトリパルミテート及びこれらの混合物などが挙げられる。なお、グリセリン脂肪酸エステルや、ペンタエリスリトール脂肪酸エステルの混合物には、典型的には多少のモノ、ジ、およびトリエステルが含まれる。グリセリン脂肪酸エステルの好適な例としては、グリセリルトリカプリレート、グリセリルトリカプリエートの混合物などが挙げられる。また、界面張力を低下させ、より高い拡張係数を得る観点から、水不溶性を維持できる程度にポリオキシアルキレン基を導入した多価アルコール脂肪酸エステルを用いてもよい。 Examples of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted polyhydric alcohol fatty acid esters or mixtures of polyhydric alcohol fatty acid esters, as represented by formula (VIII-I) or (VIII-II), Examples thereof include glycerin fatty acid esters and pentaerythritol fatty acid esters, and specific examples include glyceryl tricaprylate, glyceryl tripalmitate, and mixtures thereof. The mixture of glycerin fatty acid ester and pentaerythritol fatty acid ester typically contains some mono-, di-, and triesters. Preferable examples of the glycerin fatty acid ester include glyceryl tricaprylate, a mixture of glyceryl tricapryate, and the like. Also, from the viewpoint of reducing the interfacial tension and obtaining a higher expansion coefficient, a polyhydric alcohol fatty acid ester having a polyoxyalkylene group introduced to such an extent that water insolubility can be maintained may be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
　式中、ｍ、ｍ’、ｍ’’、ｎ、ｎ’及びｎ’’は各々独立に１以上の整数である。複数のｍ、複数のｎは各々において、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。ここで、ＣｍＨｎ、Ｃｍ’Ｈｎ’及びＣｍ’’Ｈｎ’’は、それぞれ、上記各脂肪酸の炭化水素基を示す。 In the formula, m, m ′, m ″, n, n ′, and n ″ are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other. Here, C m H n, C m 'H n' and C m '' H n '' are each a hydrocarbon group of each of the fatty acid.
　直鎖又は分岐鎖、飽和又は不飽和の脂肪酸が、多数の水酸基を有するポリオールとエステルを形成し、一部の水酸基がエステル化されずに残存している脂肪酸又は脂肪酸混合物の例として、式（ＩＸ）のいずれか、式（Ｘ）のいずれか、又は式（ＸＩ）のいずれかで表すような、グリセリン脂肪酸エステルや、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、ペンタエリスリトール脂肪酸エステルの部分エステル化物が挙げられる。具体的には、エチレングリコールモノミリステート、エチレングリコールジミリステート、エチレングリコールパルミテート、エチレングリコールジパルミテート、グリセリルジミリステート、グリセリルジパルミテート、グリセリルモノオレート、ソルビタンモノオレエート、ソルビタンモノステアレート、ソルビタンジオレエート、ソルビタントリステアリル、ペンタエリスリトールモノステアレート、ペンタエリスリトールジラウレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリステアレート、及びこれらの混合物などが挙げられる。なお、グリセリン脂肪酸エステルや、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、ペンタエリスリトール脂肪酸エステルなどの部分エステル化物からなる混合物には、典型的には多少の完全エステル化された化合物が含まれる。 Examples of fatty acids or fatty acid mixtures in which linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated fatty acids form esters with polyols having a large number of hydroxyl groups, and some of the hydroxyl groups remain unesterified are represented by the formula ( IX), a glycerin fatty acid ester, a sorbitan fatty acid ester, and a partially esterified product of pentaerythritol fatty acid ester represented by any one of formula (X) or formula (XI). Specifically, ethylene glycol monomyristate, ethylene glycol dimyristate, ethylene glycol palmitate, ethylene glycol dipalmitate, glyceryl dimyristate, glyceryl dipalmitate, glyceryl monooleate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan monostearate Rate, sorbitan dioleate, sorbitan tristearyl, pentaerythritol monostearate, pentaerythritol dilaurate, pentaerythritol tristearate, and mixtures thereof. Note that a mixture composed of partially esterified products such as glycerin fatty acid ester, sorbitan fatty acid ester, and pentaerythritol fatty acid ester typically contains some fully esterified compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
　式中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。複数のｍ、複数のｎは各々において、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。ここで、ＣｍＨｎは、上記各脂肪酸の炭化水素基を示す。 In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other. Here, C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
　式中、Ｒ５２は、炭素原子数２以上２２以下の、直鎖又は分岐鎖、飽和又は不飽和の炭化水素基（アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基等）を示す。具体的には、２－エチルヘキシル基、ラウリル基、ミリスチル基、パルミチル基、ステアリル基、ベヘニル基、オレイル基、リノール基などが挙げられる。 In the formula, R 52 represents a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or the like) having 2 to 22 carbon atoms. Specific examples include 2-ethylhexyl group, lauryl group, myristyl group, palmityl group, stearyl group, behenyl group, oleyl group, linole group and the like.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
　式中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。複数のｍ、複数のｎは各々において、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。ここで、ＣｍＨｎは、上記各脂肪酸の炭化水素基を示す。 In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other. Here, C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids.
　また、ステロール、フィトステロール及びステロール誘導体が挙げられる。具体例としては、式（ＸＩＩ）のステロール構造を有する、コレステロール、シトステロール、スチグマステロール、エルゴステロール、及びこれらの混合物などが挙げられる。 Also, sterols, phytosterols and sterol derivatives can be mentioned. Specific examples include cholesterol, sitosterol, stigmasterol, ergosterol, and mixtures thereof having a sterol structure of the formula (XII).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
　アルコールの具体例としては、式（ＸＩＩＩ）で表すような、ラウリルアルコール、ミリスチルアルコール、セチルアルコール、ステアリルアルコール、セトステアリルアルコール、ベヘニルアルコール、及びこれらの混合物などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of alcohols include lauryl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, cetostearyl alcohol, behenyl alcohol, and mixtures thereof as represented by formula (XIII).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
　式中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。ここで、ＣｍＨｎは、上記各アルコールの炭化水素基を示す。 In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above alcohol.
　脂肪酸エステルの具体例としては、式（ＸＩＶ）で表すような、イソプロピルミリステート、イソプロピルパルミテート、セチルエチルヘキサノエート、トリエチルヘキサノイン、オクチルドデシルミリステート、エチルヘキシルパルミテート、エチルヘキシルステアレート、ブチルステアレート、ミリスチルミリステート、ステアリルステアレート、コレステリルイソステアレート及びこれらの混合物などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the fatty acid ester include isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, cetylethylhexanoate, triethylhexanoin, octyldodecyl myristate, ethylhexyl palmitate, ethylhexyl stearate, butyl stearate represented by the formula (XIV). Rate, myristyl myristate, stearyl stearate, cholesteryl isostearate and mixtures thereof.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
　式中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。ここで、２つのＣｍＨｎは、同一でも異なっていてもよい。ＣｍＨｎ－ＣＯＯ－のＣｍＨｎは上記各脂肪酸の炭化水素基を示す。－ＣＯＯＣｍＨｎのＣｍＨｎはエステルを形成するアルコール由来の炭化水素基を示す。 In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, two C m H n may be the same or different. C m H n -COO- of C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids. C m H n in —COOC m H n represents an alcohol-derived hydrocarbon group that forms an ester.
　また、ワックスの具体例としては、式（ＸＶ）で表すような、セレシン、パラフィン、ワセリン、鉱油、流動イソパラフィンなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the wax include ceresin, paraffin, petrolatum, mineral oil, liquid isoparaffin, and the like represented by the formula (XV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
　式中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。 In the formula, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
　前述の第２実施形態の拡張係数、表面張力、水溶解度及び界面張力は、それぞれ、上記の炭素原子数５以上の炭化水素化合物において、例えば、親水的なポリオキシエチレン基を水不溶性が維持できる程度に少量導入すること、疎水的だが界面張力を低下させることができるポリオキシプロピレン基やポリオキシブチレン基を導入すること、炭化水素鎖の鎖長を変化させること、炭化水素鎖に分岐鎖を有するものを用いること、炭化水素鎖に二重結合を有するものを用いること、炭化水素鎖にベンゼン環やナフタレン環を有するものを用いること等により、所定の範囲に設定できる。 The expansion coefficient, surface tension, water solubility, and interfacial tension of the second embodiment described above can maintain, for example, a hydrophilic polyoxyethylene group in water-insoluble in the above-described hydrocarbon compound having 5 or more carbon atoms. Introducing polyoxypropylene groups and polyoxybutylene groups that can reduce the interfacial tension, introducing hydrophobic chains, changing the chain length of hydrocarbon chains, and adding branched chains to hydrocarbon chains It can be set within a predetermined range by using one having a double bond in the hydrocarbon chain, using one having a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring in the hydrocarbon chain, and the like.
　本発明に係る不織布において、上述した液膜開裂剤の他に、必要により他の成分を含有させてもよい。また、第１実施形態の液膜開裂剤、第２実施形態の液膜開裂剤は、別々に用いる形態以外にも、両者の剤を組み合わせて用いてもよい。この点は、第２実施形態の液膜開裂剤における第１の化合物と第２の化合物についても同じである。 In the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention, in addition to the above-described liquid film cleaving agent, other components may be included as necessary. Moreover, you may use the liquid film cleaving agent of 1st Embodiment, and the liquid film cleaving agent of 2nd Embodiment combining both agents other than the form used separately. This also applies to the first compound and the second compound in the liquid film cleaving agent of the second embodiment.
　なお、本発明に係る不織布において、含有される液膜開裂剤やリン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤を同定する場合は、上記の液膜（表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体）の表面張力（γｗ）等の測定方法で述べた同定の方法を用いることができる。
　また、液膜開裂剤の成分が、主鎖がシロキサン鎖を有する化合物又は炭素原子数１以上２０以下の炭化水素化合物である場合、その繊維質量に対する含有割合（ＯＰＵ）は、前述の分析手法により得た物質の質量を基に、その液膜開裂剤の含有量を繊維の質量で割ることにより求めることができる。 In the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention, when the contained liquid film cleaving agent or phosphate ester type anionic surfactant is identified, the surface tension of the liquid film (liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m) ( The identification method described in the measurement method such as [gamma] w) can be used.
When the component of the liquid film cleaving agent is a compound having a siloxane chain in the main chain or a hydrocarbon compound having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, the content ratio (OPU) relative to the fiber mass is determined by the above-described analysis method. Based on the mass of the obtained substance, it can be determined by dividing the content of the liquid film cleaving agent by the mass of the fiber.
　本発明に係る不織布は、繊維の太さや繊維間距離に関係なく、液透過性の高いものとなる。しかしながら、本発明の不織布は、特に細い繊維を用いた場合に効果的である。通常よりも肌触りの柔らかい不織布とするために細い繊維を用いると、繊維間距離が小さくなり、繊維間の狭い領域が多くなる。例えば、通常、一般的に用いられる不織布（繊度が２．４ｄｔｅｘ）の場合、繊維間距離が１２０μｍで、形成される液膜面積率が約２．６％程度となる。しかし、繊度を１．２ｄｔｅｘに下げると、繊維間距離が８５μｍで、液膜面積率は約７．８％と通常の不織布の３倍程度にまでなってしまう。これに対し、本発明に係る液膜開裂剤が、多発する液膜を確実に開裂して液残りを低減する。後述するように、液膜面積率は、不織布表面からの画像解析により算出する液膜面積率であり、表面材の最表面における液残りの状態と強い相関がある。そのため、液膜面積率が減少すると、肌近傍にある液が取り除かれ、***後の快適性が高まり、***後も着け心地の良い吸収性物品となる。一方で、後述する液残り量は、不織布全体に保持されている液量を意味する。液膜面積率が小さくなれば、一概に比例的とまではいかないが、液残りは低減する。また、表面の白さは後述するＬ値として表される。Ｌ値は、表面の液膜が破れることで、液残り量が低下し、数値が高まる傾向にあり、視覚的に白さが際立ちやすくなる。本発明に係る液膜開裂剤を含む不織布は、繊維を細くしても液膜面積率及び液残り量を低下させ、Ｌ値を高くできるので、ドライ感と繊維を細くすることによる柔らかな肌触りとを高レベルで両立することができる。また、本発明に係る不織布を吸収性物品の表面材等の構成部材として用いることにより、肌に触れる部分でのドライ感が高く、視覚的な白さにより体液による汚れが目立ち難いため、漏れの心配も抑えられる、つけ心地のよい快適さを実現する吸収性物品を提供できる。
　このような液膜開裂剤を含む不織布において、肌触りの柔らかさを高める観点から、不織布の繊維間距離は、１５０μｍ以下が好ましく、９０μｍ以下がより好ましい。また、その下限は、繊維間が狭くなりすぎることにより通液性が損なわれるのを抑える観点から、５０μｍ以上が好ましく、７０μｍ以上がより好ましい。具体的には、５０μｍ以上１５０μｍ以下が好ましく、７０μｍ以上９０μｍ以下がより好ましい。
　この場合の上記の繊維の繊度は、３．３ｄｔｅｘ以下が好ましく、２．４ｄｔｅｘ以下がより好ましい。また、その下限は、０．５ｄｔｅｘ以上が好ましく、１ｄｔｅｘ以上がより好ましい。具体的には、０．５ｄｔｅｘ以上３．３ｄｔｅｘ以下が好ましく、１ｄｔｅｘ以上２．４ｄｔｅｘ以下がより好ましい。 The nonwoven fabric according to the present invention has high liquid permeability regardless of the thickness of the fiber and the distance between the fibers. However, the nonwoven fabric of the present invention is particularly effective when thin fibers are used. When thin fibers are used to make the nonwoven fabric softer than usual, the distance between the fibers decreases, and the narrow area between the fibers increases. For example, in the case of a generally used nonwoven fabric (fineness: 2.4 dtex), the distance between fibers is 120 μm, and the formed liquid film area ratio is about 2.6%. However, when the fineness is lowered to 1.2 dtex, the distance between the fibers is 85 μm, and the liquid film area ratio is about 7.8%, which is about three times that of a normal nonwoven fabric. On the other hand, the liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention reliably cleaves the liquid film that occurs frequently and reduces the liquid residue. As will be described later, the liquid film area ratio is a liquid film area ratio calculated by image analysis from the nonwoven fabric surface, and has a strong correlation with the liquid remaining state on the outermost surface of the surface material. Therefore, when the liquid film area ratio decreases, the liquid in the vicinity of the skin is removed, the comfort after excretion is increased, and the absorbent article is comfortable to wear after excretion. On the other hand, the liquid remaining amount mentioned later means the liquid amount currently hold | maintained at the whole nonwoven fabric. If the liquid film area ratio is reduced, the liquid remaining is reduced although it is not generally proportional. Further, the whiteness of the surface is expressed as an L value described later. The L value tends to decrease the remaining liquid amount and increase the numerical value due to the tearing of the liquid film on the surface, and whiteness tends to stand out visually. The nonwoven fabric containing the liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention can reduce the liquid film area ratio and the remaining amount of liquid even if the fiber is thinned, and can increase the L value. Therefore, the soft touch by thinning the fiber and the dry feeling And at a high level. In addition, by using the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention as a constituent member such as a surface material of an absorbent article, the dry feeling at the part that touches the skin is high, and stains due to body fluids are not noticeable due to visual whiteness. It is possible to provide an absorbent article that realizes a comfortable comfort with reduced worry.
In the nonwoven fabric containing such a liquid film cleaving agent, the distance between the fibers of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 150 μm or less, and more preferably 90 μm or less, from the viewpoint of increasing the softness of the touch. Further, the lower limit is preferably 50 μm or more, and more preferably 70 μm or more, from the viewpoint of suppressing the liquid permeability from being impaired due to excessive narrowing between fibers. Specifically, 50 μm or more and 150 μm or less is preferable, and 70 μm or more and 90 μm or less is more preferable.
In this case, the fineness of the fiber is preferably 3.3 dtex or less, and more preferably 2.4 dtex or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.5 dtex or more, and more preferably 1 dtex or more. Specifically, it is preferably 0.5 dtex or more and 3.3 dtex or less, and more preferably 1 dtex or more and 2.4 dtex or less.
（繊維間距離の測定方法）
　繊維間距離は、次のようにして測定対象の不織布の厚みを測定し、下記数式（２）に当てはめて求める。
　まず、測定対象の不織布を長手方向５０ｍｍ×幅方向５０ｍｍに切断し、該不織布の切断片を作製する。測定対象の不織布が生理用品や使い捨ておむつなどの吸収性物品に組み込まれている場合など、この大きさの切断片を得られない場合には、得られる最大限の大きさに切断して切断片を作製する。
　この切断片の厚みを、４９Ｐａ加圧で測定する。測定環境は温度２０±２℃、相対湿度６５±５％、測定機器にはマイクロスコープ（株式会社キーエンス製、ＶＨＸ－１０００）を用いる。まず、前記不織布断面の拡大写真を得る。拡大写真には、既知の寸法のものを同時に写しこむ。前記不織布断面の拡大写真にスケールを合わせ、不織布の厚みを測定する。以上の操作を３回行い、３回の平均値を乾燥状態の不織布の厚み[ｍｍ]とする。なお積層品の場合は、繊維径からその境界を判別し、厚みを算出する。
　次いで、測定対象の不織布を構成する繊維の繊維間距離は、以下に示す、Ｗｒｏｔｎｏｗｓｋｉの仮定に基づく式により求められる。Ｗｒｏｔｎｏｗｓｋｉの仮定に基づく式は、一般に、不織布を構成する繊維の繊維間距離を求める際に用いられる。Ｗｒｏｔｎｏｗｓｋｉの仮定に基づく式によれば、繊維間距離Ａ（μｍ）は、不織布の厚みｈ（ｍｍ）、坪量ｅ（ｇ／ｍ２）、不織布を構成する繊維の繊維径ｄ（μｍ）、繊維密度ρ（ｇ／ｃｍ３）によって、以下の数式（２）で求められる。なお、凹凸を有する場合には、代表値として凸部の不織布厚みｈ（ｍｍ）を用いて算出する。
　繊維径ｄ（μｍ）は、走査型電子顕微鏡（セイコーインスツルメンツ株式会社製ＤＳＣ６２００）を用いて、カットした繊維の繊維断面を１０本測定し、その平均値を繊維径とする。
　繊維密度ρ（ｇ／ｃｍ３）は、密度勾配管を使用して、ＪＩＳ　Ｌ１０１５化学繊維ステープル試験方法に記載の密度勾配管法の測定方法に準じて測定する。
　坪量ｅ（ｇ／ｍ２）は、測定対象の不織布を所定（０．１２ｍ×０．０６ｍなど）の大きさにカットし、質量測定後に、「質量÷所定の大きさから求められる面積＝坪量（ｇ／ｍ２）」の式で算出して坪量を求める。 (Measurement method of distance between fibers)
The interfiber distance is obtained by measuring the thickness of the nonwoven fabric to be measured as follows and applying it to the following formula (2).
First, the nonwoven fabric to be measured is cut into a longitudinal direction of 50 mm and a width direction of 50 mm to produce a cut piece of the nonwoven fabric. If you cannot obtain a cut piece of this size, such as when the nonwoven fabric to be measured is incorporated in absorbent articles such as sanitary products and disposable diapers, cut the cut piece to the maximum size that can be obtained. Is made.
The thickness of this cut piece is measured with a pressure of 49 Pa. The measurement environment is a temperature of 20 ± 2 ° C., the relative humidity is 65 ± 5%, and the measurement instrument is a microscope (VHX-1000 manufactured by Keyence Corporation). First, an enlarged photograph of the nonwoven fabric cross section is obtained. In the magnified picture, a photograph of a known size is taken at the same time. A scale is matched with the enlarged photograph of the cross section of the nonwoven fabric, and the thickness of the nonwoven fabric is measured. The above operation is performed three times, and the average value of the three times is defined as the thickness [mm] of the dried nonwoven fabric. In the case of a laminated product, the boundary is determined from the fiber diameter, and the thickness is calculated.
Next, the inter-fiber distance of the fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric to be measured is determined by the following formula based on Wrotnowski's assumption. An expression based on the assumption of Wrotnowski is generally used when determining the inter-fiber distance of the fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric. According to a formula based on the assumption of Wrotnowski, the interfiber distance A (μm) is the thickness h (mm) of the nonwoven fabric, the basis weight e (g / m 2 ), the fiber diameter d (μm) of the fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric, It is calculated | required by the following Numerical formula (2) by fiber density (rho) (g / cm < 3 >). In addition, when it has an unevenness | corrugation, it calculates using the nonwoven fabric thickness h (mm) of a convex part as a representative value.
The fiber diameter d (μm) is measured using a scanning electron microscope (DSC6200, manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc.), 10 fiber cross-sections, and the average value is defined as the fiber diameter.
The fiber density ρ (g / cm 3 ) is measured according to the measuring method of the density gradient tube method described in JIS L1015 chemical fiber staple test method using a density gradient tube.
The basis weight e (g / m 2 ) is obtained by cutting the nonwoven fabric to be measured into a predetermined size (0.12 m × 0.06 m or the like), and after mass measurement, “mass ÷ area determined from the predetermined size = The basis weight is calculated by the formula of “basis weight (g / m 2 )”.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000035
（構成繊維の繊度の測定方法）
　電子顕微鏡等により繊維の断面形状を計測し、繊維の断面積（複数の樹脂より形成されている繊維では各々の樹脂成分の断面積）を計測するとともに、ＤＳＣ（示差熱分析装置）により、樹脂の種類（複数樹脂の場合は、おおよその成分比も）を特定して、比重を割り出し、繊度を算出する。例えば、ＰＥＴのみから構成される短繊維であれば、まず断面を観察し、その断面積を算出する。その後、ＤＳＣで測定することで、融点やピーク形状から単成分の樹脂から構成されており、それがＰＥＴ芯であることを同定する。その後、ＰＥＴ樹脂の密度と断面積を用いて、繊維の質量を算出することで、繊度を算出する。 (Method for measuring fineness of constituent fibers)
The cross-sectional shape of the fiber is measured with an electron microscope or the like, and the cross-sectional area of the fiber (the cross-sectional area of each resin component in a fiber formed of a plurality of resins) is measured, and the resin is measured with a DSC (differential thermal analyzer). Is specified (in the case of multiple resins, the approximate component ratio is also), the specific gravity is determined, and the fineness is calculated. For example, in the case of short fibers composed only of PET, the cross section is first observed and the cross sectional area is calculated. Then, by measuring with DSC, it is comprised from single component resin from melting | fusing point and peak shape, and it identifies that it is a PET core. Then, the fineness is calculated by calculating the mass of the fiber using the density and cross-sectional area of the PET resin.
　本発明に係る不織布を構成する繊維としては、この種の物品に通常用いられるものを特に制限なく採用することができる。例えば、熱融着性芯鞘型複合繊維、熱伸長性繊維、非熱伸長性繊維、熱収縮性繊維、非熱収縮性繊維、立体捲縮繊維、潜在捲縮繊維、中空繊維等の種々の繊維を挙げることができる。特に熱可塑性樹脂を有することが好ましい。また、非熱伸長性繊維及び非熱収縮性繊維は熱融着性であることが好ましい。芯鞘型の複合繊維は、同心の芯鞘型でも、偏心の芯鞘型でも、サイド・バイ・サイド型でも、異型形でも良く、同心の芯鞘型であることが好ましい。この繊維及び不織布の製造において、液膜開裂剤、又は液膜開裂剤及びリン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤の繊維への含有は、いずれの工程において行ってもよい。例えば、繊維の紡糸時に通常用いられる繊維用紡糸油剤に液膜開裂剤や、液膜開裂剤及びリン酸型アニオン界面活性剤の混合物を配合して塗布してもよく、繊維の延伸前後の繊維用仕上げ油剤に液膜開裂剤や、液膜開裂剤及びリン酸型アニオン界面活性剤の混合物を配合して、塗布してもよい。また、不織布の製造に通常用いられる繊維処理剤に液膜開裂剤やリン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤を配合して繊維に塗工してもよく、不織布化後に塗工してもよい。 As the fiber constituting the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention, those usually used for this type of article can be employed without any particular limitation. For example, various materials such as heat-fusible core-sheath composite fiber, heat-extensible fiber, non-heat-extensible fiber, heat-shrinkable fiber, non-heat-shrinkable fiber, three-dimensional crimped fiber, latent crimped fiber, hollow fiber, etc. Mention may be made of fibers. In particular, it is preferable to have a thermoplastic resin. Moreover, it is preferable that a non-heat-extensible fiber and a non-heat-shrinkable fiber are heat-fusible. The core-sheath type composite fiber may be a concentric core-sheath type, an eccentric core-sheath type, a side-by-side type, or an irregular shape, and is preferably a concentric core-sheath type. In the production of the fiber and the nonwoven fabric, the liquid film cleaving agent, or the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate type anionic surfactant may be contained in the fiber in any step. For example, a fiber film cleaving agent or a mixture of a liquid film cleaving agent and a phosphoric acid type anionic surfactant may be blended and applied to a fiber spinning oil that is usually used for fiber spinning. A liquid film cleaving agent or a mixture of a liquid film cleaving agent and a phosphoric acid type anionic surfactant may be blended and applied to the finishing oil. Moreover, a liquid film cleaving agent or a phosphate ester type anionic surfactant may be blended with a fiber treatment agent usually used in the production of nonwoven fabrics, and may be applied to the fibers, or may be applied after forming into a nonwoven fabric.
　本発明に係る不織布は、液膜開裂剤、又はこれにさらにリン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤を含むことから、様々な繊維構造に対応して、液残り抑制に優れる。そのため不織布に多量の液がかかっても、繊維間における液の透過通路が常に確保され液透過性に優れる。これにより、繊維間距離と液膜形成の問題に制限されることなく、不織布に種々の機能を付加することができる。例えば、１層からなるものであってもよく、２層以上の複数層からなるものであってもよい。また、不織布の形状が平坦なものでもよく、一面側又は両面側が凹凸にされたものでもよく、繊維の坪量又は密度に種々の変化を付けたものであってもよい。
　凹凸形状を有する不織布に液膜開裂剤を施す場合も、図１～４に示されるパターンや、その他の任意のパターンで液膜開裂剤を含有させることができる。一般に、表面に空隙が存在しないフィルムシートと空隙が存在する不織布シートとの表面液流れを対比すると、該シートの全体が親水性である場合は、不織布シートの方がシート全体としてより親水的な性能を発現し、液流れはフィルムシートよりも短くなる。一方、シートの全体が疎水性である場合は、不織布シートの方がシート全体としてより疎水的な性能を発現し、液流れはフィルムシートよりも長くなる。これは、Ｃａｓｓｉｅ－Ｂａｘｔｅｒの理論（辻井薫著、「超撥水と超親水－その仕組みと応用－」、米田出版、２００９年初版、ｐ３８記載）によるものである。この傾向は、平坦な不織布よりも凹凸形状の不織布の場合に、より顕著に生ずる。そのため、本発明は、平坦な不織布よりも、凹凸不織布の場合による顕著な効果を奏する。凹凸形状を有する不織布に液膜開裂剤を含有させる場合には、凸部頂部に液膜開裂剤を含有させて含有部を配し、凹部底部には液膜開裂剤を含有させずに非含有部を配することができる。このとき、前記凸部の頂部が前記含有部を有するパターン、前記凹部の底部が前記非含有部を有するパターン、前記凸部と前記含有部が一致しており、前記凹部と前記非含有部とが一致しているパターンなどがある。これにより、肌に接しやすい凸部にて高いレベルの液残り低減を実現しながら、凹凸不織布であっても表面における液流れ防止性を高めることができる。また、この塗工パターンは、凹凸形状を有する不織布に液膜開裂剤をフレキソ印刷方式などの印刷方式によって塗工する場合には、凸部が印刷ロールと接触するため、製造方法の観点からも好ましい。凸部と含有部とが一致している場合、図８～１０に示す不織布の含有部のパターンは図１と同じか類似したものになる。同様に、図１１～１３に示す不織布の含有部のパターンは図３と同じか類似したものになり、図１５に示す不織布の含有部のパターンは図２（Ａ）と同じか類似したものになる。
　さらに、本発明に係る不織布は、液膜開裂剤の作用により液透過性に優れるため、吸収体との組み合わせについても選択肢の幅が広がる。また、本発明に係る不織布が複数層からなる場合の液膜開裂剤は、全ての層に含有されてもよく、一部に含有されてもよい。少なくとも、液を直接受け止める側の層に含有されることが好ましい。例えば、本発明の不織布を吸収性物品の表面シートとする場合、少なくとも肌当接面側の層に液膜開裂剤が含有されることが好ましい。 Since the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention contains a liquid film cleaving agent or a phosphate ester type anionic surfactant, it is excellent in liquid residue suppression corresponding to various fiber structures. Therefore, even when a large amount of liquid is applied to the nonwoven fabric, a liquid passage between the fibers is always ensured and the liquid permeability is excellent. Thereby, a various function can be added to a nonwoven fabric, without being restrict | limited to the problem of the distance between fibers and liquid film formation. For example, it may be composed of one layer or may be composed of two or more layers. Moreover, the shape of a nonwoven fabric may be flat, the one side or both sides may be uneven, and the basis weight or density of the fiber may be variously changed.
Even when a liquid film cleaving agent is applied to a nonwoven fabric having an uneven shape, the liquid film cleaving agent can be contained in the pattern shown in FIGS. 1 to 4 or any other pattern. In general, when the surface liquid flow of a film sheet having no voids on the surface and a nonwoven sheet having voids is compared, if the entire sheet is hydrophilic, the nonwoven sheet is more hydrophilic as a whole sheet Performance is exhibited and the liquid flow is shorter than the film sheet. On the other hand, when the whole sheet is hydrophobic, the nonwoven fabric sheet exhibits more hydrophobic performance as the whole sheet, and the liquid flow becomes longer than the film sheet. This is based on Cassie-Baxter's theory (Satoshi Sakurai, “Super Water Repellency and Super Hydrophilic: Its Mechanism and Application”, Yoneda Publishing, 2009, first edition, p38). This tendency is more prominent in the case of an uneven nonwoven fabric than a flat nonwoven fabric. Therefore, this invention has a remarkable effect by the case of an uneven | corrugated nonwoven fabric rather than a flat nonwoven fabric. When a liquid film cleaving agent is contained in a nonwoven fabric having an uneven shape, a liquid film cleaving agent is included at the top of the convex part, and the containing part is arranged, and a liquid film cleaving agent is not contained at the bottom of the concave part. A part can be arranged. At this time, a pattern in which the top part of the convex part has the inclusion part, a pattern in which the bottom part of the concave part has the non-contained part, the convex part and the inclusion part match, the concave part and the non-contained part, There are patterns that match. Thereby, even if it is an uneven | corrugated nonwoven fabric, the liquid flow prevention property in the surface can be improved, implement | achieving a high level liquid remaining reduction with the convex part which touches skin easily. In addition, this coating pattern is also used from the viewpoint of the production method because the convex portion comes into contact with the printing roll when a liquid film cleaving agent is applied to a nonwoven fabric having an uneven shape by a printing method such as a flexographic printing method. preferable. When the convex part and the containing part match, the pattern of the containing part of the nonwoven fabric shown in FIGS. 8 to 10 is the same as or similar to that in FIG. Similarly, the pattern of the containing portion of the nonwoven fabric shown in FIGS. 11 to 13 is the same as or similar to that of FIG. 3, and the pattern of the containing portion of the nonwoven fabric shown in FIG. 15 is the same or similar to that of FIG. Become.
Furthermore, since the nonwoven fabric which concerns on this invention is excellent in liquid permeability by the effect | action of a liquid film cleaving agent, the range of choices also spreads about a combination with an absorber. Moreover, the liquid film cleaving agent in case the nonwoven fabric which concerns on this invention consists of multiple layers may be contained in all the layers, and may be contained in part. It is preferably contained in at least the layer on the side that directly receives the liquid. For example, when the nonwoven fabric of the present invention is used as a surface sheet of an absorbent article, it is preferable that a liquid film cleaving agent is contained in at least the layer on the skin contact surface side.
　本発明に係る不織布は、少なくとも一部の繊維交絡点付近又は繊維融着点付近に液膜開裂剤が局在化していることが好ましい。ここでいう液膜開裂剤の「局在」とは、不織布を構成する繊維の表面全体に均等に液膜開裂剤が付着した状態ではなく、各繊維の表面よりも繊維交絡点付近又は繊維融着点付近に偏って付着している状態をいう。具体的には、繊維表面（交絡点間あるいは融着点間の繊維表面）に比べて交絡点や融着点付近の液膜開裂剤濃度が高いと定義することができる。その際、繊維交絡点付近又は繊維融着点付近に存在する液膜開裂剤は、繊維交絡点又は繊維融着点を中心に繊維間の空間を部分的に被覆するように付着されていてもよい。交絡点や融着点付近の液膜開裂剤濃度は濃い程良い。該濃度は、用いる液膜開裂剤の種類や使用する繊維の種類、他の剤と混合する場合の有効成分割合等により変わってくるため一義的に定められないが、前述した液膜開裂作用を発揮する観点から適宜定めることができる。
　液膜開裂剤の局在によって、液膜開裂作用がより発現しやすくなる。すなわち、繊維交絡点付近又は繊維融着点付近は特に液膜が生じやすい場所であるため、その場所に、より多くの液膜開裂剤があることで液膜に直接的に作用しやすくなる。
　このようは液膜開裂剤の局在は、不織布全体の繊維交絡点付近又は繊維融着点付近の３０％以上で生じていることが好ましく、４０％以上で生じていることがより好ましく、５０％以上で生じていることが更に好ましい。不織布のなかでも、繊維交絡点または繊維融着点同士の距離が比較的短いところは繊維間の空間が小さく特に液膜が生じやすい。そのため、繊維間の空間が小さいところの繊維交点付近又は繊維融着点付近に選択的に液膜開裂剤が局在していると特に液膜開裂作用が効果的に発現し好ましい。また、上記のような選択的な局在の場合、液膜開裂剤は、比較的小さな繊維間空間に対する被覆率を大きくし、比較的大きな繊維間空間に対する被覆率を小さくすることが好ましい。これにより、不織布における液透過性を保持しつつ、毛管力が大きく液膜が生じやすい部分での開裂作用を効果的に発現することができ、不織布全体における液残り低減効果が高くなる。ここで「比較的小さな繊維間空間」とは、前述した（繊維間距離の測定方法）で求めた繊維間距離に対して１／２以下の繊維間距離を有する繊維間空間のことをいう。 In the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention, it is preferable that the liquid film cleaving agent is localized in the vicinity of at least some of the fiber entanglement points or the fiber fusion points. The “localization” of the liquid film cleaving agent here is not a state in which the liquid film cleaving agent uniformly adheres to the entire surface of the fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric, but near the fiber entanglement point or fiber fusion point rather than the surface of each fiber. A state in which it is attached in the vicinity of the landing point. Specifically, it can be defined that the concentration of the liquid film cleaving agent near the entanglement point or the fusion point is higher than the fiber surface (the fiber surface between the entanglement points or between the fusion points). At that time, the liquid film cleaving agent present near the fiber entanglement point or near the fiber fusion point may be attached so as to partially cover the space between the fibers around the fiber entanglement point or fiber fusion point. Good. The higher the concentration of the liquid film cleaving agent near the confounding point or the fusion point, the better. The concentration varies depending on the type of liquid film cleaving agent used, the type of fiber used, the ratio of active ingredients when mixed with other agents, etc., but is not uniquely determined. It can be determined as appropriate from the standpoint of exhibiting.
Due to the localization of the liquid film cleaving agent, the liquid film cleaving action is more easily expressed. That is, the vicinity of the fiber entanglement point or the vicinity of the fiber fusion point is a place where a liquid film is particularly likely to be formed. Therefore, the presence of more liquid film cleaving agent at that place makes it easier to act directly on the liquid film.
In this way, the localization of the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably generated at 30% or more near the fiber entanglement point or near the fiber fusion point of the whole nonwoven fabric, more preferably 40% or more, and more preferably 50%. It is more preferable that it occurs at% or more. Among non-woven fabrics, where the distance between fiber entanglement points or fiber fusion points is relatively short, the space between the fibers is small, and a liquid film is particularly likely to occur. Therefore, it is particularly preferable that the liquid film cleaving agent is selectively localized near the fiber intersection or the fiber fusion point where the space between the fibers is small because the liquid film cleaving action is effectively exhibited. In the case of selective localization as described above, it is preferable that the liquid film cleaving agent increases the coverage of a relatively small interfiber space and decreases the coverage of a relatively large interfiber space. As a result, it is possible to effectively express the cleaving action at the portion where the capillary force is large and the liquid film is likely to be generated while maintaining the liquid permeability in the nonwoven fabric, and the liquid remaining reducing effect in the entire nonwoven fabric is enhanced. Here, the “relatively small inter-fiber space” refers to an inter-fiber space having a fiber-to-fiber distance of 1/2 or less with respect to the inter-fiber distance determined by the above-described (inter-fiber distance measurement method).
（液膜開裂剤の局在状態の確認方法）
　上記の液膜開裂剤の局在状態は、以下の方法により確認することができる。
　まず、不織布を５ｍｍ×５ｍｍにカットし、試料台にカーボンテープを用いて取り付ける。試料台を走査型電子顕微鏡（Ｓ４３００ＳＥ／Ｎ、株式会社日立製作所製）に無蒸着の状態で入れ、低真空もしくは真空状態にする。アニュラー形反射電子検出器（付属品）を用いて検出を行うことにより、原子番号の大きいほど反射電子を放出しやすいことから、ポリエチレン（ＰＥ）やポリプロピレン（ＰＰ）やポリエステル（ＰＥＴ）を主に構成する炭素原子や水素原子より原子番号の大きい酸素原子やケイ素原子を多く含む液膜開裂剤が塗工された部分が白く写るので、白さによって局在の状態を確認できる。なお、その白さは原子番号が大きいか、または付着量が多いほど白さが増す。 (Method for confirming the localized state of the liquid film cleaving agent)
The localized state of the liquid film cleaving agent can be confirmed by the following method.
First, a nonwoven fabric is cut into 5 mm x 5 mm, and it attaches to a sample stand using a carbon tape. The sample stage is placed in a scanning electron microscope (S4300SE / N, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) in an undeposited state, and is brought to a low vacuum or a vacuum state. Since detection is performed using an annular backscattered electron detector (accessory), the larger the atomic number, the easier it is to emit backscattered electrons. Therefore, polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP), and polyester (PET) are mainly used. Since the portion coated with the liquid film cleaving agent containing more oxygen atoms and silicon atoms having a larger atomic number than carbon atoms and hydrogen atoms constituting it appears in white, the localization state can be confirmed by whiteness. The whiteness increases as the atomic number increases or the amount of adhesion increases.
　また、本発明に係る不織布の製造に際しては、この種の物品に通常用いられる方法を採用できる。例えば、繊維ウエブの形成方法として、カード法、エアレイド法、スパンボンド法等を用いることができる。繊維ウエブの不織布化方法としては、スパンレース、ニードルパンチ、ケミカルボンド、ドット状のエンボス加工等の通常用いられる各種の不織布化方法を採用できる。その中でも、肌触りの観点から、エアスルー不織布、スパンボンド不織布であることが好ましい。ここでいう「エアスルー不織布」とは、５０℃以上の流体、例えば気体や水蒸気を、ウエブ又は不織布に吹き付ける工程（エアスルー処理工程）を経て製造された不織布をいう。また、「スパンボンド不織布」はスパンボンド法で製造された積層不織布をいう。本工程のみで製造される不織布のみならず、他の方法で作製された不織布に本工程を付加して製造した不織布あるいは本工程の後に何らかの工程を行って製造した不織布をも含む意味である。また、本発明の不織布は、エアスルー不織布やスパンボンド不織布のみからなるものに限らず、エアスルー不織布、スパンボンド不織布と他の不織布等の繊維シートやフィルム材とを複合化したものも包含する。 Further, in the production of the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention, a method usually used for this type of article can be adopted. For example, a card method, an airlaid method, a spunbond method, or the like can be used as a method for forming a fiber web. As a method for making a fiber web into a non-woven fabric, various commonly used non-woven fabric methods such as spunlace, needle punch, chemical bond, and dot embossing can be adopted. Among these, from the viewpoint of touch, an air-through nonwoven fabric and a spunbonded nonwoven fabric are preferable. The “air-through nonwoven fabric” as used herein refers to a nonwoven fabric produced through a process (air-through treatment process) in which a fluid of 50 ° C. or higher, for example, gas or water vapor, is sprayed onto the web or the nonwoven fabric. The “spunbond nonwoven fabric” refers to a laminated nonwoven fabric manufactured by a spunbond method. This means not only non-woven fabrics produced only in this step, but also non-woven fabrics produced by adding this step to non-woven fabrics produced by other methods or non-woven fabrics produced by performing some steps after this step. Moreover, the nonwoven fabric of this invention is not restricted to what consists only of an air through nonwoven fabric and a spun bond nonwoven fabric, The air through nonwoven fabric and what combined the fiber sheet and film materials, such as a spun bond nonwoven fabric and another nonwoven fabric, are included.
　本発明に係る不織布の製造方法において、前述のように不織布化後に液膜開裂剤を塗工する場合、液膜開裂剤を含む溶液中に原料不織布を浸漬する方法が挙げられる。前記溶液は、例えば液膜開裂剤を溶媒で希釈した溶液などが挙げられる（以下、この溶液を液膜開裂剤溶液ともいう。）。希釈する溶媒としては、エタノールなどのアルコールが挙げられる。また別の方法としては、原料不織布に対して、液膜開裂剤単体、もしくは前記液膜開裂剤を含む溶液を塗布する方法が挙げられる。なお、前記液膜開裂剤を含む溶液にリン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤を混合していてもよい。その場合の液膜開裂剤とリン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤との含有比率は前述のとおりであることが好ましい。前記溶媒としては、水溶解度の極めて小さい液膜開裂剤を、不織布に塗工しやすいように溶媒中に適度に溶解または分散させて乳化させることができるものを特に制限なく用いることができる。例えば、溶解させるものとしてエタノール、メタノール、アセトン、ヘキサンなどの有機溶媒、もしくは乳化液とする場合には当然ながら水も溶媒ないしは分散媒体として用いることができ、乳化させる時に使用する乳化剤としてアルキルリン酸エステル、脂肪酸アミド、アルキルベタイン、アルキルスルホコハク酸ナトリウムなどを含む各種界面活性剤が挙げられる。なお、原料不織布とは、液膜開裂剤を塗工する前のものをいい、その製造方法としては、前述のとおり通常用いられる製造方法を特に制限なく用いることができる。
　上記の原料不織布に対して塗布する方法としては、この不織布の製造方法に用いられるものを特に制限なく採用することができる。例えば、スプレーによる塗布、スロットコーターによる塗布、グラビア方式、フレキソ方式、ディッピング方式による塗布等などが挙げられる。
　前述した繊維交絡点付近又は繊維融着点付近への液膜開裂剤の局在化の観点からは、不織布化後の原料不織布に塗工することが好ましく、浸漬でなく、原料不織布に対して塗布する方法がより好ましい。塗布する方法の中でも、フレキソ方式による塗布方法が、液膜開裂剤の局在化をより明確にする観点から特に好ましい。
　また、原料不織布としては、種々の不織布を特に制限なく用いることができる。特に、液膜開裂剤の局在化を保つ観点から繊維交絡点が熱融着又は熱圧着しているものが好ましく、前述したエアスルー処理や熱エンボスにより繊維同士を熱接着して得られた不織布を用いることがより好ましい。 In the method for producing a nonwoven fabric according to the present invention, as described above, when the liquid film cleaving agent is applied after forming the nonwoven fabric, a method of immersing the raw material nonwoven fabric in a solution containing the liquid film cleaving agent can be mentioned. Examples of the solution include a solution obtained by diluting a liquid film cleaving agent with a solvent (hereinafter, this solution is also referred to as a liquid film cleaving agent solution). Examples of the solvent to be diluted include alcohols such as ethanol. Moreover, as another method, the method of apply | coating the liquid film cleaving agent single-piece | unit or the solution containing the said liquid film cleaving agent with respect to a raw material nonwoven fabric is mentioned. A phosphate ester type anionic surfactant may be mixed in the solution containing the liquid film cleaving agent. In this case, the content ratio of the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant is preferably as described above. As the solvent, there can be used any solvent that can dissolve and disperse a liquid film cleaving agent having an extremely low water solubility in a solvent in an appropriate amount so that it can be easily applied to a non-woven fabric. For example, when an organic solvent such as ethanol, methanol, acetone, hexane or the like is used as the solution to be dissolved, water can naturally be used as a solvent or a dispersion medium, and alkylphosphoric acid is used as an emulsifier when emulsifying. Examples include various surfactants including esters, fatty acid amides, alkylbetaines, sodium alkylsulfosuccinates, and the like. In addition, a raw material nonwoven fabric means the thing before apply | coating a liquid film cleaving agent, As the manufacturing method, the manufacturing method normally used as mentioned above can be especially used without a restriction | limiting.
As a method of applying to the raw material nonwoven fabric, those used for the nonwoven fabric manufacturing method can be employed without any particular limitation. For example, application by spraying, application by slot coater, application by gravure method, flexo method, dipping method and the like can be mentioned.
From the viewpoint of localization of the liquid film cleaving agent near the fiber entanglement point or near the fiber fusion point described above, it is preferable to apply to the raw material nonwoven fabric after being made into a nonwoven fabric, not to the raw material nonwoven fabric. A coating method is more preferable. Among the coating methods, the flexo coating method is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of clarifying the localization of the liquid film cleaving agent.
Moreover, as a raw material nonwoven fabric, a various nonwoven fabric can be especially used without a restriction | limiting. In particular, from the viewpoint of maintaining the localization of the liquid film cleaving agent, it is preferable that the fiber entanglement point is heat-sealed or thermocompression bonded, and the non-woven fabric obtained by thermally bonding fibers by air-through treatment or heat embossing as described above It is more preferable to use
　液膜開裂剤を繊維に付着させる際には、液膜開裂剤を含む繊維処理剤として用いることが好ましい。ここで説明する「繊維処理剤」とは、すなわち、水溶解度が極めて小さい油状の液膜開裂剤を、水と界面活性剤等で乳化するなどして、原料不織布ないし繊維に塗工処理しやすい状態にしたものをいう。液膜開裂剤を塗工するための繊維処理剤において、液膜開裂剤の含有割合は繊維処理剤の質量に対して５０質量％以下であることが好ましい。これにより、繊維処理剤は、油状の成分となる液膜開裂剤を溶媒中に安定的に乳化させた状態とすることができる。安定的な乳化の観点から、液膜開裂剤の含有割合は、繊維処理剤の質量に対して４０質量％以下がより好ましく、３０質量％以下が更に好ましい。また、塗工後に液膜開裂剤が繊維上を適度な粘度で移動して前述した不織布における液膜開裂剤の局在化を実現する観点から、上記の含有割合とすることが好ましい。液膜開裂剤の含有割合は、十分な液膜開裂効果を発現させる観点から、繊維処理剤の質量に対して５質量％以上が好ましく、１５質量％以上がより好ましく、２５質量％以上が更に好ましい。なお、液膜開裂剤を含有する繊維処理剤は、液膜開裂剤の作用を阻害しない範囲で、他の剤を含んでもよい。例えば、前述したリン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。その場合の液膜開裂剤とリン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤との含有比率は前述のとおりであることが好ましい。その他、繊維加工の際に用いられる静電気防止剤や耐摩擦剤、また不織布に適度な親水性を付与する親水化剤、乳化安定性を付与する乳化剤などを含んでいてもよい。 When the liquid film cleaving agent is attached to the fiber, it is preferably used as a fiber treatment agent containing the liquid film cleaving agent. The “fiber treatment agent” described here means that an oily liquid film cleaving agent having extremely low water solubility is easily applied to a raw material nonwoven fabric or fiber by emulsifying with water and a surfactant. This is what is in a state. In the fiber treatment agent for applying the liquid film cleaving agent, the content ratio of the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably 50% by mass or less with respect to the mass of the fiber treatment agent. Thereby, the fiber treatment agent can be made into the state which emulsified stably the liquid film cleaving agent used as an oily component in a solvent. From the viewpoint of stable emulsification, the content ratio of the liquid film cleaving agent is more preferably 40% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or less with respect to the mass of the fiber treatment agent. Moreover, it is preferable to set it as said content rate from a viewpoint which a liquid film cleaving agent moves on a fiber with a moderate viscosity after coating, and implement | achieves localization of the liquid film cleaving agent in the nonwoven fabric mentioned above. The content ratio of the liquid film cleaving agent is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more, and further preferably 25% by mass or more with respect to the mass of the fiber treatment agent from the viewpoint of expressing a sufficient liquid film cleavage effect. preferable. In addition, the fiber processing agent containing a liquid film cleaving agent may contain another agent in the range which does not inhibit the effect | action of a liquid film cleaving agent. For example, the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant described above may be included. In this case, the content ratio of the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant is preferably as described above. In addition, it may contain an antistatic agent or anti-friction agent used in fiber processing, a hydrophilizing agent imparting moderate hydrophilicity to the nonwoven fabric, an emulsifying agent imparting emulsification stability, and the like.
　本発明に係る不織布の好ましい実施形態として、凹凸形状を有するものの具体例について説明する。
　例えば、熱収縮性繊維を利用した、図８に示すものが挙げられる（第１実施態様）。図８に示す不織布１０は、上面１Ａ（表面シートとしたときの肌当接面）側の上層１１と下面１Ｂ（表面シートとしたときの非肌当接面）側の下層１２の２層からなる。また、上面１Ａから厚み方向にエンボス加工（圧搾）が施されて２層が接合されている（エンボス加工が施された部分をエンボス凹部（凹状の接合部）１３という。）。下層１２は、熱収縮性繊維の熱収縮が発現した層である。上層１１は、非熱収縮性繊維を含む層であり、非熱収縮性繊維は凹状の接合部１３で部分的に接合されている。非熱収縮性繊維は、加熱により全く収縮しないものに限らず、下層１２の熱収縮性繊維の熱収縮を阻害しない程度に収縮するものを含む。この非熱収縮性繊維としては、熱による不織布化の観点から、非熱収縮性熱融着繊維が好ましい。
　この不織布１０は、例えば、特開２００２－１８７２２８号公報の段落[００３２]～[００４８]の記載の素材と製造方法とによって製造することができる。この製造において、例えば、上層１１と下層１２の積層体に対し、上層側１１からエンボス加工等した後、熱処理で熱収縮性繊維を熱収縮させる。このとき、その繊維の収縮によって隣接するエンボス部分同士が引っ張られ互いの間隔が縮まる。この変形により、上層１１の繊維は、エンボス凹部１３を基点として上面１Ａ側に***し、凸部１４を形成する。又は、熱収縮が発現した下層１２を伸長させた状態で上層を積層し、上記のエンボス加工を施す。その後、下層１２の伸長状態を解放すると、上層１１側が上面１Ａ側に***し凸部１４が形成される。このエンボス加工としては、ヒートエンボス加工や超音波エンボスなど通常用いられる方法で行うことができる。また、両層の接合に関し、接着剤を用いた接合方法でもよい。 As a preferred embodiment of the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention, specific examples of those having an uneven shape will be described.
For example, the thing shown in FIG. 8 using a heat-shrinkable fiber is mentioned (1st embodiment). The nonwoven fabric 10 shown in FIG. 8 is composed of two layers, an upper layer 11 on the upper surface 1A (skin contact surface when a surface sheet is used) side and a lower layer 12 on the lower surface 1B (non-skin contact surface when a surface sheet is used) side. Become. Further, embossing (squeezing) is performed in the thickness direction from the upper surface 1A, and the two layers are joined (the embossed part is referred to as an embossed recess (concave joint) 13). The lower layer 12 is a layer in which heat shrinkage of the heat-shrinkable fiber is expressed. The upper layer 11 is a layer containing non-heat-shrinkable fibers, and the non-heat-shrinkable fibers are partially bonded by the concave bonding portion 13. Non-heat-shrinkable fibers are not limited to those that do not shrink at all, but include those that shrink to such an extent that the heat-shrinkable fibers of the lower layer 12 are not inhibited. As this non-heat-shrinkable fiber, a non-heat-shrinkable heat-fusible fiber is preferable from the viewpoint of forming a nonwoven fabric by heat.
The nonwoven fabric 10 can be manufactured by, for example, the materials and manufacturing methods described in paragraphs [0032] to [0048] of JP-A-2002-187228. In this manufacturing, for example, after embossing the upper layer 11 and the lower layer 12 from the upper layer side 11, the heat-shrinkable fibers are thermally contracted by heat treatment. At this time, the embossed portions adjacent to each other are pulled by the contraction of the fibers, and the interval between the embossed portions is reduced. Due to this deformation, the fibers of the upper layer 11 protrude from the embossed concave portion 13 toward the upper surface 1 </ b> A to form a convex portion 14. Alternatively, the upper layer is laminated in a state where the lower layer 12 in which the heat shrinkage is developed is stretched, and the above-described embossing is performed. Thereafter, when the extended state of the lower layer 12 is released, the upper layer 11 side rises to the upper surface 1A side, and the convex portion 14 is formed. This embossing can be performed by a commonly used method such as heat embossing or ultrasonic embossing. Moreover, regarding the joining of both layers, a joining method using an adhesive may be used.
　このように製造された不織布１０において、エンボス凹部（凹状の接合部）１３では、上層１１が下層側１２に圧搾されて接合されている。このエンボス凹部１３は、不織布１０の平面方向に散点状に形成されており、エンボス凹部１３に囲まれた部分が、前述の、上層１１が***した凸部１４である。凸部１４は、三次元的な立体形状であり、例えばドーム形状をなしている。上記のようの製造方法で形成される凸部１４は、繊維が下層１２よりも粗な状態となっている。凸部１４の内部は、図８に示すように繊維で満たされていてもよく、上層１１と下層１２とが分離してなる中空部を有していてもよい。エンボス凹部１３と凸部１４との配置は任意とすることができ、例えば、格子配置としてもよい。格子配置としては、複数のエンボス凹部１３からなる列が複数条配列され、各列におけるエンボス凹部１３の間隔が隣り合う列同士で反ピッチずれた配置などが挙げられる。また、エンボス凹部１３の平面視形状は、点状にする場合、円形や、楕円形状、三角形状、方形状、その他の多角形状としてもよく、適宜任意に設定できる。また、エンボス凹部１３は、点状以外に、線状としてもよい。 In the nonwoven fabric 10 thus manufactured, the upper layer 11 is squeezed and joined to the lower layer side 12 in the embossed recess (concave joint) 13. The embossed recesses 13 are formed in the form of dots in the plane direction of the nonwoven fabric 10, and the portion surrounded by the embossed recesses 13 is the above-described convex portion 14 in which the upper layer 11 is raised. The convex part 14 is a three-dimensional solid shape, for example, has a dome shape. As for the convex part 14 formed with the above manufacturing methods, the fiber is in a rougher state than the lower layer 12. The inside of the convex part 14 may be filled with fibers as shown in FIG. 8 or may have a hollow part formed by separating the upper layer 11 and the lower layer 12. Arrangement of the embossed concave portion 13 and the convex portion 14 can be arbitrary, and may be a lattice arrangement, for example. Examples of the lattice arrangement include an arrangement in which a plurality of rows each including a plurality of embossed recesses 13 are arranged, and the embossed recesses 13 in each row are shifted by an anti-pitch between adjacent rows. In addition, when the embossed recess 13 is viewed in a plan view, the embossed recess 13 may be a dot, a circle, an ellipse, a triangle, a rectangle, or another polygon, and can be arbitrarily set as appropriate. Further, the embossed recess 13 may be linear in addition to the dot shape.
　不織布１０は、上面１Ａ側に、凸部１４とエンボス凹部１３とを有する凹凸面を有するため、平面方向へ伸長させた場合の形状回復性、厚み方向へ圧縮させたときの圧縮変形性に優れる。また、上記のような上層１１の繊維の***により比較的嵩高な不織布となる。これにより、不織布１０に触れた使用者は、柔らかなやさしい肌触りを感じることができる。また不織布１０を、上面１０Ａを肌当接面、下面１Ｂを非肌当接面とする表面シートとして組み込んだ吸収性物品では、凸部１４とエンボス凹部１３とを有する凹凸で肌当接面側が通気性に優れたものとなる。
　また、不織布１０は、前述の液膜開裂剤の作用、又は液膜開裂剤及びリン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤の協働作用により、液残りが少なくなる。これにより、凹凸面とエンボスの密な部分を利用した液透過性をさらに高めることができる。 Since the nonwoven fabric 10 has an uneven surface having the convex portion 14 and the embossed concave portion 13 on the upper surface 1A side, the nonwoven fabric 10 is excellent in shape recoverability when stretched in the plane direction and compression deformability when compressed in the thickness direction. . Moreover, it becomes a comparatively bulky nonwoven fabric by the protrusion of the fibers of the upper layer 11 as described above. Thereby, the user who touched the nonwoven fabric 10 can feel a soft gentle touch. Further, in an absorbent article in which the nonwoven fabric 10 is incorporated as a surface sheet having the upper surface 10A as the skin contact surface and the lower surface 1B as the non-skin contact surface, the skin contact surface side is uneven with the convex portions 14 and the embossed concave portions 13. Excellent breathability.
The nonwoven fabric 10 has less liquid residue due to the action of the liquid film cleaving agent described above or the cooperative action of the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. Thereby, the liquid permeability using the uneven | corrugated surface and the dense part of embossing can further be improved.
　なお、不織布１０は、上層１１と下層１２の２層構造に限らず、さらに他の層を有していてもよい。例えば、上層１１と下層１２との間に単層又は複数層を配してもよく、不織布１０の上面１０Ａ側、下面１０Ｂ側に単層又は複数層を配してもよい。この単層又は複数層は、熱収縮性繊維を有する層であってもよく、非熱収縮性繊維を有する層であってもよい。 In addition, the nonwoven fabric 10 is not restricted to the two-layer structure of the upper layer 11 and the lower layer 12, and may have another layer. For example, a single layer or a plurality of layers may be disposed between the upper layer 11 and the lower layer 12, and a single layer or a plurality of layers may be disposed on the upper surface 10A side and the lower surface 10B side of the nonwoven fabric 10. This single layer or multiple layers may be a layer having heat-shrinkable fibers or a layer having non-heat-shrinkable fibers.
　本発明の不織布を、凹凸形状としたものの他の具体例として、不織布２０、３０、４０、５０、６０、７０（第２～第７実施態様）を以下に示す。 Nonwoven fabrics 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, and 70 (second to seventh embodiments) are shown below as other specific examples of the nonwoven fabric of the present invention having an uneven shape.
　まず、第２実施態様の不織布２０は、図９に示すように、中空部２１を有する二層構造である。いずれの層も熱可塑性繊維を含む。不織布２０においては、第１不織布２０Ａと第２不織布２０Ｂとが部分的に熱融着された接合部２２を有する。接合部２２に囲まれた非接合部において、第１不織布２０Ａが、第２不織布２０Ｂから離れる方向に突出して、内部に中空部２１を有する凸部２３を多数有する。接合部２２は、隣り合う凸部２３，２３間に位置する凹部であり、凸部２３と共に第１面１Ａの凹凸を構成している。この不織布２０は、通常用いられる方法により形成することができる。例えば、２つの凹凸ロールの噛み合わせにより第１不織布２０Ａを凹凸賦形した後、第２不織布を貼り合わせて不織布２０を得る。凹凸ロールの噛み合わせにより不織布を賦形する観点から、第１不織布２０Ａ及び第２不織布２０Ｂはいずれも、非熱伸長性で非熱収縮性の熱融着繊維を含むことが好ましい。
　不織布２０は、例えば、第１面１Ａを肌当接面側に向けた表面シートとして吸収体上に積層して使用した際に、第１面１Ａ側から第２面１Ｂ側への液透過性に優れる。具体的には、中空部２１を経由する液透過である。また、着用者の体圧が凸部２３に加わって、凸部２３にある液が直接的に第２不織布３へと移行する。これにより、第１面１Ａ側での液残りが少ない。このような作用は、前述した液膜開裂剤の作用、又は液膜開裂剤及びリン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤の協働作用によって、より高いレベルで持続的に発揮され得る。すなわち、長時間使用や多量の***があった場合でも、液膜破裂で液の透過経路が確保されるので、上記のような液透過性が十分に発揮され得る。 First, the nonwoven fabric 20 of a 2nd embodiment is a two-layer structure which has the hollow part 21, as shown in FIG. Both layers contain thermoplastic fibers. In the nonwoven fabric 20, it has the junction part 22 in which the 1st nonwoven fabric 20A and the 2nd nonwoven fabric 20B were partially heat-sealed. In the non-joining part surrounded by the joining part 22, the first nonwoven fabric 20A protrudes in a direction away from the second nonwoven fabric 20B, and has a large number of convex parts 23 each having a hollow part 21 therein. The joint portion 22 is a concave portion located between the adjacent convex portions 23 and 23, and constitutes the concave and convex portions of the first surface 1 </ b> A together with the convex portion 23. The nonwoven fabric 20 can be formed by a commonly used method. For example, the first nonwoven fabric 20 </ b> A is unevenly shaped by meshing two uneven rolls, and then the second nonwoven fabric is bonded to obtain the nonwoven fabric 20. From the viewpoint of shaping the nonwoven fabric by meshing the concave and convex rolls, it is preferable that both the first nonwoven fabric 20A and the second nonwoven fabric 20B include non-heat-extensible and non-heat-shrinkable heat-sealing fibers.
For example, when the nonwoven fabric 20 is used by being laminated on the absorbent body as a surface sheet with the first surface 1A facing the skin contact surface side, the liquid permeability from the first surface 1A side to the second surface 1B side is used. Excellent. Specifically, liquid permeation through the hollow portion 21 is performed. Moreover, a wearer's body pressure is added to the convex part 23, and the liquid in the convex part 23 transfers to the 2nd nonwoven fabric 3 directly. Thereby, there is little liquid residue in the 1st surface 1A side. Such an action can be continuously exerted at a higher level by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent described above or the cooperative action of the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. That is, even when there is long-term use or a large amount of excretion, the liquid permeation route is secured by rupturing the liquid film, so that the liquid permeability as described above can be sufficiently exhibited.
　次に、第３実施態様の不織布３０は、図１０（Ａ）及び（Ｂ）に示すように、熱可塑性繊維を含み、両面に凹凸する形状の第１繊維層３０１を有する。図１０（Ａ）は第１繊維層３０１のみからなる１層構造の不織布３０Ａを示している。図１０（Ｂ）は第１繊維層３０１と、第１繊維層３０１の第２面１Ｂ側に沿って接合された第２繊維層３０２とを有する２層構造の不織布３０Ｂを示している。以下に、それぞれの不織布について具体的に説明する。
　図１０（Ａ）に示す不織布３０Ａ（第１繊維層３０１）は、第１面１Ａに突出する第１突出部３１と第２面１Ｂ側に突出する第２突出部３２とが、不織布３０Ａを平面視した際の交差する異なる方向において交互に連続して配されている。第１突出部３１及び第２突出部３２は、それぞれの反対面側に解放された内部空間を有しており、この部分がその面における凹部３３、３４をなす。これにより、第１面１Ａは、第１突出部３１と凹部３４の凹凸形状である。また、第２面１Ｂは、第２突出部３２と凹部３３の凹凸形状である。また、不織布３０Ａは、第１突出部３１と第２突出部３２とを繋ぐ壁部３５を有する。壁部３５は、第１突出部３１及び第２突出部３２それぞれの内部空間の壁面を形成しており、平面方向に環状構造を有する。壁部３５を構成する繊維は、環状構造のいずれの地点においても、第１突出部３１と第２突出部３２とを繋ぐ方向に繊維配向性を有する。これにより壁部にコシが生まれる。その結果、不織布３０Ａは、ほどよいクッション性を有し、圧力がかかっても回復性に優れ、各内部空間の潰れを回避できる。また、両面突出により体圧に対する分散性が高く、接触面積も抑えられるので、柔らかい肌触りと液戻り防止性に優れる。不織布３０Ａは、いずれかの面を肌当接面側として吸収性物品の表面シートとして採用でき、吸収性物品にほどよいクッション性や柔らかい肌触り、優れた液戻り防止性を付与することができる。
　図１０（Ｂ）に示す不織布３０Ｂは、前述の第１繊維層３０１の第２面１Ｂ側の凹凸に沿って第２繊維層３０２が配され接合されてなる。この不織布３０Ｂは典型的には第１面１Ａを肌当接面として用いる。不織布３０Ｂの第１面１Ａ側では、前述した第１繊維層３０１の第１突出部３１と凹部３４との凹凸形状が広がり、第１突出部３１と凹部３２との間の環状構造の壁部３５が配されている。したがって、不織布３０Ｂにおいても前述した第１繊維層３０１の繊維配向性を有し、それにより壁部にコシが生まれ凹凸の回復性に優れる。
　これに加え、不織布３０Ｂは、エアスルー工程による熱風処理により、繊維ウエブの賦形、不織布化、及び両層の接合を行っているため、全体として嵩高で低目付なものとなっている。特に、両繊維層３０１及び３０２の接合が、熱風による繊維同士の熱融着で接合されているため、繊維層間の接合部分の繊維間に隙間ができ、接合部となる凹部３２であっても液通過速度が速い。また、第１繊維層３０１の第１突出部３１の頂部の第２面１Ｂ側に、第２繊維層３０２の繊維密度が第１繊維層３０１および第２繊維層３０２の他の部分の繊維密度よりも低い部分３６を有する。この繊維密度が低い部分３６が存在することによって、低荷重であっても、第１繊維層３０１の第１突出部３１が凹みやすくなるので、不織布３０Ｂのクッション性が高められる。不織布３０Ｂは、吸収性物品の表面シートとして採用する場合、第１面１Ａ側（すなわち第１繊維層３０１側）を肌当接面側とすることが好ましい。
　不織布３０（３０Ａ及び３０Ｂ）においても、前述した液膜開裂剤の作用、又は液膜開裂剤及びリン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤の協働作用により液の透過経路が常に確保される。これにより、繊維の径や繊維密度についての設計の幅が広がる。
　この不織布３０（３０Ａ及び３０Ｂ）の製造には、例えば、繊維ウエブに対して、熱風温度及び風速を制御しながら多段階の熱風処理を行うエアスルー加工を採用することができる。例えば、不織布３０Ａ（第１繊維層３０１）は、特開２０１２－１３６７９０号の段落［００３１］及び［００３２］に記載の製造方法を用いることができる。また、ウエブを凹凸賦形させる支持体としては、中実の突起部と開口部とを有するものを用いることが好ましい。例えば、特開２０１２－１４９３７０号の図１及び２に示す支持体や特開２０１２－１４９３７１号の図１及び２に示すに示す支持体を用いることができる。また、不織布３０Ｂ（第１繊維層３０１及び第２繊維層３０２の積層不織布）は、上記の第１繊維層３０１のエアスルー工程の中で第２繊維層３０２となる繊維ウエブを積層させることにより製造することができる。例えば、特開２０１３－１２４４２８号公報の段落［００４２］～［００６４］に記載の製造方法を用いることができる。エアスルー加工により不織布３０Ａ及び３０Ｂを賦形する観点から、第１繊維層３０１及び第２繊維層３０２のいずれも、非熱伸長性で非熱収縮性の熱融着繊維であることが好ましい。 Next, as shown in FIGS. 10A and 10B, the nonwoven fabric 30 of the third embodiment includes a first fiber layer 301 that includes thermoplastic fibers and has a shape that is uneven on both sides. FIG. 10A shows a single-layer nonwoven fabric 30 </ b> A made up of only the first fiber layer 301. FIG. 10B shows a non-woven fabric 30B having a two-layer structure that includes a first fiber layer 301 and a second fiber layer 302 bonded along the second surface 1B side of the first fiber layer 301. Below, each nonwoven fabric is demonstrated concretely.
In the nonwoven fabric 30A (first fiber layer 301) shown in FIG. 10A, the first protrusion 31 protruding to the first surface 1A and the second protrusion 32 protruding to the second surface 1B side are the nonwoven fabric 30A. They are arranged alternately and continuously in different directions that intersect when viewed in plan. The 1st protrusion part 31 and the 2nd protrusion part 32 have the internal space open | released on each opposite surface side, and this part makes the recessed parts 33 and 34 in the surface. Thereby, the first surface 1 </ b> A has an uneven shape of the first protrusion 31 and the recess 34. Further, the second surface 1 </ b> B has an uneven shape of the second protrusion 32 and the recess 33. Further, the nonwoven fabric 30 </ b> A has a wall portion 35 that connects the first protruding portion 31 and the second protruding portion 32. The wall part 35 forms the wall surface of each internal space of the 1st protrusion part 31 and the 2nd protrusion part 32, and has a cyclic structure in a plane direction. The fiber constituting the wall portion 35 has fiber orientation in the direction connecting the first protruding portion 31 and the second protruding portion 32 at any point of the annular structure. As a result, stiffness is born on the wall. As a result, the nonwoven fabric 30A has a moderate cushioning property, is excellent in recoverability even when pressure is applied, and can avoid collapse of each internal space. Moreover, since the dispersibility with respect to a body pressure is high by a double-sided protrusion, and a contact area is also suppressed, it is excellent in soft touch and liquid return prevention property. 30 A of nonwoven fabrics can employ | adopt as a surface sheet | seat of an absorbent article by making any surface into the skin contact surface side, and can provide moderate cushioning property, soft touch, and the outstanding liquid return prevention property to an absorbent article.
A nonwoven fabric 30B shown in FIG. 10B is formed by bonding the second fiber layer 302 along the unevenness on the second surface 1B side of the first fiber layer 301 described above. The nonwoven fabric 30B typically uses the first surface 1A as a skin contact surface. On the first surface 1 </ b> A side of the nonwoven fabric 30 </ b> B, the uneven shape of the first protruding portion 31 and the recessed portion 34 of the first fiber layer 301 described above spreads, and the wall portion of the annular structure between the first protruding portion 31 and the recessed portion 32. 35 is arranged. Therefore, the non-woven fabric 30B also has the fiber orientation of the first fiber layer 301 described above, whereby a stiffness is generated in the wall portion and excellent in unevenness recovery.
In addition to this, the nonwoven fabric 30B is bulky and low in weight because the fiber web is shaped, formed into a nonwoven fabric, and both layers are joined by hot air treatment in an air-through process. In particular, since the fiber layers 301 and 302 are joined by thermal fusion of the fibers with hot air, a gap is formed between the fibers in the joint portion between the fiber layers, and even the concave portion 32 serving as the joint portion. The liquid passing speed is fast. Further, the fiber density of the second fiber layer 302 is the fiber density of the other parts of the first fiber layer 301 and the second fiber layer 302 on the second surface 1B side of the top of the first protrusion 31 of the first fiber layer 301. Lower portion 36. Due to the presence of the low fiber density portion 36, the first protruding portion 31 of the first fiber layer 301 is easily recessed even at a low load, and thus the cushioning property of the nonwoven fabric 30B is enhanced. When employ | adopting the nonwoven fabric 30B as a surface sheet of an absorbent article, it is preferable to make the 1st surface 1A side (namely, the 1st fiber layer 301 side) into the skin contact surface side.
Also in the nonwoven fabric 30 (30A and 30B), the liquid permeation path is always secured by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent described above or the cooperative action of the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. This widens the range of design for fiber diameter and fiber density.
For the production of the nonwoven fabric 30 (30A and 30B), for example, an air-through process in which a multi-stage hot air treatment is performed on the fiber web while controlling the hot air temperature and the wind speed can be employed. For example, for the nonwoven fabric 30A (first fiber layer 301), the manufacturing method described in paragraphs [0031] and [0032] of JP2012-136790A can be used. Moreover, it is preferable to use what has a solid projection part and an opening part as a support body which unevenly shapes a web. For example, the support shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 of JP2012-149370 and the support shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 of JP2012-149371 can be used. Moreover, the nonwoven fabric 30B (laminated nonwoven fabric of the first fiber layer 301 and the second fiber layer 302) is manufactured by laminating the fiber web that becomes the second fiber layer 302 in the air-through process of the first fiber layer 301 described above. can do. For example, the production methods described in paragraphs [0042] to [0064] of JP2013-124428A can be used. From the viewpoint of shaping the nonwoven fabrics 30A and 30B by air-through processing, both the first fiber layer 301 and the second fiber layer 302 are preferably non-heat-extensible and non-heat-shrinkable heat-bonded fibers.
　次に、第４実施態様の不織布４０は、図１１に示すように、熱可塑性繊維を含む１層からなり、第１面１Ａ側において、半円筒状の凸部４１と該凸部４１の側縁に沿って配された凹部４２とが複数交互に配置された形状を有する。凹部４２の下側には、不織布の繊維からなる凹部底部４３が配されている。凹部底部４３は、凸部４１よりも繊維密度が低くされている。この不織布３０においては、凸部４１上に別の繊維層４５を部分的に積層してもよい（図１２参照）。不織布４０を、第１面１Ａ側を肌当接面側とする表面シートとして吸収性物品に組み込むと、凸部４１で受け取った液が凹部４２へと移行しやすく、凹部４３において第２面１Ｂ側へと移行しやすい。これにより液残りが少なく肌のべたつきが抑えられる。
　不織布４０においても、前述した液膜開裂剤、又は液膜開裂剤及びリン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤の作用により液の透過経路が常に確保される。これにより、繊維の径や繊維密度についての設計の幅が広がる。
　このような不織布４０は、繊維ウエブに対して、凹部４２とする部分に熱風等の流体を吹き付けて繊維を移動させることにより形成することができる。これにより凹部底部４３の繊維密度がその周辺よりも低くすることができる。 Next, as shown in FIG. 11, the nonwoven fabric 40 according to the fourth embodiment is composed of one layer containing thermoplastic fibers, and on the first surface 1 </ b> A side, a semicylindrical convex portion 41 and the side of the convex portion 41. A plurality of recesses 42 arranged along the edge are alternately arranged. A concave bottom portion 43 made of non-woven fiber is disposed below the concave portion 42. The concave portion 43 has a fiber density lower than that of the convex portion 41. In this nonwoven fabric 30, another fiber layer 45 may be partially laminated on the convex portion 41 (see FIG. 12). When the nonwoven fabric 40 is incorporated into an absorbent article as a surface sheet having the first surface 1A side as the skin contact surface side, the liquid received by the convex portion 41 easily shifts to the concave portion 42, and the second surface 1B in the concave portion 43. Easy to move to the side. Thereby, there is little liquid residue and stickiness of skin is suppressed.
Also in the nonwoven fabric 40, the liquid permeation path is always ensured by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent described above, or the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate type anionic surfactant. This widens the range of design for fiber diameter and fiber density.
Such a non-woven fabric 40 can be formed by spraying a fluid such as hot air onto the portion of the fiber web that forms the recess 42 and moving the fiber. Thereby, the fiber density of the recessed part bottom part 43 can be made lower than the periphery.
　次に、第５実施態様の不織布５０は、図１３に示すように、一方向（Ｙ方向）に延びる筋状の凸条部５１と凹条部５２とが、交互に配された凹凸構造を有する。また、この不織布シート５０の厚み方向において、前記凹凸構造を、頂部域５０Ａ、底部域５０Ｂ及びこれらの間に位置する側部域５０Ｃの３等分に区分することができる。
　不織布５０は構成繊維５４同士の交点の熱融着部５５を複数有する。１本の構成繊維５４に着目すると、構成繊維５４は、図１４に示すように、隣り合う融着部５５同士の間に、繊維径の小さい２個の小径部５６に挟まれた大径部５７を有する。これにより、不織布５０の柔軟性が向上し肌触りが良好なものとなる。また、繊維単位で肌との接触面積が低減され、より良いドライ感が得られる。また、柔軟性の観点から、小径部５６から該大径部５７への変化点５８は、隣り合う融着部５５，５５同士の間隔Ｔの、融着部５５寄りの１／３の範囲内（図１４のＴ１及びＴ３の範囲）にあることが好ましい。なお、この小径部５６とこれに挟まれた大径部５７との組み合わせは、間隔Ｔにおいて複数あってもよい。このような構成繊維における小径部５６及び大径部５７の構成は、凸条部５１及び凹条部５２を形成する刃溝延伸加工の際に、繊維が延伸されることによって形成される。その際用いる繊維としては、延伸度の高い繊維が好ましい。例えば、特開２０１０－１６８７１５号公報の段落［００３３］に記載の処理工程を経て得られる、加熱により樹脂の結晶状態が変化して長さの延びる熱伸張性繊維などが挙げられる。
　さらに、不織布５０は、液透過性の観点から、小径部の親水度が大径部の親水度よりも小さくされていることが好ましい。この親水度の差は、繊維に付着する繊維処理剤に延伸性の成分（疎水成分）を含ませことで形成できる。特に、延伸性の成分と親水性の成分とが含まれていることが好ましい。具体的には、上記の刃溝延伸加工によって繊維が延伸すると、延伸してなる小径部３５に延伸性の成分が広がり大径部との間に親水度の差が生じる。大径部では、広がりにくい親水性の成分が留まって小径部よりも親水度が高くなる。前記延伸性の成分としては、例えば、ガラス転移点が低く、分子鎖に柔軟性のあるシリコーン樹脂が挙げられ、シリコーン樹脂として、Ｓｉ－Ｏ－Ｓｉ鎖を主鎖とするポリオルガノシロキサンが好ましく用いられる。
　加えて、不織布５０は、上記の液透過性の観点から、側壁域３０Ｃの繊維密度が頂部域３０Ａ、底部域３０Ｂの繊維密度よりも低いことが好ましい。
　不織布５０においても、前述した液膜開裂剤、又は液膜開裂剤及びリン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤の作用により液の透過経路が常に確保される。これにより、繊維の径や繊維密度についての設計の幅が広がる。
　不織布５０は、単独で用いてもよく、平坦な繊維層と接合されて積層不織布としてもよく、凹凸のある繊維層に積層して該凹凸に沿って一体化した積層不織布としてもよい。例えば、第２実施態様（図９）の不織布２０における第２不織布上に積層してもよく、第３実施態様（図１０（Ａ））の不織布３０Ａや第４実施態様（図１１又は図１２）の不織布４０に積層してもよい。 Next, as shown in FIG. 13, the nonwoven fabric 50 according to the fifth embodiment has a concavo-convex structure in which streaky ridges 51 and ridges 52 extending in one direction (Y direction) are alternately arranged. Have. Moreover, in the thickness direction of this nonwoven fabric sheet 50, the said uneven | corrugated structure can be divided into 3 equal parts of 50 A of top areas, the bottom area 50B, and the side area 50C located among these.
The nonwoven fabric 50 has a plurality of heat fusion portions 55 at the intersections of the constituent fibers 54. Focusing on one constituent fiber 54, the constituent fiber 54 is, as shown in FIG. 14, a large-diameter portion sandwiched between two small-diameter portions 56 having a small fiber diameter between adjacent fused portions 55. 57. Thereby, the softness | flexibility of the nonwoven fabric 50 improves and the touch becomes favorable. Moreover, the contact area with skin is reduced per fiber unit, and a better dry feeling is obtained. Further, from the viewpoint of flexibility, the transition point 58 from the small diameter portion 56 to the large diameter portion 57 is within a range of 1/3 of the interval T between the adjacent fusion portions 55 and 55 and close to the fusion portion 55. It is preferable to be in the range (T1 and T3 in FIG. 14). Note that there may be a plurality of combinations of the small diameter portion 56 and the large diameter portion 57 sandwiched between the small diameter portion 56 and the interval T. The configuration of the small-diameter portion 56 and the large-diameter portion 57 in such a constituent fiber is formed by stretching the fiber during the blade groove stretching process for forming the convex strip portion 51 and the concave strip portion 52. The fiber used at that time is preferably a fiber having a high degree of stretching. Examples thereof include heat-extensible fibers that are obtained through the treatment steps described in paragraph [0033] of JP2010-168715A and that extend in length due to a change in the crystalline state of the resin due to heating.
Further, in the nonwoven fabric 50, it is preferable that the hydrophilicity of the small diameter portion is smaller than the hydrophilicity of the large diameter portion from the viewpoint of liquid permeability. This difference in hydrophilicity can be formed by adding a stretchable component (hydrophobic component) to the fiber treatment agent attached to the fiber. In particular, it is preferable that a stretchable component and a hydrophilic component are contained. Specifically, when the fiber is stretched by the blade groove stretching process described above, a stretchable component spreads in the stretched small-diameter portion 35 and a difference in hydrophilicity occurs between the large-diameter portion. In the large-diameter portion, the hydrophilic component that hardly spreads remains, and the hydrophilicity becomes higher than that in the small-diameter portion. Examples of the stretchable component include a silicone resin having a low glass transition point and a flexible molecular chain, and a polyorganosiloxane having a Si—O—Si chain as the main chain is preferably used as the silicone resin. It is done.
In addition, the nonwoven fabric 50 preferably has a fiber density in the side wall region 30C lower than that in the top region 30A and the bottom region 30B, from the viewpoint of liquid permeability.
Also in the nonwoven fabric 50, the liquid permeation path is always ensured by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent, or the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. This widens the range of design for fiber diameter and fiber density.
The nonwoven fabric 50 may be used alone, may be bonded to a flat fiber layer to form a laminated nonwoven fabric, or may be laminated to an uneven fiber layer and integrated along the unevenness. For example, you may laminate | stack on the 2nd nonwoven fabric in the nonwoven fabric 20 of a 2nd embodiment (FIG. 9), the nonwoven fabric 30A of a 3rd embodiment (FIG. 10 (A)), and a 4th embodiment (FIG. 11 or FIG. 12). ).
　次に、第６実施態様の不織布６０は、熱伸長性繊維を含む凹凸形状を有する。図１５に示すように、第１面１Ａ側が凹凸形状である。一方、第２面１Ｂ側は平坦であるか第1面１Ａ側よりも凹凸の程度が極めて小さい。第１面１Ａ側の凹凸形状は、具体的には、複数の凸部６１とこれを囲む線状の凹部６２とを有する。凹部６２は、不織布６０の構成繊維が圧着又は接着された圧接着部を有し、熱伸長性繊維は非伸長の状態である。凸部６２は、熱伸長性繊維が熱伸長して第１面１Ａ側に***した部分である。したがって、凸部６２は、繊維密度が凹部６２よりも疎で嵩高い部分となっている。また、線状の凹部６２は格子状に配置しており、格子で区画される各領域に凸部６１が点在して配置されている。これにより不織布６０は、着用者の肌との接触面積が抑えられ蒸れやかぶれが効果的に防止される。また、肌に触れる凸部６１は、熱伸長性繊維の熱伸長により嵩高く、柔らかい肌触りとなる。なお、不織布６０は、単層構造であってもよく、２層以上の複数層の構造であってもよい。例えば２層構造である場合、第２面１Ｂ側の層は、熱伸長性繊維を含まないか、凹凸形状を有する第１面１Ａ側の層よりも熱伸長性繊維の含有量が少ないことが好ましい。また、両層は凹部６２の圧接着部で接合されていることが好ましい。
　不織布６０においても、前述した液膜開裂剤、又は液膜開裂剤及びリン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤の作用により液の透過経路が常に確保される。これにより、繊維の径や繊維密度についての設計の幅が広がる。
　このような不織布６０は次の方法により製造することができる。まず、繊維ウエブに対して、ヒートエンボス加工によって線状の凹部６２を形成する。このとき、凹部６２では、熱伸長性繊維は圧着または融着されて熱熱伸長されないで固定されている。次いで、エアスルー加工により凹部６１以外の部分に存する熱伸長性繊維が伸長して凸部６１が形成され、不織布６０となる。また、不織布６０の構成繊維としては、上記の熱伸長性繊維と非熱伸長性の熱融着性繊維との混綿であってもよい。これらの構成繊維としては、例えば、特開２００５－３５０８３６号公報の段落［００１３］、［００３７］～［００４０］に記載のもの、特開２０１１－１２７７２５８号公報の段落［００１２］、［００２４］～［００４６］に記載のものなどを用いることができる。 Next, the nonwoven fabric 60 of the sixth embodiment has an uneven shape including heat-extensible fibers. As shown in FIG. 15, the 1st surface 1A side is uneven | corrugated shape. On the other hand, the second surface 1B side is flat or has a very small degree of unevenness than the first surface 1A side. Specifically, the uneven shape on the first surface 1A side includes a plurality of convex portions 61 and a linear concave portion 62 surrounding the convex portions 61. The recess 62 has a pressure-bonded portion where the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric 60 are pressure-bonded or bonded, and the heat-extensible fiber is in a non-stretched state. The convex part 62 is the part which the heat | fever extensible fiber heat-expanded and protruded to the 1st surface 1A side. Therefore, the convex part 62 is a part whose fiber density is sparser and bulkier than the concave part 62. Moreover, the linear recessed part 62 is arrange | positioned at the grid | lattice form, and the convex part 61 is dotted and arrange | positioned at each area | region divided by a grid | lattice. Thereby, as for the nonwoven fabric 60, a contact area with a wearer's skin is restrained and steaming and a rash are effectively prevented. Moreover, the convex part 61 which touches skin becomes bulky by the heat | fever expansion | extension of a heat | fever extensible fiber, and becomes a soft touch. In addition, the nonwoven fabric 60 may have a single layer structure or may have a structure of two or more layers. For example, in the case of a two-layer structure, the layer on the second surface 1B side may not contain heat-extensible fibers or may have a lower content of heat-extensible fibers than the layer on the first surface 1A side having an uneven shape. preferable. Moreover, it is preferable that both layers are joined by the pressure bonding part of the recessed part 62. FIG.
Also in the nonwoven fabric 60, the liquid permeation path is always ensured by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent or the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. This widens the range of design for fiber diameter and fiber density.
Such a nonwoven fabric 60 can be manufactured by the following method. First, the linear recessed part 62 is formed with respect to a fiber web by heat embossing. At this time, in the recessed part 62, the heat | fever extensible fiber is crimped | bonded or melt | fused, and is fixed without being heat-heat-expanded. Next, the heat-extensible fibers existing in the portion other than the concave portion 61 are elongated by air-through processing to form the convex portion 61, thereby forming the nonwoven fabric 60. Further, the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric 60 may be a blend of the above-described heat-extensible fibers and non-heat-extensible heat-fusible fibers. Examples of these constituent fibers include those described in paragraphs [0013] and [0037] to [0040] of JP-A-2005-350836, and paragraphs [0012] and [0024] of JP-A-2011-127258. To [0046] can be used.
　次に、第７実施態様の不織布７０は、図１６に示すように、熱可塑性繊維を含む上層７１と下層７２からなる積層不織布である。上層７１には凸状部７３と凹状部７４とが交互に配されており、凹状部７４は開孔している。凹状部７４の繊維密度は、凸状部７３の繊維密度よりも低くされている。凸状部７３と凹状部７４とが交互に繰り返し配置される領域は、上層７１の一部にあってもよく全体にあってもよい。凸状部７３と凹状部７４とが交互に繰り返し配置される領域が上層の一部にある場合、該領域は、不織布７０を吸収性物品の表面シートとして用いる際に受液領域（***部対応領域）となる部分にあることが好ましい。一方、下層７２は実質的に繊維密度が均一である。下層７２は、少なくとも、上層７１の凸状部７３と凹状部７４とが交互に繰り返し配置される領域に対応して積層される。これにより、不織布７０は、凸状部７３の繊維密度が高いために嵩高なクッション性を有しており、吸収性物品の表面シートとして用いると液戻りが生じ難くなる。また、不織布７０は、凹状部７４の繊維密度が低く開孔状態にあるために、液透過性、特に高粘性の液に対する透過性に優れる。
　不織布７０においても、前述した液膜開裂剤、又は液膜開裂剤及びリン酸エステル型のアニオン界面活性剤の作用により液の透過経路が常に確保される。これにより、繊維の径や繊維密度についての設計の幅が広がる。
　このような不織布７０は、例えば、特開平４－２４２６３号公報の第６頁左下欄１２行～第８頁右上欄１９行の記載の方法により製造することができる。 Next, the nonwoven fabric 70 of the seventh embodiment is a laminated nonwoven fabric composed of an upper layer 71 and a lower layer 72 containing thermoplastic fibers, as shown in FIG. In the upper layer 71, convex portions 73 and concave portions 74 are alternately arranged, and the concave portions 74 are open. The fiber density of the concave portion 74 is set lower than the fiber density of the convex portion 73. The region where the convex portions 73 and the concave portions 74 are alternately and repeatedly disposed may be part of the upper layer 71 or the entire region. When the region where the convex portion 73 and the concave portion 74 are alternately arranged is located in a part of the upper layer, the region is a liquid receiving region (corresponding to the excretion portion) when the nonwoven fabric 70 is used as the top sheet of the absorbent article. It is preferable that it exists in the part used as an area | region. On the other hand, the lower layer 72 has a substantially uniform fiber density. The lower layer 72 is laminated at least corresponding to a region where the convex portions 73 and the concave portions 74 of the upper layer 71 are alternately arranged. Thereby, since the nonwoven fabric 70 has the high fiber density of the convex part 73, it has a bulky cushioning property, and when it uses as a surface sheet of an absorbent article, it will become difficult to produce liquid return. Further, since the nonwoven fabric 70 has a low fiber density in the concave portion 74 and is in an open state, the nonwoven fabric 70 is excellent in liquid permeability, in particular, permeability to a highly viscous liquid.
Also in the nonwoven fabric 70, the liquid permeation path is always ensured by the action of the liquid film cleaving agent described above, or the liquid film cleaving agent and the phosphate ester type anionic surfactant. This widens the range of design for fiber diameter and fiber density.
Such a nonwoven fabric 70 can be manufactured, for example, by the method described in JP-A-4-24263, page 6, lower left column, line 12 to page 8, upper right column, line 19.
　本発明に係る液膜開裂剤及び該液膜開裂剤を含む不織布は、その柔らかな肌触りと液残りの低減とを活かして、種々の分野に適用できる。例えば生理用ナプキン、パンティライナー、使い捨ておむつ、失禁パッドなどの身体から排出される液の吸収に用いられる吸収性物品における表面シート、セカンドシート（表面シートと吸収体との間に配されるシート）、吸収体、吸収体を包む被覆シート、防漏シート、あるいは対人用清拭シート、スキンケア用シート、更に対物用のワイパーなどとして好適に用いられる。本発明の不織布を吸収性物品の表面シートやセカンドシートとして用いる場合には、該不織布の第１層側を肌対向面側として用いることが好ましい。なお、本発明に係る液膜開裂剤は、液膜を開裂する作用を奏するものであれば、不織布に限らず、織布など種々の繊維材に適用することができる。 The liquid film cleaving agent and the nonwoven fabric containing the liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention can be applied to various fields by taking advantage of its soft touch and reduction of liquid residue. For example, a top sheet, a second sheet (a sheet disposed between the top sheet and the absorbent body) in an absorbent article used to absorb liquid discharged from the body such as sanitary napkins, panty liners, disposable diapers, and incontinence pads It is preferably used as an absorbent body, a covering sheet that wraps the absorbent body, a leak-proof sheet, or a personal wipe sheet, a skin care sheet, and an objective wiper. When using the nonwoven fabric of this invention as a surface sheet or a second sheet of an absorbent article, it is preferable to use the 1st layer side of this nonwoven fabric as a skin opposing surface side. In addition, the liquid film cleaving agent according to the present invention can be applied to various fiber materials such as a woven cloth as long as it has an action of cleaving the liquid film.
　本発明に係る不織布の製造に用いるウエブの坪量は、目的とする不織布の具体的な用途に応じて適切な範囲が選択される。最終的に得られる不織布の坪量は、１０ｇ／ｍ２以上１００ｇ／ｍ２以下、特に１５ｇ／ｍ２以上８０ｇ／ｍ２以下であることが好ましい。 An appropriate range of the basis weight of the web used for manufacturing the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention is selected according to the specific use of the target nonwoven fabric. The basis weight of the nonwoven fabric finally obtained is preferably 10 g / m 2 or more and 100 g / m 2 or less, particularly preferably 15 g / m 2 or more and 80 g / m 2 or less.
　身体から排出される液の吸収に用いられる吸収性物品は、典型的には、表面シート、裏面シート及び両シート間に介在配置された液保持性の吸収体を具備している。本発明に係る不織布を表面シートとして用いた場合の吸収体及び裏面シートとしては、当該技術分野において通常用いられている材料を特に制限無く用いることができる。例えば吸収体としては、パルプ繊維等の繊維材料からなる繊維集合体又はこれに吸収性ポリマーを保持させたものを、ティッシュペーパーや不織布等の被覆シートで被覆してなるものを用いることができる。裏面シートとしては、熱可塑性樹脂のフィルムや、該フィルムと不織布とのラミネート等の液不透過性ないし撥水性のシートを用いることができる。裏面シートは水蒸気透過性を有していてもよい。吸収性物品は更に、該吸収性物品の具体的な用途に応じた各種部材を具備していてもよい。そのような部材は当業者に公知である。例えば吸収性物品を使い捨ておむつや生理用ナプキンに適用する場合には、表面シート上の左右両側部に一対又は二対以上の立体ガードを配置することができる。 An absorbent article used for absorbing liquid discharged from the body typically includes a top sheet, a back sheet, and a liquid-retaining absorbent disposed between both sheets. As the absorbent body and the back sheet when the nonwoven fabric according to the present invention is used as a top sheet, materials usually used in the technical field can be used without particular limitation. For example, as the absorbent body, a fiber assembly made of a fiber material such as pulp fiber or a fiber assembly in which an absorbent polymer is held can be coated with a covering sheet such as tissue paper or nonwoven fabric. As the back sheet, a liquid-impermeable or water-repellent sheet such as a thermoplastic resin film or a laminate of the film and a nonwoven fabric can be used. The back sheet may have water vapor permeability. The absorbent article may further include various members according to specific uses of the absorbent article. Such members are known to those skilled in the art. For example, when applying an absorbent article to a disposable diaper or a sanitary napkin, a pair or two or more pairs of three-dimensional guards can be disposed on the left and right sides of the topsheet.
　上述した実施形態に関し、本発明は更に以下の不織布及び吸収性物品を開示する。 The present invention further discloses the following nonwoven fabric and absorbent article with respect to the above-described embodiment.
＜１＞
　液膜開裂剤を含む含有部と、前記液膜開裂剤を含まない非含有部とを有し、
　前記含有部及び前記非含有部の少なくともいずれか一方が、不織布表面に、複数互いに離間して配列されている、不織布。 <1>
A containing part containing a liquid film cleaving agent and a non-containing part not containing the liquid film cleaving agent;
A non-woven fabric in which at least one of the containing part and the non-containing part is arranged on the non-woven fabric surface at a plurality of distances.
＜２＞
　前記液膜開裂剤の、表面張力５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数が１５ｍＮ／ｍ以上である、前記＜１＞に記載の不織布。 <2>
The nonwoven fabric according to <1>, wherein the liquid film cleaving agent has an expansion coefficient of 15 mN / m or more for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m.
＜３＞
　下記化合物Ｃ１を含む含有部と、下記化合物Ｃ１を含まない非含有部とを有し、
　前記含有部及び前記非含有部の少なくともいずれか一方が、不織布表面に、複数互いに離間して配列されている、不織布。
　［化合物Ｃ１］
　　表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数が１５ｍＮ／ｍ以上である化合物。 <3>
Having a containing part containing the following compound C1 and a non-containing part not containing the following compound C1,
A non-woven fabric in which at least one of the containing part and the non-containing part is arranged on the non-woven fabric surface at a plurality of distances.
[Compound C1]
A compound having an expansion coefficient of 15 mN / m or more for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m.
＜４＞
　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ１の拡張係数は、２０ｍＮ／ｍ以上がより好ましく、２５ｍＮ／ｍ以上が更に好ましく、３０ｍＮ／ｍ以上が特に好ましい、前記＜２＞又は＜３＞に記載の不織布。
＜５＞
　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ１の、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力は、２０ｍＮ／ｍ以下が好ましく、１７ｍＮ／ｍ以下がより好ましく、１３ｍＮ／ｍ以下が更に好ましく、１０ｍＮ／ｍ以下がより更に好ましく、９ｍＮ／ｍ以下が特に好ましく、１ｍＮ／ｍ以下がとりわけ好ましく、０ｍＮ／ｍより大きい、前記＜２＞～＜４＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。 <4>
The expansion coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C1 is more preferably 20 mN / m or more, further preferably 25 mN / m or more, and particularly preferably 30 mN / m or more, and the nonwoven fabric according to the above <2> or <3> .
<5>
The interfacial tension of the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C1 with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is preferably 20 mN / m or less, more preferably 17 mN / m or less, still more preferably 13 mN / m or less, and 10 mN / m. The non-woven fabric according to any one of the above items <2> to <4>, wherein the following is still more preferable, 9 mN / m or less is particularly preferable, 1 mN / m or less is particularly preferable, and greater than 0 mN / m.
＜６＞
　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ１が、下記の構造Ｘ、Ｘ－Ｙ、及びＹ－Ｘ－Ｙからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種の構造を有する化合物からなる、前記＜１＞～＜５＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
　構造Ｘは、＞Ｃ（Ａ）－〈Ｃは炭素原子を示す。また、＜、＞及び－は結合手を示す。以下、同様。〉、－Ｃ（Ａ）２－、－Ｃ（Ａ）（Ｂ）－、＞Ｃ（Ａ）－Ｃ（Ｒ１）＜、＞Ｃ（Ｒ１）－、－Ｃ（Ｒ１）（Ｒ２）－、－Ｃ（Ｒ１）２－、＞Ｃ＜及び、－Ｓｉ（Ｒ１）２Ｏ－、－Ｓｉ（Ｒ１）（Ｒ２）Ｏ－のいずれかの基本構造が、繰り返されるか、もしくは２種以上が組み合わされた構造のシロキサン鎖、又はその混合鎖を表す。構造Ｘの末端には、水素原子、又は、－Ｃ（Ａ）３、－Ｃ（Ａ）２Ｂ、－Ｃ（Ａ）（Ｂ）２、－Ｃ（Ａ）２－Ｃ（Ｒ１）３、－Ｃ（Ｒ１）２Ａ、－Ｃ（Ｒ１）３、また、－ＯＳｉ（Ｒ１）３、－ＯＳｉ（Ｒ１）２（Ｒ２）、－Ｓｉ（Ｒ１）３、－Ｓｉ（Ｒ１）２（Ｒ２）からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種の基を有する。
　上記のＲ１やＲ２は各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、又はハロゲン原子を示す。Ａ、Ｂは各々独立に、酸素原子又は窒素原子を含む置換基を示す。構造Ｘ内にＲ１、Ｒ２、Ａ、Ｂが各々複数ある場合は、それらは互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。
　Ｙは、水素原子、炭素原子、酸素原子、窒素原子、リン原子、硫黄原子から選ばれる原子を含む、親水性を有する親水基を表す。Ｙが複数の場合は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。 <6>
<1> to <5 above, wherein the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C1 comprises a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following structures X, XY, and YXY. > Any one of>.
Structure X is> C (A)-<C represents a carbon atom. <,>, And-indicate a bond. The same applies hereinafter. >, -C (A) 2- , -C (A) (B)-,> C (A) -C (R 1 ) <,> C (R 1 )-, -C (R 1 ) (R 2 ) —, —C (R 1 ) 2 —,> C <, and —Si (R 1 ) 2 O—, —Si (R 1 ) (R 2 ) O— Or a siloxane chain having a structure in which two or more kinds are combined, or a mixed chain thereof. At the end of structure X, a hydrogen atom, or —C (A) 3 , —C (A) 2 B, —C (A) (B) 2, —C (A) 2 —C (R 1 ) 3 , -C (R 1 ) 2 A, -C (R 1 ) 3 , -OSi (R 1 ) 3 , -OSi (R 1 ) 2 (R 2 ), -Si (R 1 ) 3 , -Si (R 1 ) 2 It has at least one group selected from the group consisting of (R 2 ).
Each of R 1 and R 2 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom. A and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. When there are a plurality of R 1 , R 2 , A, and B in the structure X, they may be the same as or different from each other.
Y represents a hydrophilic group having hydrophilicity including an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom. When Y is plural, they may be the same or different.
＜７＞
　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ１が、シリコーン系の界面活性剤の有機変性シリコーンからなり、該有機変性シリコーンとして、アミノ変性、エポキシ変性、カルボキシ変性、ジオール変性、カルビノール変性、（メタ）アクリル変性、メルカプト変性、フェノール変性、ポリエーテル変性、メチルスチリル変性、長鎖アルキル変性、高級脂肪酸エステル変性、高級アルコキシ変性、高級脂肪酸変性及びフッ素変性の、シリコーンからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種を含む、前記＜１＞～＜６＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。 <7>
The liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C1 is composed of an organically modified silicone that is a silicone-based surfactant. As the organically modified silicone, amino-modified, epoxy-modified, carboxy-modified, diol-modified, carbinol-modified, (meth) acrylic. Modification, mercapto modification, phenol modification, polyether modification, methylstyryl modification, long chain alkyl modification, higher fatty acid ester modification, higher alkoxy modification, higher fatty acid modification and fluorine modification, including at least one selected from the group consisting of silicones The nonwoven fabric according to any one of <1> to <6>.
＜８＞
　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ１が、ポリオキシアルキレン変性シリコーンからなり、該ポリオキシアルキレン変性シリコーンが、下記式［Ｉ］～［ＩＶ］で表される化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種である前記＜１＞～＜７＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 　式中、Ｒ３１は、アルキル基（炭素数１～２０が好ましい。例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、２エチル－ヘキシル基、ノニル基、デシル基が好ましい。）を示す。Ｒ３２は、単結合又はアルキレン基（炭素数１～２０が好ましい。例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基が好ましい。）を示し、好ましくは前記アルキレン基を示す。複数のＲ３１、複数のＲ３２は各々において、互いに同一でも異なってもよい。Ｍ１１は、ポリオキシアルキレン基を有する基を示し、ポリオキシアルキレン基が好ましい。上記のポリオキシアルキレン基としては、ポリオキシエチレン基、ポリオキシプロピレン基、ポリオキシブチレン基、又はこれらの構成モノマーが共重合されたものなどが挙げられる。ｍ、ｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。なお、これら繰り返し単位の符号は、各式［Ｉ］～［ＩＶ］において別々に決められるものであり、必ずしも同じ整数を示すものではなく異なっていてもよい。 <8>
The liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C1 is composed of a polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone, and the polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone is at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formulas [I] to [IV]. The nonwoven fabric according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 In the formula, R 31 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, 2-ethyl-hexyl group, Nonyl group and decyl group are preferred). R 32 represents a single bond or an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group or a butylene group is preferred), and preferably represents the alkylene group. The plurality of R 31 and the plurality of R 32 may be the same as or different from each other. M 11 represents a group having a polyoxyalkylene group, and a polyoxyalkylene group is preferable. Examples of the polyoxyalkylene group include a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a copolymer of these constituent monomers. m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Note that the symbols of these repeating units are determined separately in each of the formulas [I] to [IV], and do not necessarily indicate the same integer, and may be different.
＜９＞
　前記液膜開裂剤の、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数が０ｍＮ／ｍよりも大きく、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力が２０ｍＮ／ｍ以下である、前記＜１＞に記載の不織布。 <9>
<1>, wherein the liquid film cleaving agent has an expansion coefficient of greater than 0 mN / m for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m and an interfacial tension of 20 mN / m or less for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m. The nonwoven fabric described.
＜１０＞
　下記化合物Ｃ２を含む含有部と、下記化合物Ｃ２を含まない非含有部とを有し、
　前記含有部及び前記非含有部の少なくともいずれか一方が、不織布表面に、複数互いに離間して配列されている、不織布。
　［化合物Ｃ２］
　　表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数が０ｍＮ／ｍよりも大きく、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力が２０ｍＮ／ｍ以下である化合物。 <10>
A containing part containing the following compound C2 and a non-containing part not containing the following compound C2,
A non-woven fabric in which at least one of the containing part and the non-containing part is arranged on the non-woven fabric surface at a plurality of distances.
[Compound C2]
A compound having an expansion coefficient greater than 0 mN / m for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m and an interfacial tension of 20 mN / m or less for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m.
＜１１＞
　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ２の、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力は、１７ｍＮ／ｍ以下が好ましく、１３ｍＮ／ｍ以下がより好ましく、１０ｍＮ／ｍ以下が更に好ましく、９ｍＮ／ｍ以下が特に好ましく、１ｍＮ／ｍ以下がとりわけ好ましく、０ｍＮ／ｍより大きい、前記＜９＞又は＜１０＞に記載の不織布。
＜１２＞
　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ２の、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数は、９ｍＮ／ｍ以上が好ましく、１０ｍＮ／ｍ以上がより好ましく、１５ｍＮ／ｍ以上が更に好ましく、５０ｍＮ／ｍ以下である、前記＜９＞～＜１１＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。 <11>
The interfacial tension of the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is preferably 17 mN / m or less, more preferably 13 mN / m or less, still more preferably 10 mN / m or less, and 9 mN / m. The nonwoven fabric according to <9> or <10>, wherein the following is particularly preferable, 1 mN / m or less is particularly preferable, and is greater than 0 mN / m.
<12>
The expansion coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is preferably 9 mN / m or more, more preferably 10 mN / m or more, further preferably 15 mN / m or more, and 50 mN / m. The nonwoven fabric according to any one of <9> to <11>, which is:
＜１３＞
　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ２が、下記の構造Ｚ、Ｚ－Ｙ、及びＹ－Ｚ－Ｙからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種の構造を有する化合物からなる、前記＜１＞及び＜９＞～＜１２＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
　構造Ｚは、＞Ｃ（Ａ）－<Ｃ：炭素原子>、－Ｃ（Ａ）２－、－Ｃ（Ａ）（Ｂ）－、＞Ｃ（Ａ）－Ｃ（Ｒ３）＜、＞Ｃ（Ｒ３）－、－Ｃ（Ｒ３）（Ｒ４）－、－Ｃ（Ｒ３）２－、＞Ｃ＜のいずれかの基本構造が、繰り返されるか、もしくは２種以上が組み合わされた構造の炭化水素鎖を表す。構造Ｚの末端には、水素原子、又は、－Ｃ（Ａ）３、－Ｃ（Ａ）２Ｂ、－Ｃ（Ａ）（Ｂ）２、－Ｃ（Ａ）２－Ｃ（Ｒ３）３、－Ｃ（Ｒ３）２Ａ、－Ｃ（Ｒ３）３からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種の基を有する。
　上記のＲ３やＲ４は各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、フルオロアルキル基、アラルキル基、もしくはそれらを組み合わせた炭化水素基、又はフッ素原子を示す。Ａ、Ｂは各々独立に、酸素原子又は窒素原子を含む置換基を示す。構造Ｚ内にＲ３、Ｒ４、Ａ、Ｂが各々複数ある場合は、それらは互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。
　Ｙは、水素原子、炭素原子、酸素原子、窒素原子、リン原子、硫黄原子から選ばれる原子を含む、親水性を有する親水基を表す。Ｙが複数の場合は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。 <13>
<1> and <9, wherein the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 comprises a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following structures Z, ZY, and YZY: The nonwoven fabric according to any one of> to <12>.
The structure Z includes:> C (A)-<C: carbon atom>, -C (A) 2- , -C (A) (B)-,> C (A) -C (R 3 ) <,> C Any basic structure of (R 3 ) —, —C (R 3 ) (R 4 ) —, —C (R 3 ) 2 —,> C <is repeated, or two or more are combined Represents a hydrocarbon chain of structure. At the end of the structure Z, a hydrogen atom or —C (A) 3 , —C (A) 2 B, —C (A) (B) 2, —C (A) 2 —C (R 3 ) 3 , —C (R 3 ) 2 A, and at least one group selected from the group consisting of —C (R 3 ) 3 .
R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a hydrocarbon group obtained by combining them, or a fluorine atom. A and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. When there are a plurality of R 3 , R 4 , A, and B in the structure Z, they may be the same as or different from each other.
Y represents a hydrophilic group having hydrophilicity including an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom. When Y is plural, they may be the same or different.
＜１４＞
　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ２が、下記式［Ｖ］のいずれかで表されるポリオキシアルキレンアルキル（ＰＯＡ）エーテル、並びに、下記式［ＶＩ］で表される質量平均分子量１０００以上のポリオキシアルキレングリコール、ステアレス、ベヘネス、ＰＰＧミリスチルエーテル、ＰＰＧステアリルエーテル及びＰＰＧベヘニルエーテル、からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種の化合物からなる、前記＜１＞及び＜９＞～＜１３＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 　式中、Ｌ２１は、エーテル基、アミノ基、アミド基、エステル基、カルボニル基、カーボネート基、ポリオキシエチレン基、ポリオキシプロピレン基、ポリオキシブチレン基、又はそれらを組み合わせたポリオキシアルキレン基、などの結合基を示す。Ｒ５１は、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、２－エチルヘキシル基、ノニル基、デシル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、フェニル基、フルオロアルキル基、アラルキル基、もしくはそれらを組み合わせた炭化水素基、又はフッ素原子からなる各種置換基を示す。また、ａ、ｂ、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。ここで、ＣｍＨｎはアルキル基（ｎ＝２ｍ＋１）を表し、ＣａＨｂはアルキレン基（ａ＝２ｂ）を表す。なお、これら炭素原子数および水素原子数は、各式［Ｖ］及び［ＶＩ］において各々独立に決められるものであり、必ずしも同じ整数を示すものではなく異なっていてもよい。なお、－（ＣａＨｂＯ）ｍ－の「ｍ」は、１以上の整数である。この繰り返し単位の値は、各式［Ｖ］及び［ＶＩ］において各々独立に決められるものであり、必ずしも同じ整数を示すものではなく異なっていてもよい。 <14>
The liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 is a polyoxyalkylene alkyl (POA) ether represented by any one of the following formula [V], and a polyoxyalkylene alkyl (POA) ether represented by the following formula [VI] and having a mass average molecular weight of 1000 or more. Any one of the above <1> and <9> to <13>, comprising at least one compound selected from the group consisting of oxyalkylene glycol, steareth, behenez, PPG myristyl ether, PPG stearyl ether and PPG behenyl ether The nonwoven fabric described in 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 In the formula, L 21 represents an ether group, an amino group, an amide group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carbonate group, a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a polyoxyalkylene group obtained by combining them, A linking group such as R 51 is a hydrogen atom, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, phenyl group , A fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a hydrocarbon group obtained by combining them, or various substituents composed of a fluorine atom. A, b, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n represents an alkyl group (n = 2m + 1), and C a H b represents an alkylene group (a = 2b). The number of carbon atoms and the number of hydrogen atoms are determined independently in each of the formulas [V] and [VI], and may not necessarily represent the same integer and may be different. Note that “m” in — (C a H b O) m — is an integer of 1 or more. The value of this repeating unit is determined independently in each of the formulas [V] and [VI], and does not necessarily indicate the same integer, and may be different.
＜１５＞
　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ２が、下記式［ＶＩＩ］で表される脂肪酸、下記式［ＶＩＩＩ－Ｉ］又は［ＶＩＩＩ－ＩＩ］で表されるグリセリン脂肪酸エステル及びペンタエリスリトール脂肪酸エステル、下記式［ＩＸ］のいずれか、下記式［Ｘ］のいずれか、又は下記式［ＸＩ］のいずれかで表される、グリセリン脂肪酸エステル、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、及びペンタエリスリトール脂肪酸エステルの部分エステル化物、下記式［ＸＩＩ］のステロール構造を有する化合物、下記式［ＸＩＩＩ］で表されるアルコール、下記式［ＸＩＶ］で表される脂肪酸エステル、並びに下記式［ＸＶ］で表されるワックスからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種からなる、前記＜１＞及び＜９＞～＜１３＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 　式［ＶＩＩ］中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。ここで、ＣｍＨｎは、上記各脂肪酸の炭化水素基を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 　式［ＶＩＩＩ－Ｉ］及び［ＶＩＩＩ－ＩＩ］中、ｍ、ｍ’、ｍ’’、ｎ、ｎ’及びｎ’’は各々独立に１以上の整数である。複数のｍ、複数のｎは各々において、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。ここで、ＣｍＨｎ、Ｃｍ’Ｈｎ’及びＣｍ’’Ｈｎ’’は、それぞれ、上記各脂肪酸の炭化水素基を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 　式［ＩＸ］中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。複数のｍ、複数のｎは各々において、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。ここで、ＣｍＨｎは、上記各脂肪酸の炭化水素基を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 　式［Ｘ］中、Ｒ５２は、炭素原子数２以上２２以下の、直鎖又は分岐鎖、飽和又は不飽和の炭化水素基（アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基等）を示す。具体的には、２－エチルヘキシル基、ラウリル基、ミリスチル基、パルミチル基、ステアリル基、ベヘニル基、オレイル基、リノール基などが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 　式［ＸＩ］中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。複数のｍ、複数のｎは各々において、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。ここで、ＣｍＨｎは、上記各脂肪酸の炭化水素基を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 　式［ＸＩＩＩ］中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。ここで、ＣｍＨｎは、上記各アルコールの炭化水素基を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 　式［ＸＩＶ］中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。ここで、２つのＣｍＨｎは、同一でも異なっていてもよい。ＣｍＨｎ－ＣＯＯ－のＣｍＨｎは上記各脂肪酸の炭化水素基を示す。－ＣＯＯＣｍＨｎのＣｍＨｎはエステルを形成するアルコール由来の炭化水素基を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 　式［ＸＶ］中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。 <15>
The liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 is a fatty acid represented by the following formula [VII], a glycerin fatty acid ester and a pentaerythritol fatty acid ester represented by the following formula [VIII-I] or [VIII-II], A partially esterified product of glycerin fatty acid ester, sorbitan fatty acid ester, and pentaerythritol fatty acid ester represented by any one of [IX], any of the following formula [X], or any of the following formula [XI], [XII] a compound having a sterol structure, an alcohol represented by the following formula [XIII], a fatty acid ester represented by the following formula [XIV], and a wax represented by the following formula [XV]. The nonwoven fabric according to any one of <1> and <9> to <13>, comprising at least one kind.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 In formula [VII], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 In the formulas [VIII-I] and [VIII-II], m, m ′, m ″, n, n ′ and n ″ are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other. Here, C m H n, C m 'H n' and C m '' H n '' are each a hydrocarbon group of each of the fatty acid.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 In the formula [IX], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other. Here, C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 In the formula [X], R 52 represents a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, etc.) having 2 to 22 carbon atoms. Specific examples include 2-ethylhexyl group, lauryl group, myristyl group, palmityl group, stearyl group, behenyl group, oleyl group, linole group and the like.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 In formula [XI], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other. Here, C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 In formula [XIII], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above alcohol.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 In the formula [XIV], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, two C m H n may be the same or different. C m H n -COO- of C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids. C m H n in —COOC m H n represents an alcohol-derived hydrocarbon group that forms an ester.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 In formula [XV], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
＜１６＞
　前記配列が、前記不織布表面における交差する複数の方向に沿う配列である前記＜１＞～＜１５＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
＜１７＞
　前記交差する複数の方向に、前記不織布の第一方向及びそれに直交する第二方向が含まれる前記＜１６＞に記載の不織布。
＜１８＞
　前記配列は少なくとも受液部となる位置に配されており、該受液部は、前記不織布を紙おむつ又は昼用ナプキンの表面シートとして適用した場合、前記紙おむつ又は昼用ナプキンの長手方向及び幅方向の中央部分であり、前記不織布を夜用ナプキンの表面シートとして適用した場合、該夜用ナプキンを長手方向に４分割した場合の前から２番目の領域における、長手方向及び幅方向の中央部分である、前記＜１＞～＜１７＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
＜１９＞
　前記含有部が、複数互いに離間して配列されている前記＜１＞～＜１８＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
＜２０＞
　前記非含有部が、前記交差する複数の方向に連続的または断続的に配列されている前記＜１＞～＜１９＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
＜２１＞
　前記配列が、連続する前記非含有部内に前記含有部が互いに離間して配列される海－島状の配置パターンの配列である前記＜１＞～＜２０＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。 <16>
The nonwoven fabric according to any one of <1> to <15>, wherein the array is an array along a plurality of intersecting directions on the surface of the nonwoven fabric.
<17>
The nonwoven fabric according to <16>, wherein the plurality of intersecting directions include a first direction of the nonwoven fabric and a second direction orthogonal thereto.
<18>
The array is disposed at least at a position to be a liquid receiving part, and when the nonwoven fabric is applied as a surface sheet of a paper diaper or a daytime napkin, the liquid receiving part is in the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the paper diaper or the daytime napkin. In the case where the nonwoven fabric is applied as a surface sheet of a night napkin, the central portion in the longitudinal direction and the width direction in the second region from the front when the night napkin is divided into four in the longitudinal direction. The nonwoven fabric according to any one of the above items <1> to <17>.
<19>
The nonwoven fabric according to any one of <1> to <18>, wherein a plurality of the containing parts are arranged apart from each other.
<20>
The non-woven fabric according to any one of <1> to <19>, wherein the non-containing portions are continuously or intermittently arranged in the plurality of intersecting directions.
<21>
The non-woven fabric according to any one of <1> to <20>, wherein the array is an array of sea-island-like arrangement patterns in which the containing parts are arranged apart from each other in the continuous non-containing part.
＜２２＞
　前記不織布を横断する任意の方向に沿う仮想線を任意に引いたときに、該仮想線上における前記含有部の長さが前記非含有部の長さよりも短い前記＜１＞～＜２１＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
＜２３＞
　前記仮想線は、前記非含有部の長さが最も長くなる位置で引かれる前記＜２２＞に記載の吸収性物品。
＜２４＞
　前記仮想線上における前記含有部の長さＳ２の前記非含有部の長さＳ１に対する比、即ちＳ２／Ｓ１は、１／１９以上１以下であり、１未満が好ましく、２／３以下がより好ましく、３／７以下が更に好ましく、また前記比は、１／９以上が好ましく、１／４以上がより好ましい、前記＜２２＞又は＜２３＞に記載の不織布。
＜２５＞
　前記仮想線上における前記含有部の長さＳ２の前記非含有部の長さＳ１に対する比、即ちＳ２／Ｓ１は、１／４以上３／７以下である、前記＜２２＞又は＜２３＞に記載の不織布。
＜２６＞
　前記含有部の合計面積が、前記非含有部の合計面積以下である前記＜１＞～＜２５＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
＜２７＞
　前記含有部の合計面積の、前記含有部及び前記非含有部の合計面積の和に占める割合は、５％以上５０％以下であり、４０％以下が好ましく、３０％以下がより好ましく、また前記割合は、１０％以上が好ましく、２０％以上がより好ましい、前記＜１＞～＜２６＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
＜２８＞
　前記含有部の合計面積の、前記含有部及び前記非含有部の合計面積の和に占める割合は、２０％以上３０％以下である、前記＜１＞～＜２６＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。 <22>
Any one of <1> to <21>, wherein the length of the inclusion part on the virtual line is shorter than the length of the non-inclusion part when an imaginary line along an arbitrary direction crossing the nonwoven fabric is arbitrarily drawn Or the nonwoven fabric according to 1.
<23>
The said imaginary line is an absorbent article as described in said <22> drawn in the position where the length of the said non-containing part becomes the longest.
<24>
The ratio of the length S2 of the containing part to the length S1 of the non-containing part on the phantom line, that is, S2 / S1 is 1/19 or more and 1 or less, preferably less than 1, more preferably 2/3 or less. The nonwoven fabric according to <22> or <23>, more preferably 3/7 or less, and the ratio is preferably 1/9 or more, and more preferably 1/4 or more.
<25>
The ratio of the length S2 of the containing part on the imaginary line to the length S1 of the non-containing part, that is, S2 / S1 is 1/4 or more and 3/7 or less, according to <22> or <23>. Non-woven fabric.
<26>
The nonwoven fabric according to any one of <1> to <25>, wherein the total area of the containing parts is equal to or less than the total area of the non-containing parts.
<27>
The ratio of the total area of the content part to the sum of the total area of the content part and the non-content part is 5% or more and 50% or less, preferably 40% or less, more preferably 30% or less, and The nonwoven fabric according to any one of <1> to <26>, wherein the ratio is preferably 10% or more, and more preferably 20% or more.
<28>
The ratio of the total area of the containing part to the sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part is 20% or more and 30% or less, according to any one of the above items <1> to <26> Non-woven fabric.
＜２９＞
　前記含有部が円形を有し、該含有部が複数、長手方向及び幅方向の両方向に沿って互いに離間して、複数の方向に分散配列されている、前記＜１＞～＜２８＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
＜３０＞
　前記含有部及び非含有部はともに長手方向に帯状に延出し、かつ、該帯状の含有部及び非含有部が幅方向に交互に配置されている、前記＜１＞～＜２８＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
＜３１＞
　前記不織布表面において、複数の方向に連続して延出して格子状にされた非含有部の中に、菱形に象られた含有部が複数互いに離間して配列された、前記＜１＞～＜２８＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
＜３２＞
　前記不織布表面において、複数の方向に連続して延出して格子状にされた含有部の中に、菱形に象られた非含有部が複数互いに離間して配列された、前記＜１＞～＜２８＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。 <29>
Any one of the above items <1> to <28>, wherein the containing part has a circular shape, and the containing part is plurally arranged and spaced apart from each other along both the longitudinal direction and the width direction. Or the nonwoven fabric according to 1.
<30>
Either of the above-mentioned <1> to <28>, wherein both the containing part and the non-containing part extend in a band shape in the longitudinal direction, and the band-like containing part and the non-containing part are alternately arranged in the width direction. The nonwoven fabric according to 1.
<31>
In the non-woven fabric surface, in the non-containing parts continuously extending in a plurality of directions and formed in a lattice shape, a plurality of containing parts shaped like rhombuses are arranged spaced apart from each other. 28> The nonwoven fabric according to any one of 28>.
<32>
On the surface of the nonwoven fabric, the above-mentioned <1> to <<28> The nonwoven fabric according to any one of 28>.
＜３３＞
　前記含有部の構成繊維の接触角は、前記非含有部の構成繊維の接触角よりも大きい、前記＜１＞～＜３２＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
＜３４＞
　前記含有部の構成繊維の接触角と前記非含有部の構成繊維の接触角の差は、５度以上９０度以下であり、１０度以上が好ましく、２０度以上がより好ましく、また６０度以下が好ましく、４０度以下がより好ましい、前記＜３３＞に記載の不織布。
＜３５＞
　前記含有部の構成繊維の接触角と前記非含有部の構成繊維の接触角の差は、２０度以上４０度以下である、前記＜３３＞に記載の不織布。
＜３６＞
　前記非含有部の構成繊維の接触角は９０度以下であることが好ましく、８０度以下であることがより好ましく、７０度以下であることが更に好ましい、前記＜３３＞～＜３５＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
＜３７＞
　前記含有部の構成繊維の接触角は１１０度以下であることが好ましく、９０度以下であることがより好ましく、８０度以下であることが更に好ましい、前記＜３３＞～＜３６＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。 <33>
The nonwoven fabric according to any one of <1> to <32>, wherein the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing part is larger than the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing part.
<34>
The difference between the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing part and the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing part is 5 degrees or more and 90 degrees or less, preferably 10 degrees or more, more preferably 20 degrees or more, and 60 degrees or less. The nonwoven fabric according to the above <33>, preferably 40 ° or less.
<35>
The non-woven fabric according to <33>, wherein the difference between the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing part and the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing part is 20 degrees or more and 40 degrees or less.
<36>
The contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing part is preferably 90 degrees or less, more preferably 80 degrees or less, and further preferably 70 degrees or less, any one of the above items <33> to <35> Or the nonwoven fabric according to 1.
<37>
Any one of the above items <33> to <36>, wherein the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing part is preferably 110 degrees or less, more preferably 90 degrees or less, and still more preferably 80 degrees or less. The nonwoven fabric according to 1.
＜３８＞
　前記液膜開裂剤、前記化合物Ｃ１又は前記化合物Ｃ２は、粘度が０ｃｐｓ以上であって、１００００ｃｐｓ以下が好ましく、１０００ｃｐｓ以下がより好ましく、２００ｃｐｓ以下が更に好ましい、前記＜１＞～＜３７＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。 <38>
The liquid film cleaving agent, the compound C1 or the compound C2 has a viscosity of 0 cps or more, preferably 10000 cps or less, more preferably 1000 cps or less, and further preferably 200 cps or less, any one of the above items <1> to <37> Or the nonwoven fabric according to 1.
＜３９＞
　前記液膜開裂剤、前記化合物Ｃ１又は前記化合物Ｃ２の水溶解度が０ｇ以上０．０２５ｇ以下である、前記＜１＞～＜３８＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。 <39>
The nonwoven fabric according to any one of <1> to <38>, wherein the liquid film cleaving agent, the compound C1 or the compound C2 has a water solubility of 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less.
＜４０＞
　前記液膜開裂剤、前記化合物Ｃ１又は前記化合物Ｃ２の表面張力は、３２ｍＮ／ｍ以下が好ましく、３０ｍＮ／ｍ以下がより好ましく、２５ｍＮ／ｍ以下が更に好ましく、２２ｍＮ／ｍ以下が特に好ましく、１ｍＮ／ｍ以上が好ましい、前記＜１＞～＜３９＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。 <40>
The surface tension of the liquid film cleaving agent, the compound C1 or the compound C2 is preferably 32 mN / m or less, more preferably 30 mN / m or less, further preferably 25 mN / m or less, particularly preferably 22 mN / m or less, and 1 mN. The nonwoven fabric according to any one of <1> to <39>, preferably at least / m.
＜４１＞
　少なくとも一部の繊維交絡点付近又は繊維融着点付近に前記液膜開裂剤、前記化合物Ｃ１又は前記化合物Ｃ２が局在化している、前記＜１＞～＜４０＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。 <41>
<1> to <40>, wherein the liquid film cleaving agent, the compound C1, or the compound C2 is localized near at least some of the fiber entanglement points or fiber fusion points. Non-woven fabric.
＜４２＞
　前記不織布が凸部と凹部を有する凹凸形状である、前記＜１＞～＜４１＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布。
＜４３＞
　前記凸部の頂部が前記含有部を有する、前記＜４２＞に記載の不織布。
＜４４＞
　前記凹部の底部が前記非含有部を有する、前記＜４２＞又は＜４３＞に記載の不織布。
＜４５＞
　前記凸部と前記含有部が一致しており、前記凹部と前記非含有部が一致している、前記＜４２＞に記載の不織布。 <42>
The nonwoven fabric according to any one of <1> to <41>, wherein the nonwoven fabric has an uneven shape having a convex portion and a concave portion.
<43>
The nonwoven fabric according to <42>, wherein a top portion of the convex portion includes the containing portion.
<44>
The nonwoven fabric according to <42> or <43>, wherein the bottom of the recess has the non-containing portion.
<45>
The nonwoven fabric according to <42>, wherein the convex portion and the containing portion are matched, and the concave portion and the non-containing portion are matched.
＜４６＞
　前記＜１＞～＜４５＞のいずれか１に記載の不織布を表面シートとして用いた吸収性物品。
＜４７＞
　前記吸収性物品が生理用ナプキンである前記＜４６＞に記載の吸収性物品。
＜４８＞
　前記吸収性物品の幅方向に沿う仮想線を任意に引いたときに、該仮想線上における前記含有部の幅方向の長さが前記非含有部の幅方向の長さよりも短い前記＜４６＞又は＜４７＞に記載の吸収性物品。
＜４９＞
　前記仮想線は、前記非含有部の長さが最も長くなる位置で引かれる前記＜４８＞に記載の吸収性物品。 <46>
An absorbent article using the nonwoven fabric according to any one of <1> to <45> as a surface sheet.
<47>
The absorbent article according to <46>, wherein the absorbent article is a sanitary napkin.
<48>
<46> or when the imaginary line along the width direction of the absorbent article is arbitrarily drawn, the length in the width direction of the containing part on the imaginary line is shorter than the length in the width direction of the non-containing part The absorbent article as described in <47>.
<49>
The absorbent article according to <48>, wherein the imaginary line is drawn at a position where the length of the non-containing part is longest.
　以下、本発明を実施例に基づきさらに詳しく説明するが、本発明はこれにより限定して解釈されるものではない。なお、本実施例において「部」および「％」とは特に断らない限りいずれも質量基準である。また、拡張係数、界面張力、表面張力及び水溶解度は、前述のとおり、温度２５℃、相対湿度（ＲＨ）６５％の環境領域で測定したものである。下記実施例における、液膜開裂剤の表面張力、水溶解度及び界面張力は、前述の測定方法により行った。なお、下記表中における、「－」は、項目名に示される剤を用いないこと、項目に該当する値を有さないこと等を意味する。また、「←」は、左隣の記載内容と同じであることを意味する。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples, but the present invention is not construed as being limited thereto. In the examples, “part” and “%” are based on mass unless otherwise specified. The expansion coefficient, interfacial tension, surface tension, and water solubility were measured in the environmental region at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity (RH) of 65% as described above. In the following examples, the surface tension, water solubility, and interfacial tension of the liquid film cleaving agent were measured by the measurement methods described above. In the table below, “-” means that the agent indicated in the item name is not used, does not have a value corresponding to the item, and the like. “←” means the same as the description on the left.
（実施例１）
　図８に示す凹凸形状の原料不織布を前述の方法により作製した。上層（第１面１Ａ側の層）には繊度１．２ｄｔｅｘの非熱収縮性熱融着繊維を用い、下層（第２面１Ｂ側の層）には繊度２．３ｄｔｅｘの熱収縮性繊維を用いた。このときの上層の繊維間距離は８０μｍ、下層の繊維間距離は６０μｍであった。また、当該不織布の坪量は、７４ｇ／ｍ２であった。作製した原料不織布の大きさは、長手方向２０ｃｍ、幅方向７ｃｍであった。なお、前記長手方向は、不織布製造の機械搬出方向（ＭＤ）であり、幅方向は機械搬出方向に直交する方向（ＣＤ）である。
　前記原料不織布の凹凸構造の面に対し、ポリオキシエチレン（ＰＯＥ）変性ジメチルシリコーン（信越化学工業株式会社製　ＫＦ－６０１５）で、構造Ｘ－ＹにおけるＸが－Ｓｉ（ＣＨ３）２Ｏ－からなるジメチルシリコーン鎖、Ｙが－（Ｃ２Ｈ４Ｏ）－からなるＰＯＥ鎖からなり、ＰＯＥ鎖の末端基がメチル基（ＣＨ３）であり、変性率が２０％、ポリオキシエチレン付加モル数が３、質量平均分子量が４０００の液膜開裂剤を、フレキソ印刷方式により次のパターンで塗工した。すなわち、図１に示すように、連続する非含有部の中にドット状の含有部を複数配列したパターンとなるように、液膜開裂剤を塗工した。塗工後の不織布を実施例１の不織布試料Ｍ１とした。
　この液膜開裂剤としてのポリオキシエチレン（ＰＯＥ）変性ジメチルシリコーンの含有部における坪量、液膜開裂剤の不織布試料全体の質量に対する含有割合（ＯＰＵ）、幅方向の含有部及び非含有部それぞれの長さ、並びに含有部の面積率（｛含有部の合計面積／含有部と非含有部の合計面積の和｝×１００）は、表１に示すとおりであった。なお、不織布試料Ｍ１の長手方向及び幅方向は、原料不織布の長手方向及び幅方向に一致する方向である。該幅方向における含有部及び非含有部それぞれの長さは、前述したように、図４（Ａ）に示す仮想線Ｔを引いて測定した値とした。（以下の実施例及び比較例、参考例において同様。）
　前記液膜開裂剤自体の粘度は、前述の（液間開裂剤の粘度の測定方法）に示した方法により測定した結果、１６３ｃｐｓであった。
　前記液膜開裂剤は、表面張力２１．０ｍＮ／ｍ、水溶解度０．０００１ｇ未満であった。また、前記液膜開裂剤の、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数は２８．８ｍＮ／ｍであり、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力は、０．２ｍＮ／ｍであった。これらの数値は、前述の測定方法により測定した。その際、「表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体」は、１００ｇの脱イオン水にノニオン系界面活性物質であるポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノラウレート（花王株式会社製、商品名レオオールスーパーＴＷ－Ｌ１２０）をマイクロピペット（ＡＣＵＲＡ８２５、Socorex　Isba　SA社製）で３．７５μＬ添加し、表面張力を５０±１ｍＮ／ｍに調整した溶液を用いた。また、水溶解度は、０．０００１ｇ毎に剤を添加して測定した。その結果、０．０００１ｇも溶けないと観察されたものは「０．０００１ｇ未満」とし、０．０００１ｇは溶けて、０．０００２ｇは溶けなかったと観察されたものは「０．０００１ｇ」とした。それ以外の数値についても同様の方法により測定した。 Example 1
The uneven raw material nonwoven fabric shown in FIG. 8 was produced by the method described above. Non-heat-shrinkable heat-bonded fibers with a fineness of 1.2 dtex are used for the upper layer (layer on the first surface 1A side), and heat-shrinkable fibers with a fineness of 2.3 dtex are used for the lower layer (layer on the second surface 1B side). Using. At this time, the distance between the fibers in the upper layer was 80 μm, and the distance between the fibers in the lower layer was 60 μm. Moreover, the basic weight of the said nonwoven fabric was 74 g / m < 2 >. The size of the produced raw material nonwoven fabric was 20 cm in the longitudinal direction and 7 cm in the width direction. The longitudinal direction is the machine unloading direction (MD) for manufacturing the nonwoven fabric, and the width direction is the direction (CD) orthogonal to the machine unloading direction.
Polyoxyethylene (POE) modified dimethyl silicone (KF-6015 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and X in the structure XY is from —Si (CH 3 ) 2 O— to the surface of the uneven structure of the raw material nonwoven fabric. A dimethylsilicone chain, wherein Y is a POE chain composed of — (C 2 H 4 O) —, the terminal group of the POE chain is a methyl group (CH 3 ), the modification rate is 20%, and the polyoxyethylene addition mole number And a liquid film cleaving agent having a mass average molecular weight of 4000 was applied in the following pattern by a flexographic printing method. That is, as shown in FIG. 1, the liquid film cleaving agent was applied so as to form a pattern in which a plurality of dot-like containing parts were arranged in continuous non-containing parts. The nonwoven fabric after coating was designated as a nonwoven fabric sample M1 of Example 1.
Basis weight of the polyoxyethylene (POE) -modified dimethyl silicone content part as the liquid film cleaving agent, content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cleaving agent with respect to the total mass of the nonwoven fabric sample, content part and non-contained part in the width direction. And the area ratio of the containing part ({total area of containing part / sum of total area of containing part and non-containing part} × 100) are as shown in Table 1. In addition, the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the nonwoven fabric sample M1 are directions that coincide with the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the raw material nonwoven fabric. As described above, the length of each of the containing part and the non-containing part in the width direction was a value measured by drawing an imaginary line T shown in FIG. (The same applies to the following examples, comparative examples, and reference examples.)
The viscosity of the liquid film cleaving agent itself was 163 cps as a result of measurement by the method described above (Method for measuring the viscosity of a liquid cleaving agent).
The liquid film cleaving agent had a surface tension of 21.0 mN / m and a water solubility of less than 0.0001 g. The expansion coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m was 28.8 mN / m, and the interfacial tension for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m was 0.2 mN / m. . These numerical values were measured by the measurement method described above. At that time, “a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m” is obtained by adding polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, which is a nonionic surfactant, to 100 g of deionized water (trade name: Leool Super TW-L120, manufactured by Kao Corporation). Was added with a micropipette (ACURA825, manufactured by Socorex Isba SA), and a solution having a surface tension adjusted to 50 ± 1 mN / m was used. The water solubility was measured by adding an agent every 0.0001 g. As a result, what was observed as not dissolving 0.0001 g was defined as “less than 0.0001 g”, 0.0001 g was dissolved, and 0.0002 g observed as not dissolved was defined as “0.0001 g”. The other numerical values were also measured by the same method.
（実施例２）
　液膜開裂剤の含有部における坪量、液膜開裂剤の不織布試料全体の質量に対する含有割合（ＯＰＵ）、幅方向の含有部及び非含有部それぞれの長さ、並びに含有部の面積率（｛含有部の合計面積／含有部と非含有部の合計面積の和｝×１００）を表１のとおりとした以外は、実施例１と同様にして実施例２の不織布試料Ｍ２を作製した。 (Example 2)
Basis weight in content part of liquid film cleaving agent, content ratio of liquid film cleaving agent to mass of whole nonwoven fabric sample (OPU), length of each content part and non-content part in width direction, and area ratio of content part ({ A nonwoven fabric sample M2 of Example 2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the total area of the containing part / the sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part} × 100) was as shown in Table 1.
（実施例３）
　液膜開裂剤の含有部における坪量、液膜開裂剤の不織布試料全体の質量に対する含有割合（ＯＰＵ）、幅方向の含有部及び非含有部それぞれの長さ、並びに含有部の面積率（｛含有部の合計面積／含有部と非含有部の合計面積の和｝×１００）を表１のとおりとした以外は、実施例１と同様にして実施例３の不織布試料Ｍ３を作製した。 (Example 3)
Basis weight in content part of liquid film cleaving agent, content ratio of liquid film cleaving agent to mass of whole nonwoven fabric sample (OPU), length of each content part and non-content part in width direction, and area ratio of content part ({ A nonwoven fabric sample M3 of Example 3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the total area of the containing part / the sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part} × 100) was as shown in Table 1.
（実施例４）
　液膜開裂剤の含有部と非含有部とを図３（Ａ）に示す帯状（ストライプ）の配列パターンとし、含有部における坪量、液膜開裂剤の不織布試料全体の質量に対する含有割合（ＯＰＵ）、幅方向の含有部及び非含有部それぞれの長さ、並びに含有部の面積率（｛含有部の合計面積／含有部と非含有部の合計面積の和｝×１００）を表１のとおりとした以外は、実施例１と同様にして実施例４の不織布試料Ｍ４を作製した。 Example 4
The containing part and non-containing part of the liquid film cleaving agent are arranged in a strip-like (striped) arrangement pattern as shown in FIG. ), The length of each of the containing part and the non-containing part in the width direction, and the area ratio of the containing part ({total area of the containing part / sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part} × 100) as shown in Table 1. A nonwoven fabric sample M4 of Example 4 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that.
（実施例５）
　液膜開裂剤の含有部における坪量、液膜開裂剤の不織布試料全体の質量に対する含有割合（ＯＰＵ）、幅方向の含有部及び非含有部それぞれの長さ、並びに含有部の面積率（｛含有部の合計面積／含有部と非含有部の合計面積の和｝×１００）を表１のとおりとした以外は、実施例４と同様にして実施例５の不織布試料Ｍ５を作製した。 (Example 5)
Basis weight in content part of liquid film cleaving agent, content ratio of liquid film cleaving agent to mass of whole nonwoven fabric sample (OPU), length of each content part and non-content part in width direction, and area ratio of content part ({ A nonwoven fabric sample M5 of Example 5 was produced in the same manner as in Example 4 except that the total area of the containing part / the sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part} × 100) was as shown in Table 1.
（実施例６）
　液膜開裂剤の含有部と非含有部とを図２（Ｂ）に示す格子を９０度回転させた配列パターンとし、含有部における坪量、液膜開裂剤の不織布試料全体の質量に対する含有割合（ＯＰＵ）、幅方向の含有部及び非含有部それぞれの長さ、並びに含有部の面積率（｛含有部の合計面積／含有部と非含有部の合計面積の和｝×１００）を表１のとおりとした以外は、実施例１と同様にして実施例６の不織布試料Ｍ６を作製した。 (Example 6)
The content part and non-content part of a liquid film cleaving agent are made into the arrangement pattern which rotated the grid | lattice shown in FIG. Table 1 shows (OPU), the length of each of the containing part and the non-containing part in the width direction, and the area ratio of the containing part ({total area of the containing part / sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part} × 100). A nonwoven fabric sample M6 of Example 6 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that it was as described above.
（実施例７）
　液膜開裂剤としてエポキシ変性ジメチルシリコーン（信越化学工業株式会社製、ＫＦ－１０１）で、構造Ｘ－ＹにおけるＸが－Ｓｉ（ＣＨ３）２Ｏ－からなるジメチルシリコーン鎖、Ｙが－（ＲＣ２Ｈ３Ｏ）－から成るエポキシ基からなるものであり、変性率が３２％、質量平均分子量が３５８００のものを用い、液膜開裂剤の含有部における坪量、液膜開裂剤の不織布試料全体の質量に対する含有割合（ＯＰＵ）、幅方向の含有部及び非含有部それぞれの長さ、並びに含有部の面積率（｛含有部の合計面積／含有部と非含有部の合計面積の和｝×１００）を表２のとおりとした以外は、実施例１と同様にして実施例７の不織布試料Ｍ７を作製した。
　前記液膜開裂剤自体の粘度は、前述の（液間開裂剤の粘度の測定方法）に示した方法により測定した結果、１５１５ｃｐｓであった。
　前記液膜開裂剤は、表面張力２１．０ｍＮ／ｍ、水溶解度０．０００１ｇ未満であった。また、前記液膜開裂剤の、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数は２６．０ｍＮ／ｍであり、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力は３．０ｍＮ／ｍであった。これらの数値は、実施例１と同様の方法により測定した。 (Example 7)
Epoxy-modified dimethyl silicone (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KF-101) as a liquid film cleaving agent, X in structure XY is a dimethyl silicone chain composed of —Si (CH 3 ) 2 O—, Y is — (RC 2 H 3 O) — consisting of an epoxy group having a modification rate of 32% and a mass average molecular weight of 35800, basis weight in the content of the liquid film cleaving agent, and a nonwoven film sample of the liquid film cleaving agent Content ratio (OPU) with respect to the total mass, length of each containing part and non-containing part in the width direction, and area ratio of containing part ({total area of containing part / sum of total area of containing part and non-containing part} A nonwoven fabric sample M7 of Example 7 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that x100) was as shown in Table 2.
The viscosity of the liquid film cleaving agent itself was 1515 cps as a result of measurement by the method described above (Method for measuring viscosity of liquid cleaving agent).
The liquid film cleaving agent had a surface tension of 21.0 mN / m and a water solubility of less than 0.0001 g. The expansion coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m was 26.0 mN / m, and the interfacial tension for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m was 3.0 mN / m. These numerical values were measured by the same method as in Example 1.
（実施例８）
　液膜開裂剤としてトリカプリル酸・カプリン酸グリセリン（花王株式会社製　ココナードＭＴ）で、構造Ｚ－ＹにおけるＺが＊－Ｏ－ＣＨ（ＣＨ２Ｏ－＊）２（＊は結合部を示す。）であり、ＹがＣ８Ｈ１５Ｏ－やＣ１０Ｈ１９Ｏ－の炭化水素鎖からなるものであり、脂肪酸組成がカプリル酸を８２％、カプリン酸を１８％からなり、質量平均分子量が５５０のものを用い、液膜開裂剤の含有部における坪量、液膜開裂剤の不織布試料全体の質量に対する含有割合（ＯＰＵ）、幅方向の含有部及び非含有部それぞれの長さ、並びに含有部の面積率（｛含有部の合計面積／含有部と非含有部の合計面積の和｝×１００）を表２のとおりとした以外は、実施例１と同様にして実施例８の不織布試料Ｍ８を作製した。
　前記液膜開裂剤自体の粘度は、前述の（液間開裂剤の粘度の測定方法）に示した方法により測定した結果、２４．１ｃｐｓであった。
　前記液膜開裂剤は、表面張力２８．９ｍＮ／ｍ、水溶解度０．０００１ｇ未満であった。また、前記液膜開裂剤の、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数は８．８ｍＮ／ｍであり、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力１２．３ｍＮ／ｍであった。これらの数値は、実施例１と同様の方法により測定した。 (Example 8)
Tricaprylic acid / glycol capric acid (Coconard MT manufactured by Kao Corporation) as a liquid film cleaving agent, and Z in the structure ZY is * —O—CH (CH 2 O— *) 2 (* represents a bond) Y is composed of a hydrocarbon chain of C 8 H 15 O— or C 10 H 19 O—, the fatty acid composition is composed of 82% caprylic acid and 18% capric acid, and the mass average molecular weight is 550. The basis weight in the content part of the liquid film cleaving agent, the content ratio of the liquid film cleaving agent to the mass of the whole nonwoven fabric sample (OPU), the length of each of the content part and the non-content part in the width direction, and the content part The nonwoven fabric sample M8 of Example 8 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the area ratio ({total area of containing part / sum of total area of containing part and non-containing part} × 100) was as shown in Table 2. Was made.
The viscosity of the liquid film cleaving agent itself was 24.1 cps as a result of measurement by the method described above (Method for measuring viscosity of liquid cleaving agent).
The liquid film cleaving agent had a surface tension of 28.9 mN / m and a water solubility of less than 0.0001 g. The expansion coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m was 8.8 mN / m, and the interfacial tension for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m was 12.3 mN / m. These numerical values were measured by the same method as in Example 1.
（実施例９）
　液膜開裂剤として流動イソパラフィン（ルビトールＬｉｔｅ、ＢＡＳＦジャパン株式会社製）、質量平均分子量が４５０のものを用い、液膜開裂剤の含有部における坪量、液膜開裂剤の不織布試料全体の質量に対する含有割合（ＯＰＵ）、幅方向の含有部及び非含有部それぞれの長さ、並びに含有部の面積率（｛含有部の合計面積／含有部と非含有部の合計面積の和｝×１００）を表２のとおりとした以外は、実施例１と同様にして実施例９の不織布試料Ｍ９を作製した。
　前記液膜開裂剤自体の粘度は、前述の（液間開裂剤の粘度の測定方法）に示した方法により測定した結果、２０．０ｃｐｓであった。
　前記液膜開裂剤は、表面張力２７．０ｍＮ／ｍ、水溶解度０．０００１ｇ未満であった。また、前記液膜開裂剤の、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数は１４．５ｍＮ／ｍであり、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力８．５ｍＮ／ｍであった。これらの数値は、実施例１と同様の方法により測定した。 Example 9
Liquid isoparaffin (rubitol Lite, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) having a mass average molecular weight of 450 is used as the liquid film cleaving agent, the basis weight in the content of the liquid film cleaving agent, and the mass of the nonwoven film sample of the liquid film cleaving agent The content ratio (OPU), the length of each of the containing part and the non-containing part in the width direction, and the area ratio of the containing part ({total area of the containing part / sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part} × 100) A nonwoven fabric sample M9 of Example 9 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that it was as shown in Table 2.
The viscosity of the liquid film cleaving agent itself was 20.0 cps as a result of measurement by the method described above (Method for measuring viscosity of liquid cleaving agent).
The liquid film cleaving agent had a surface tension of 27.0 mN / m and a water solubility of less than 0.0001 g. The expansion coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent for a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN / m was 14.5 mN / m, and the interfacial tension for a liquid with a surface tension of 50 mN / m was 8.5 mN / m. These numerical values were measured by the same method as in Example 1.
（実施例１０）
　液膜開裂剤の含有部における坪量、液膜開裂剤の不織布試料全体の質量に対する含有割合（ＯＰＵ）、幅方向の含有部及び非含有部それぞれの長さ、並びに含有部の面積率（｛含有部の合計面積／含有部と非含有部の合計面積の和｝×１００）を表２のとおりとした以外は、実施例４と同様にして実施例１０の不織布試料Ｍ１０を作製した。 (Example 10)
Basis weight in content part of liquid film cleaving agent, content ratio of liquid film cleaving agent to mass of whole nonwoven fabric sample (OPU), length of each content part and non-content part in width direction, and area ratio of content part ({ A nonwoven fabric sample M10 of Example 10 was produced in the same manner as in Example 4 except that the total area of the containing part / the sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part} × 100) was as shown in Table 2.
（実施例１１）
　液膜開裂剤の含有部における坪量、液膜開裂剤の不織布試料全体の質量に対する含有割合（ＯＰＵ）、幅方向の含有部及び非含有部それぞれの長さ、並びに含有部の面積率（｛含有部の合計面積／含有部と非含有部の合計面積の和｝×１００）を表２のとおりとした以外は、実施例６と同様にして実施例１１の不織布試料Ｍ１１を作製した。 (Example 11)
Basis weight in content part of liquid film cleaving agent, content ratio of liquid film cleaving agent to mass of whole nonwoven fabric sample (OPU), length of each content part and non-content part in width direction, and area ratio of content part ({ A nonwoven fabric sample M11 of Example 11 was produced in the same manner as in Example 6 except that the total area of the containing part / the sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part} × 100) was as shown in Table 2.
（実施例１２）
　液膜開裂剤の含有部における坪量、液膜開裂剤の不織布試料全体の質量に対する含有割合（ＯＰＵ）、幅方向の含有部及び非含有部それぞれの長さ、並びに含有部の面積率（｛含有部の合計面積／含有部と非含有部の合計面積の和｝×１００）を表２のとおりとした以外は、実施例１と同様にして実施例１２の不織布試料Ｍ１２を作製した。 Example 12
Basis weight in content part of liquid film cleaving agent, content ratio of liquid film cleaving agent to mass of whole nonwoven fabric sample (OPU), length of each content part and non-content part in width direction, and area ratio of content part ({ A nonwoven fabric sample M12 of Example 12 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the total area of the containing part / the sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part} × 100) was as shown in Table 2.
（比較例１）
　実施例１で用いた、液膜開裂剤を塗工する前の原料不織布をそのまま比較例１の不織布試料Ｑ１として準備した。
（参考例１）
　実施例１で用いた液膜開裂剤を原料不織布の全面に塗工し、液膜開裂剤の含有部における坪量、液膜開裂剤の不織布試料全体の質量に対する含有割合（ＯＰＵ）、幅方向の含有部及び非含有部それぞれの長さ、並びに含有部の面積率（｛含有部の合計面積／含有部と非含有部の合計面積の和｝×１００）を表２のとおりとした以外は、実施例１と同様にして参考例１の不織布試料Ｖ１を作製した。 (Comparative Example 1)
The raw material non-woven fabric used in Example 1 before coating with the liquid film cleaving agent was directly prepared as the non-woven fabric sample Q1 of Comparative Example 1.
(Reference Example 1)
The liquid film cleaving agent used in Example 1 was applied to the entire surface of the raw material nonwoven fabric, the basis weight in the content part of the liquid film cleaving agent, the content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cleaving agent to the whole nonwoven fabric sample, and the width direction Except that the length of each of the containing part and the non-containing part and the area ratio of the containing part ({sum of the total area of the containing part / sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part} × 100) are as shown in Table 2. A nonwoven fabric sample V1 of Reference Example 1 was produced in the same manner as Example 1.
（不織布試料（表面シート）の液残り量）
　吸収性物品の一例として生理用ナプキン（花王株式会社製：ロリエエフ　しあわせ素肌　３０ｃｍ、２０１４年製）から表面シートを取り除き、その代りに各不織布試料を積層し、その周囲を固定して得た評価用の生理用ナプキンを作製した。
　各評価用の生理用ナプキンの表面上に、内径１ｃｍの透過孔を有するアクリル板を重ねて、該ナプキンに１００Ｐａの一定荷重を掛けた。斯かる荷重下において、該アクリル板の透過孔から経血に相当する疑似血液（株式会社日本バイオテスト研究所製の馬脱繊維血液を８．０ｃＰに調整したもの）６．０ｇを流し込んだ。なお、用いた馬脱繊維血液は、東機産業株式会社のＴＶＢ１０形粘度計にて、３０ｒｐｍの条件下で調整した。馬脱繊維血液は、放置すると、粘度の高い部分（赤血球など）は沈殿し、粘度の低い部分（血漿）は、上澄みとして残る。その部分の混合比率を、８．０ｃＰになるように調整した。合計６．０ｇの疑似血液を流し込んでから６０秒後にアクリル板を取り除く。次いで、不織布試料の重量（Ｗ２）を測定し、予め測定しておいた、疑似血液を流し込む前の不織布試料の重量（Ｗ１）との差（Ｗ２－Ｗ１）を算出した。以上の操作を３回行い、３回の平均値を液残り量（ｍｇ）とした。液残り量は、装着者の肌がどの程度濡れるかの指標となるものであり、液残り量が少ないほど程、良い結果である。 (Liquid remaining amount of non-woven fabric sample (surface sheet))
As an example of an absorbent article, the sanitary napkin (manufactured by Kao Corporation: Laurier F, happy bare skin 30 cm, made in 2014) is removed, the surface sheet is removed, and each nonwoven fabric sample is laminated instead, and the periphery is fixed for evaluation. A sanitary napkin was prepared.
An acrylic plate having a transmission hole with an inner diameter of 1 cm was overlaid on the surface of each evaluation sanitary napkin, and a constant load of 100 Pa was applied to the napkin. Under such a load, 6.0 g of pseudo blood corresponding to menstrual blood (adjusted equine defibrinated blood manufactured by Japan Biotest Laboratories Co., Ltd. to 8.0 cP) was poured from the perforation hole of the acrylic plate. The equine defibrinated blood used was adjusted with a TVB10 viscometer manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd. under the condition of 30 rpm. When the equine defibrinated blood is allowed to stand, a highly viscous portion (such as red blood cells) precipitates, and a low viscosity portion (plasma) remains as a supernatant. The mixing ratio of the part was adjusted to 8.0 cP. The acrylic plate is removed 60 seconds after a total of 6.0 g of simulated blood has been poured. Next, the weight (W2) of the nonwoven fabric sample was measured, and the difference (W2−W1) from the weight (W1) of the nonwoven fabric sample before flowing the simulated blood, which had been measured in advance, was calculated. The above operation was performed 3 times, and the average value of the 3 times was defined as the remaining liquid amount (mg). The liquid remaining amount is an index of how much the wearer's skin gets wet. The smaller the liquid remaining amount, the better the result.
（不織布表面の液流れ長さ）
　試験装置は、試験サンプルの載置面が水平面に対して４５°傾斜している載置部を有するものを用いた。各不織布試料を表面シートとした評価用の生理用ナプキンを、表面シートが上方を向くようにして、前記載置部に載置した。評価用の生理用ナプキンは、前記（不織布試料（表面シート）の液残り量）の測定と同様の方法で作成した。各評価用の生理用ナプキンの表面上に、疑似血液（株式会社日本バイオテスト研究所製の馬脱繊維血液を８．０ｃＰに調整したもの）を０．１ｇ／秒の速度で０．５ｇ滴下させた。初めに不織布に着液した地点から、試験液が不織布内部に引き込まれて流れなくなった地点までの距離を測定した。なお、用いた疑似血液は、前記表面シート（不織布試料）の液残り量の測定と同様の方法で調整した。以上の操作を３回行い、３回の平均値を液流れ長さ（ｍｍ）とした。液流れ長さは、液が試験サンプルに吸収されずに表面上を流れ、装着時にどの程度漏れやすくなるかの指標となるものであり、液流れ長さが短いほど高評価となる。 (Liquid flow length on the nonwoven fabric surface)
As the test apparatus, a test apparatus having a mounting portion in which the mounting surface of the test sample is inclined by 45 ° with respect to the horizontal plane was used. A sanitary napkin for evaluation using each non-woven fabric sample as a top sheet was placed on the mounting portion with the top sheet facing upward. A sanitary napkin for evaluation was prepared in the same manner as the above measurement (the amount of remaining liquid of the nonwoven fabric sample (surface sheet)). On the surface of each evaluation sanitary napkin, 0.5 g of pseudo blood (adjusted to 8.0 cP of equine defibrinated blood manufactured by Japan Biotest Laboratories Co., Ltd.) was dropped at a rate of 0.1 g / sec. I let you. The distance from the point where the liquid was first applied to the nonwoven fabric to the point where the test liquid was drawn into the nonwoven fabric and stopped flowing was measured. In addition, the pseudo blood used was adjusted by the method similar to the measurement of the liquid remaining amount of the said surface sheet (nonwoven fabric sample). The above operation was performed 3 times, and the average value of the 3 times was defined as the liquid flow length (mm). The liquid flow length is an index of how easily the liquid flows on the surface without being absorbed by the test sample and is likely to leak at the time of mounting. The shorter the liquid flow length, the higher the evaluation.
　（液膜開裂剤のマクロの拡張距離）
　液膜開裂剤のマクロの拡張性は、液膜開裂剤のマクロの拡張距離で評価することができる。
　上記の試験とは別に、実施例１、７、８及び９で用いた各液膜開裂剤について、以下の方法によりマクロの拡張距離を測定した。
　実施例１、７、８及び９で用いた各液膜開裂剤を着色し、着色した各液膜開裂剤を、図８の凹凸不織布の凸部の頂部に径０．８ｍｍで付着させて、ドット状の含有部を形成した以外は、前記（不織布試料（表面シート）の液残り量）と同様にして、評価用の生理用ナプキンを作製した。このときの液膜開裂剤の坪量は２５．９ｇ／ｍ２であった。
　各評価用の生理用ナプキンの表面上に、内径１ｃｍの透過孔を有するアクリル板を重ねて、該ナプキンに１００Ｐａの一定荷重を掛け、斯かる荷重下において、該アクリル板の透過孔から経血に相当する疑似血液（株式会社日本バイオテスト研究所製の馬脱繊維血液を８．０ｃＰに調整したもの）６．０ｇをドット状の含有部に注入して６０秒静置した。
　次いで、前記着色した液膜開裂剤が拡散した領域について、ドット状の含有部の中心から８方位の距離として測定し、その平均値を液膜開裂剤のマクロの拡張距離とした。 (Macro extension distance of liquid film cleaving agent)
The macro expandability of the liquid film cleaving agent can be evaluated by the macro expansion distance of the liquid film cleaving agent.
Separately from the above test, the macro expansion distance of each liquid film cleaving agent used in Examples 1, 7, 8, and 9 was measured by the following method.
Each liquid film cleaving agent used in Examples 1, 7, 8 and 9 was colored, and each colored liquid film cleaving agent was attached to the top of the convex part of the uneven nonwoven fabric of FIG. A sanitary napkin for evaluation was produced in the same manner as in the above (the amount of remaining liquid of the nonwoven fabric sample (surface sheet)) except that a dot-shaped containing portion was formed. The basis weight of the liquid film cleaving agent at this time was 25.9 g / m 2 .
An acrylic plate having a permeation hole with an inner diameter of 1 cm is overlaid on the surface of each sanitary napkin for evaluation, and a constant load of 100 Pa is applied to the napkin. Under such load, menstrual blood is passed through the permeation hole of the acrylic plate. Was injected into a dot-shaped containing part and left to stand for 60 seconds.
Next, the region where the colored liquid film cleaving agent was diffused was measured as a distance in 8 directions from the center of the dot-shaped containing portion, and the average value was taken as the macro extended distance of the liquid film cleaving agent.
　上記実施例及び比較例、参考例の成分構成、及び該実施例及び比較例、参考例についての各評価の結果は下記表１及び２のとおりである。また、（液膜開裂剤のマクロの拡張距離）の測定結果は下記表２のとおりである。 The composition of the above Examples, Comparative Examples and Reference Examples, and the results of each evaluation for the Examples, Comparative Examples and Reference Examples are shown in Tables 1 and 2 below. The measurement results of (macro extended distance of the liquid film cleaving agent) are as shown in Table 2 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
　表１及び２に示すとおり、液膜開裂剤を含まない比較例１では、不織布試料（表面シート）の液残り量が２６５ｍｇであった。
　これに対し、液膜開裂剤の含有部と非含有部とを所定の配列パターンで有する実施例１～１２では、液残り量が前記比較例１の半分以下に低減されており、液膜の効果的な開裂が確認された。すなわち、実施例１～１２は、液残り低減効果の高いものであった。
　加えて、液膜開裂剤を不織布表面の全面に含有させた参考例１では、液残り低減が見られるものの、不織布表面の液流れ長さが比較例１よりも長く、改善の余地があった。
　これに対し、実施例１～１２は、液流れ長さが参考例１よりも抑えられ、参考例１よりも高い液流れ防止性を示していた。また、実施例１～１２の中では、含有部の合計面積が非含有部の合計面積以下（すなわち含有部の面積率５０％以下）であった実施例２、３、５～９における液流れ防止効果が高かった。
　以上のとおり、実施例１～１２は、液残り低減の向上と液流れ防止性の向上とを両立させていた。 As shown in Tables 1 and 2, in Comparative Example 1 not including the liquid film cleaving agent, the liquid remaining amount of the nonwoven fabric sample (surface sheet) was 265 mg.
In contrast, in Examples 1 to 12 having the liquid film cleaving agent-containing part and non-containing part in a predetermined arrangement pattern, the liquid remaining amount is reduced to less than half that of Comparative Example 1, and the liquid film Effective cleavage was confirmed. That is, Examples 1 to 12 had a high effect of reducing liquid residue.
In addition, in Reference Example 1 in which a liquid film cleaving agent was contained on the entire surface of the nonwoven fabric, although the liquid residue was reduced, the liquid flow length on the nonwoven fabric surface was longer than that of Comparative Example 1 and there was room for improvement. .
On the other hand, in Examples 1 to 12, the liquid flow length was suppressed as compared with Reference Example 1, and the liquid flow prevention property was higher than that of Reference Example 1. In Examples 1 to 12, the liquid flow in Examples 2, 3, and 5 to 9 in which the total area of the containing part was not more than the total area of the non-containing part (that is, the area ratio of the containing part was 50% or less). The prevention effect was high.
As described above, Examples 1 to 12 achieved both improvement of liquid residue reduction and improvement of liquid flow prevention.
　さらに、上記表３に示す（液膜開裂剤のマクロの拡張距離）の試験結果のとおり、実施例１～１２で用いられた各液膜開裂剤は、径０．８ｍｍのドット状の含有部を越えた非含有部にまで拡張することが確認された。これにより、実施例１～９では、含有部の面積率が２３％～７０％で非含有部が存在し、かつ、液膜開裂剤の不織布試料全体の繊維質量に対する含有割合（ＯＰＵ）が、参考例１のＯＰＵの５％～６０％でしかないにも拘らず、液残りの低減効果が参考例１と同等レベルで発揮されていた。
　液膜開裂剤は、粘度が低いほど、また、拡張係数が高いほど、液膜開裂剤のマクロの拡張性が高いことが確認された。 Furthermore, as shown in the test results in (Macro extended distance of liquid film cleaving agent) shown in Table 3 above, each liquid film cleaving agent used in Examples 1 to 12 has a dot-shaped content part having a diameter of 0.8 mm. It was confirmed that it extends to the non-contained part beyond. Thereby, in Examples 1 to 9, the area ratio of the containing part is 23% to 70%, the non-containing part is present, and the content ratio (OPU) of the liquid film cleaving agent to the total fiber mass of the nonwoven fabric sample is Despite being only 5% to 60% of the OPU of Reference Example 1, the effect of reducing the liquid residue was exhibited at the same level as that of Reference Example 1.
It was confirmed that the liquid film cleaving agent has higher macro expansibility as the viscosity is lower and the expansion coefficient is higher.
　本発明をその実施形態および実施例とともに説明したが、我々は特に指定しない限り我々の発明を説明のどの細部においても限定しようとするものではなく、添付の請求の範囲に示した発明の精神と範囲に反することなく幅広く解釈されるべきであると考える。 While the invention has been described in conjunction with embodiments and examples thereof, it is not intended that the invention be limited in any detail to the description, unless otherwise specified, and that the spirit and nature of the invention as set forth in the appended claims be considered as such. I think it should be interpreted broadly without violating the scope.
　本願は、２０１６年５月３１日に日本国で特許出願された特願２０１６－１０９６０５に基づく優先権を主張するものであり、これらはここに参照してその内容を本明細書の記載の一部として取り込む。 This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-109605 filed in Japan on May 31, 2016, the contents of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Capture as part.
１　繊維
２　液膜
３　液膜開裂剤
６　含有部
７　非含有部
５、１０、２０、３０、４０、５０、６０、７０　不織布
 

  DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Fiber 2 Liquid film 3 Liquid film cleaving agent 6 Containing part 7 Non-containing part 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70 Nonwoven fabric

Claims (49)

  1. 　液膜開裂剤を含む含有部と、前記液膜開裂剤を含まない非含有部とを有し、
    　前記含有部及び前記非含有部の少なくともいずれか一方が、不織布表面に、複数互いに離間して配列されている、不織布。     A containing part containing a liquid film cleaving agent and a non-containing part not containing the liquid film cleaving agent;
    A non-woven fabric in which at least one of the containing part and the non-containing part is arranged on the non-woven fabric surface at a plurality of distances.
  2. 　前記液膜開裂剤の、表面張力５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数が１５ｍＮ／ｍ以上である、請求項１記載の不織布。 The nonwoven fabric according to claim 1, wherein the liquid film cleaving agent has an expansion coefficient of 15 mN / m or more for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m.
  3. 　下記化合物Ｃ１を含む含有部と、下記化合物Ｃ１を含まない非含有部とを有し、
    　前記含有部及び前記非含有部の少なくともいずれか一方が、不織布表面に、複数互いに離間して配列されている、不織布。
    　［化合物Ｃ１］
    　　表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数が１５ｍＮ／ｍ以上である化合物。     Having a containing part containing the following compound C1 and a non-containing part not containing the following compound C1,
    A non-woven fabric in which at least one of the containing part and the non-containing part is arranged on the non-woven fabric surface at a plurality of distances.
    [Compound C1]
    A compound having an expansion coefficient of 15 mN / m or more for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m.
  4. 　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ１の拡張係数は、２０ｍＮ／ｍ以上がより好ましく、２５ｍＮ／ｍ以上が更に好ましく、３０ｍＮ／ｍ以上が特に好ましい、請求項２又は３に記載の不織布。 The expansion coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C1 is more preferably 20 mN / m or more, further preferably 25 mN / m or more, and particularly preferably 30 mN / m or more.
  5. 　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ１の、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力は、２０ｍＮ／ｍ以下が好ましく、１７ｍＮ／ｍ以下がより好ましく、１３ｍＮ／ｍ以下が更に好ましく、１０ｍＮ／ｍ以下がより更に好ましく、９ｍＮ／ｍ以下が特に好ましく、１ｍＮ／ｍ以下がとりわけ好ましく、０ｍＮ／ｍより大きい、請求項２～４のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The interfacial tension of the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C1 with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is preferably 20 mN / m or less, more preferably 17 mN / m or less, still more preferably 13 mN / m or less, and 10 mN / m. The non-woven fabric according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the non-woven fabric according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the non-woven fabric is more preferably at most 9 mN / m, particularly preferably at most 1 mN / m, and more than 0 mN / m.
  6. 　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ１が、下記の構造Ｘ、Ｘ－Ｙ、及びＹ－Ｘ－Ｙからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種の構造を有する化合物からなる、請求項１～５のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。
    　構造Ｘは、＞Ｃ（Ａ）－〈Ｃは炭素原子を示す。また、＜、＞及び－は結合手を示す。以下、同様。〉、－Ｃ（Ａ）２－、－Ｃ（Ａ）（Ｂ）－、＞Ｃ（Ａ）－Ｃ（Ｒ１）＜、＞Ｃ（Ｒ１）－、－Ｃ（Ｒ１）（Ｒ２）－、－Ｃ（Ｒ１）２－、＞Ｃ＜及び、－Ｓｉ（Ｒ１）２Ｏ－、－Ｓｉ（Ｒ１）（Ｒ２）Ｏ－のいずれかの基本構造が、繰り返されるか、もしくは２種以上が組み合わされた構造のシロキサン鎖、又はその混合鎖を表す。構造Ｘの末端には、水素原子、又は、－Ｃ（Ａ）３、－Ｃ（Ａ）２Ｂ、－Ｃ（Ａ）（Ｂ）２、－Ｃ（Ａ）２－Ｃ（Ｒ１）３、－Ｃ（Ｒ１）２Ａ、－Ｃ（Ｒ１）３、また、－ＯＳｉ（Ｒ１）３、－ＯＳｉ（Ｒ１）２（Ｒ２）、－Ｓｉ（Ｒ１）３、－Ｓｉ（Ｒ１）２（Ｒ２）からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種の基を有する。
    　上記のＲ１やＲ２は各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、又はハロゲン原子を示す。Ａ、Ｂは各々独立に、酸素原子又は窒素原子を含む置換基を示す。構造Ｘ内にＲ１、Ｒ２、Ａ、Ｂが各々複数ある場合は、それらは互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。
    　Ｙは、水素原子、炭素原子、酸素原子、窒素原子、リン原子、硫黄原子から選ばれる原子を含む、親水性を有する親水基を表す。Ｙが複数の場合は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。     The liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C1 is composed of a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following structures X, XY, and YXY. The nonwoven fabric of Claim 1.
    Structure X is> C (A)-<C represents a carbon atom. <,>, And-indicate a bond. The same applies hereinafter. >, -C (A) 2- , -C (A) (B)-,> C (A) -C (R 1 ) <,> C (R 1 )-, -C (R 1 ) (R 2 ) —, —C (R 1 ) 2 —,> C <, and —Si (R 1 ) 2 O—, —Si (R 1 ) (R 2 ) O— Or a siloxane chain having a structure in which two or more kinds are combined, or a mixed chain thereof. At the end of structure X, a hydrogen atom, or —C (A) 3 , —C (A) 2 B, —C (A) (B) 2, —C (A) 2 —C (R 1 ) 3 , -C (R 1 ) 2 A, -C (R 1 ) 3 , -OSi (R 1 ) 3 , -OSi (R 1 ) 2 (R 2 ), -Si (R 1 ) 3 , -Si (R 1 ) 2 It has at least one group selected from the group consisting of (R 2 ).
    Each of R 1 and R 2 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, or a halogen atom. A and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. When there are a plurality of R 1 , R 2 , A, and B in the structure X, they may be the same as or different from each other.
    Y represents a hydrophilic group having hydrophilicity including an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom. When Y is plural, they may be the same or different.
  7. 　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ１が、シリコーン系の界面活性剤の有機変性シリコーンからなり、該有機変性シリコーンとして、アミノ変性、エポキシ変性、カルボキシ変性、ジオール変性、カルビノール変性、（メタ）アクリル変性、メルカプト変性、フェノール変性、ポリエーテル変性、メチルスチリル変性、長鎖アルキル変性、高級脂肪酸エステル変性、高級アルコキシ変性、高級脂肪酸変性及びフッ素変性の、シリコーンからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種を含む、請求項１～６のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C1 is composed of an organically modified silicone that is a silicone-based surfactant. As the organically modified silicone, amino-modified, epoxy-modified, carboxy-modified, diol-modified, carbinol-modified, (meth) acrylic. Modification, mercapto modification, phenol modification, polyether modification, methylstyryl modification, long chain alkyl modification, higher fatty acid ester modification, higher alkoxy modification, higher fatty acid modification and fluorine modification, including at least one selected from the group consisting of silicones The nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 6.
  8. 　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ１が、ポリオキシアルキレン変性シリコーンからなり、該ポリオキシアルキレン変性シリコーンが、下記式［Ｉ］～［ＩＶ］で表される化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種である請求項１～７のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     　式中、Ｒ３１は、アルキル基（炭素数１～２０が好ましい。例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、２エチル－ヘキシル基、ノニル基、デシル基が好ましい。）を示す。Ｒ３２は、単結合又はアルキレン基（炭素数１～２０が好ましい。例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基が好ましい。）を示し、好ましくは前記アルキレン基を示す。複数のＲ３１、複数のＲ３２は各々において、互いに同一でも異なってもよい。Ｍ１１は、ポリオキシアルキレン基を有する基を示し、ポリオキシアルキレン基が好ましい。上記のポリオキシアルキレン基としては、ポリオキシエチレン基、ポリオキシプロピレン基、ポリオキシブチレン基、又はこれらの構成モノマーが共重合されたものなどが挙げられる。ｍ、ｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。なお、これら繰り返し単位の符号は、各式［Ｉ］～［ＩＶ］において別々に決められるものであり、必ずしも同じ整数を示すものではなく異なっていてもよい。     The liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C1 is composed of a polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone, and the polyoxyalkylene-modified silicone is at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formulas [I] to [IV]. The nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     In the formula, R 31 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, 2-ethyl-hexyl group, Nonyl group and decyl group are preferred). R 32 represents a single bond or an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group or a butylene group is preferred), and preferably represents the alkylene group. The plurality of R 31 and the plurality of R 32 may be the same as or different from each other. M 11 represents a group having a polyoxyalkylene group, and a polyoxyalkylene group is preferable. Examples of the polyoxyalkylene group include a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a copolymer of these constituent monomers. m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Note that the symbols of these repeating units are determined separately in each of the formulas [I] to [IV], and do not necessarily indicate the same integer, and may be different.
  9. 　前記液膜開裂剤の、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数が０ｍＮ／ｍよりも大きく、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力が２０ｍＮ／ｍ以下である、請求項１に記載の不織布。 The expansion factor for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m of the liquid film cleaving agent is greater than 0 mN / m, and the interfacial tension for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is 20 mN / m or less. Non-woven fabric.
  10. 　下記化合物Ｃ２を含む含有部と、下記化合物Ｃ２を含まない非含有部とを有し、
    　前記含有部及び前記非含有部の少なくともいずれか一方が、不織布表面に、複数互いに離間して配列されている、不織布。
    　［化合物Ｃ２］
    　　表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数が０ｍＮ／ｍよりも大きく、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力が２０ｍＮ／ｍ以下である化合物。     A containing part containing the following compound C2 and a non-containing part not containing the following compound C2,
    A non-woven fabric in which at least one of the containing part and the non-containing part is arranged on the non-woven fabric surface at a plurality of distances.
    [Compound C2]
    A compound having an expansion coefficient greater than 0 mN / m for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m and an interfacial tension of 20 mN / m or less for a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m.
  11. 　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ２の、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する界面張力は、１７ｍＮ／ｍ以下が好ましく、１３ｍＮ／ｍ以下がより好ましく、１０ｍＮ／ｍ以下が更に好ましく、９ｍＮ／ｍ以下が特に好ましく、１ｍＮ／ｍ以下がとりわけ好ましく、０ｍＮ／ｍより大きい、請求項９又は１０に記載の不織布。 The interfacial tension of the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is preferably 17 mN / m or less, more preferably 13 mN / m or less, still more preferably 10 mN / m or less, and 9 mN / m. The nonwoven fabric according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the following is particularly preferred, 1 mN / m or less is particularly preferred and greater than 0 mN / m.
  12. 　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ２の、表面張力が５０ｍＮ／ｍの液体に対する拡張係数は、９ｍＮ／ｍ以上が好ましく、１０ｍＮ／ｍ以上がより好ましく、１５ｍＮ／ｍ以上が更に好ましく、５０ｍＮ／ｍ以下である、請求項９～１１のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The expansion coefficient of the liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 with respect to a liquid having a surface tension of 50 mN / m is preferably 9 mN / m or more, more preferably 10 mN / m or more, further preferably 15 mN / m or more, and 50 mN / m. The nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 9 to 11, which is:
  13. 　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ２が、下記の構造Ｚ、Ｚ－Ｙ、及びＹ－Ｚ－Ｙからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種の構造を有する化合物からなる、請求項１及び９～１２のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。
    　構造Ｚは、＞Ｃ（Ａ）－<Ｃ：炭素原子>、－Ｃ（Ａ）２－、－Ｃ（Ａ）（Ｂ）－、＞Ｃ（Ａ）－Ｃ（Ｒ３）＜、＞Ｃ（Ｒ３）－、－Ｃ（Ｒ３）（Ｒ４）－、－Ｃ（Ｒ３）２－、＞Ｃ＜のいずれかの基本構造が、繰り返されるか、もしくは２種以上が組み合わされた構造の炭化水素鎖を表す。構造Ｚの末端には、水素原子、又は、－Ｃ（Ａ）３、－Ｃ（Ａ）２Ｂ、－Ｃ（Ａ）（Ｂ）２、－Ｃ（Ａ）２－Ｃ（Ｒ３）３、－Ｃ（Ｒ３）２Ａ、－Ｃ（Ｒ３）３からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種の基を有する。
    　上記のＲ３やＲ４は各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、フルオロアルキル基、アラルキル基、もしくはそれらを組み合わせた炭化水素基、又はフッ素原子を示す。Ａ、Ｂは各々独立に、酸素原子又は窒素原子を含む置換基を示す。構造Ｚ内にＲ３、Ｒ４、Ａ、Ｂが各々複数ある場合は、それらは互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。
    　Ｙは、水素原子、炭素原子、酸素原子、窒素原子、リン原子、硫黄原子から選ばれる原子を含む、親水性を有する親水基を表す。Ｙが複数の場合は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。     The liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 is composed of a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following structures Z, ZY, and YZY. The nonwoven fabric of any one of these.
    The structure Z includes:> C (A)-<C: carbon atom>, -C (A) 2- , -C (A) (B)-,> C (A) -C (R 3 ) <,> C Any basic structure of (R 3 ) —, —C (R 3 ) (R 4 ) —, —C (R 3 ) 2 —,> C <is repeated, or two or more are combined Represents a hydrocarbon chain of structure. At the end of the structure Z, a hydrogen atom or —C (A) 3 , —C (A) 2 B, —C (A) (B) 2, —C (A) 2 —C (R 3 ) 3 , —C (R 3 ) 2 A, and at least one group selected from the group consisting of —C (R 3 ) 3 .
    R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a hydrocarbon group obtained by combining them, or a fluorine atom. A and B each independently represent a substituent containing an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. When there are a plurality of R 3 , R 4 , A, and B in the structure Z, they may be the same as or different from each other.
    Y represents a hydrophilic group having hydrophilicity including an atom selected from a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, and a sulfur atom. When Y is plural, they may be the same or different.
  14. 　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ２が、下記式［Ｖ］のいずれかで表されるポリオキシアルキレンアルキル（ＰＯＡ）エーテル、並びに、下記式［ＶＩ］で表される質量平均分子量１０００以上のポリオキシアルキレングリコール、ステアレス、ベヘネス、ＰＰＧミリスチルエーテル、ＰＰＧステアリルエーテル及びＰＰＧベヘニルエーテル、からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種の化合物からなる、請求項１及び９～１３のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
     　式中、Ｌ２１は、エーテル基、アミノ基、アミド基、エステル基、カルボニル基、カーボネート基、ポリオキシエチレン基、ポリオキシプロピレン基、ポリオキシブチレン基、又はそれらを組み合わせたポリオキシアルキレン基、などの結合基を示す。Ｒ５１は、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、２－エチルヘキシル基、ノニル基、デシル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、フェニル基、フルオロアルキル基、アラルキル基、もしくはそれらを組み合わせた炭化水素基、又はフッ素原子からなる各種置換基を示す。また、ａ、ｂ、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。ここで、ＣｍＨｎはアルキル基（ｎ＝２ｍ＋１）を表し、ＣａＨｂはアルキレン基（ａ＝２ｂ）を表す。なお、これら炭素原子数および水素原子数は、各式［Ｖ］及び［ＶＩ］において各々独立に決められるものであり、必ずしも同じ整数を示すものではなく異なっていてもよい。なお、－（ＣａＨｂＯ）ｍ－の「ｍ」は、１以上の整数である。この繰り返し単位の値は、各式［Ｖ］及び［ＶＩ］において各々独立に決められるものであり、必ずしも同じ整数を示すものではなく異なっていてもよい。     The liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 is a polyoxyalkylene alkyl (POA) ether represented by any one of the following formula [V], and a polyoxyalkylene alkyl (POA) ether represented by the following formula [VI] and having a mass average molecular weight of 1000 or more. The nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 1 and 9 to 13, comprising at least one compound selected from the group consisting of oxyalkylene glycol, steareth, behenez, PPG myristyl ether, PPG stearyl ether and PPG behenyl ether. .
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
     In the formula, L 21 represents an ether group, an amino group, an amide group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carbonate group, a polyoxyethylene group, a polyoxypropylene group, a polyoxybutylene group, or a polyoxyalkylene group obtained by combining them, A linking group such as R 51 is a hydrogen atom, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, phenyl group , A fluoroalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a hydrocarbon group obtained by combining them, or various substituents composed of a fluorine atom. A, b, m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n represents an alkyl group (n = 2m + 1), and C a H b represents an alkylene group (a = 2b). The number of carbon atoms and the number of hydrogen atoms are determined independently in each of the formulas [V] and [VI], and may not necessarily represent the same integer and may be different. Note that “m” in — (C a H b O) m — is an integer of 1 or more. The value of this repeating unit is determined independently in each of the formulas [V] and [VI], and does not necessarily indicate the same integer, and may be different.
  15. 　前記液膜開裂剤又は前記化合物Ｃ２が、下記式［ＶＩＩ］で表される脂肪酸、下記式［ＶＩＩＩ－Ｉ］又は［ＶＩＩＩ－ＩＩ］で表されるグリセリン脂肪酸エステル及びペンタエリスリトール脂肪酸エステル、下記式［ＩＸ］のいずれか、下記式［Ｘ］のいずれか、又は下記式［ＸＩ］のいずれかで表される、グリセリン脂肪酸エステル、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、及びペンタエリスリトール脂肪酸エステルの部分エステル化物、下記式［ＸＩＩ］のステロール構造を有する化合物、下記式［ＸＩＩＩ］で表されるアルコール、下記式［ＸＩＶ］で表される脂肪酸エステル、並びに下記式［ＸＶ］で表されるワックスからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも１種からなる、請求項１及び９～１３のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
     　式［ＶＩＩ］中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。ここで、ＣｍＨｎは、上記各脂肪酸の炭化水素基を示す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
     　式［ＶＩＩＩ－Ｉ］及び［ＶＩＩＩ－ＩＩ］中、ｍ、ｍ’、ｍ’’、ｎ、ｎ’及びｎ’’は各々独立に１以上の整数である。複数のｍ、複数のｎは各々において、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。ここで、ＣｍＨｎ、Ｃｍ’Ｈｎ’及びＣｍ’’Ｈｎ’’は、それぞれ、上記各脂肪酸の炭化水素基を示す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
     　式［ＩＸ］中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。複数のｍ、複数のｎは各々において、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。ここで、ＣｍＨｎは、上記各脂肪酸の炭化水素基を示す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
     　式［Ｘ］中、Ｒ５２は、炭素原子数２以上２２以下の、直鎖又は分岐鎖、飽和又は不飽和の炭化水素基（アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基等）を示す。具体的には、２－エチルヘキシル基、ラウリル基、ミリスチル基、パルミチル基、ステアリル基、ベヘニル基、オレイル基、リノール基などが挙げられる。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
     　式［ＸＩ］中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。複数のｍ、複数のｎは各々において、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。ここで、ＣｍＨｎは、上記各脂肪酸の炭化水素基を示す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
     　式［ＸＩＩＩ］中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。ここで、ＣｍＨｎは、上記各アルコールの炭化水素基を示す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
     　式［ＸＩＶ］中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。ここで、２つのＣｍＨｎは、同一でも異なっていてもよい。ＣｍＨｎ－ＣＯＯ－のＣｍＨｎは上記各脂肪酸の炭化水素基を示す。－ＣＯＯＣｍＨｎのＣｍＨｎはエステルを形成するアルコール由来の炭化水素基を示す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
     　式［ＸＶ］中、ｍ及びｎは各々独立に１以上の整数である。     The liquid film cleaving agent or the compound C2 is a fatty acid represented by the following formula [VII], a glycerin fatty acid ester and a pentaerythritol fatty acid ester represented by the following formula [VIII-I] or [VIII-II], A partially esterified product of glycerin fatty acid ester, sorbitan fatty acid ester, and pentaerythritol fatty acid ester represented by any one of [IX], any of the following formula [X], or any of the following formula [XI], [XII] a compound having a sterol structure, an alcohol represented by the following formula [XIII], a fatty acid ester represented by the following formula [XIV], and a wax represented by the following formula [XV]. The nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 1 and 9 to 13, comprising at least one kind.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
     In formula [VII], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
     In the formulas [VIII-I] and [VIII-II], m, m ′, m ″, n, n ′ and n ″ are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other. Here, C m H n, C m 'H n' and C m '' H n '' are each a hydrocarbon group of each of the fatty acid.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
     In the formula [IX], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other. Here, C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
     In the formula [X], R 52 represents a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, etc.) having 2 to 22 carbon atoms. Specific examples include 2-ethylhexyl group, lauryl group, myristyl group, palmityl group, stearyl group, behenyl group, oleyl group, linole group and the like.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
     In formula [XI], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. The plurality of m and the plurality of n may be the same as or different from each other. Here, C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
     In formula [XIII], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above alcohol.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
     In the formula [XIV], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more. Here, two C m H n may be the same or different. C m H n -COO- of C m H n is a hydrocarbon group of each of the above fatty acids. C m H n in —COOC m H n represents an alcohol-derived hydrocarbon group that forms an ester.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
     In formula [XV], m and n are each independently an integer of 1 or more.
  16. 　前記配列が、前記不織布表面における交差する複数の方向に沿う配列である請求項１～１５のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the array is an array along a plurality of intersecting directions on the surface of the nonwoven fabric.
  17. 　前記交差する複数の方向に、前記不織布の第一方向及びそれに直交する第二方向が含まれる請求項１６に記載の不織布。 The nonwoven fabric according to claim 16, wherein the plurality of intersecting directions include a first direction of the nonwoven fabric and a second direction orthogonal thereto.
  18. 　前記配列は少なくとも受液部となる位置に配されており、該受液部は、前記不織布を紙おむつ又は昼用ナプキンの表面シートとして適用した場合、前記紙おむつ又は昼用ナプキンの長手方向及び幅方向の中央部分であり、前記不織布を夜用ナプキンの表面シートとして適用した場合、該夜用ナプキンを長手方向に４分割した場合の前から２番目の領域における、長手方向及び幅方向の中央部分である、請求項１～１７のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The array is disposed at least at a position to be a liquid receiving part, and when the nonwoven fabric is applied as a surface sheet of a paper diaper or a daytime napkin, the liquid receiving part is in the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the paper diaper or the daytime napkin. In the case where the nonwoven fabric is applied as a surface sheet of a night napkin, the central portion in the longitudinal direction and the width direction in the second region from the front when the night napkin is divided into four in the longitudinal direction. The nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein
  19. 　前記含有部が、複数互いに離間して配列されている請求項１～１８のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 18, wherein a plurality of the containing parts are arranged apart from each other.
  20. 　前記非含有部が、前記交差する複数の方向に連続的または断続的に配列されている請求項１～１９のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 19, wherein the non-containing portions are arranged continuously or intermittently in the plurality of intersecting directions.
  21. 　前記配列が、連続する前記非含有部内に前記含有部が互いに離間して配列される海－島状の配置パターンの配列である請求項１～２０のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 20, wherein the array is an array of sea-island-like arrangement patterns in which the containing parts are arranged apart from each other in the continuous non-containing parts.
  22. 　前記不織布を横断する任意の方向に沿う仮想線を任意に引いたときに、該仮想線上における前記含有部の長さが前記非含有部の長さよりも短い請求項１～２１のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The length of the inclusion part on the imaginary line is shorter than the length of the non-contained part when an imaginary line along an arbitrary direction crossing the nonwoven fabric is arbitrarily drawn. The nonwoven fabric described in 1.
  23. 　前記仮想線は、前記非含有部の長さが最も長くなる位置で引かれる請求項２２に記載の吸収性物品。 23. The absorbent article according to claim 22, wherein the virtual line is drawn at a position where the length of the non-containing part is longest.
  24. 　前記仮想線上における前記含有部の長さＳ２の前記非含有部の長さＳ１に対する比、即ちＳ２／Ｓ１は、１／１９以上１以下であり、１未満が好ましく、２／３以下がより好ましく、３／７以下が更に好ましく、また前記比は、１／９以上が好ましく、１／４以上がより好ましい、請求項２２又は２３に記載の不織布。 The ratio of the length S2 of the containing part to the length S1 of the non-containing part on the phantom line, that is, S2 / S1 is 1/19 or more and 1 or less, preferably less than 1, more preferably 2/3 or less. The nonwoven fabric according to claim 22 or 23, further preferably 3/7 or less, and the ratio is preferably 1/9 or more, more preferably 1/4 or more.
  25. 　前記仮想線上における前記含有部の長さＳ２の前記非含有部の長さＳ１に対する比、即ちＳ２／Ｓ１は、１／４以上３／７以下である、請求項２２又は２３に記載の不織布。 24. The nonwoven fabric according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the ratio of the length S2 of the containing part to the length S1 of the non-containing part on the imaginary line, that is, S2 / S1, is 1/4 or more and 3/7 or less.
  26. 　前記含有部の合計面積が、前記非含有部の合計面積以下である請求項１～２５のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 25, wherein a total area of the containing parts is equal to or less than a total area of the non-containing parts.
  27. 　前記含有部の合計面積の、前記含有部及び前記非含有部の合計面積の和に占める割合は、５％以上５０％以下であり、４０％以下が好ましく、３０％以下がより好ましく、また前記割合は、１０％以上が好ましく、２０％以上がより好ましい、請求項１～２６のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The ratio of the total area of the content part to the sum of the total area of the content part and the non-content part is 5% or more and 50% or less, preferably 40% or less, more preferably 30% or less, and The nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 26, wherein the proportion is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 20% or more.
  28. 　前記含有部の合計面積の、前記含有部及び前記非含有部の合計面積の和に占める割合は、２０％以上３０％以下である、請求項１～２６のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 26, wherein a ratio of a total area of the containing part to a sum of the total area of the containing part and the non-containing part is 20% or more and 30% or less.
  29. 　前記含有部が円形を有し、該含有部が複数、長手方向及び幅方向の両方向に沿って互いに離間して、複数の方向に分散配列されている、請求項１～２８のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The inclusion portion has a circular shape, and a plurality of the inclusion portions are spaced apart from each other along both the longitudinal direction and the width direction, and are dispersedly arranged in a plurality of directions. The nonwoven fabric described in 1.
  30. 　前記含有部及び非含有部はともに長手方向に帯状に延出し、かつ、該帯状の含有部及び非含有部が幅方向に交互に配置されている、請求項１～２８のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The inclusion part and the non-contained part both extend in a band shape in the longitudinal direction, and the band-like inclusion part and the non-contained part are alternately arranged in the width direction. The nonwoven fabric described.
  31. 　前記不織布表面において、複数の方向に連続して延出して格子状にされた非含有部の中に、菱形に象られた含有部が複数互いに離間して配列された、請求項１～２８のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The non-containing part that continuously extends in a plurality of directions and has a lattice shape on the surface of the non-woven fabric, a plurality of containing parts shaped like rhombuses are arranged apart from each other. The nonwoven fabric of any one of Claims.
  32. 　前記不織布表面において、複数の方向に連続して延出して格子状にされた含有部の中に、菱形に象られた非含有部が複数互いに離間して配列された、請求項１～２８のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 A plurality of non-contained portions formed in rhombuses are arranged apart from each other in the inclusion portions continuously extending in a plurality of directions and formed in a lattice shape on the nonwoven fabric surface. The nonwoven fabric of any one of Claims.
  33. 　前記含有部の構成繊維の接触角は、前記非含有部の構成繊維の接触角よりも大きい、請求項１～３２のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The non-woven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 32, wherein a contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing part is larger than a contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing part.
  34. 　前記含有部の構成繊維の接触角と前記非含有部の構成繊維の接触角の差は、５度以上９０度以下であり、１０度以上が好ましく、２０度以上がより好ましく、また６０度以下が好ましく、４０度以下がより好ましい、請求項３３に記載の不織布。 The difference between the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing part and the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing part is 5 degrees or more and 90 degrees or less, preferably 10 degrees or more, more preferably 20 degrees or more, and 60 degrees or less. 34. The nonwoven fabric according to claim 33, wherein 40 degrees or less is more preferable.
  35. 　前記含有部の構成繊維の接触角と前記非含有部の構成繊維の接触角の差は、２０度以上４０度以下である、請求項３３に記載の不織布。 The nonwoven fabric according to claim 33, wherein the difference between the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing part and the contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing part is 20 degrees or more and 40 degrees or less.
  36. 　前記非含有部の構成繊維の接触角は９０度以下であることが好ましく、８０度以下であることがより好ましく、７０度以下であることが更に好ましい、請求項３３～３５のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The contact angle of the constituent fibers of the non-containing part is preferably 90 degrees or less, more preferably 80 degrees or less, and further preferably 70 degrees or less, any one of claims 33 to 35. The nonwoven fabric described in 1.
  37. 　前記含有部の構成繊維の接触角は１１０度以下であることが好ましく、９０度以下であることがより好ましく、８０度以下であることが更に好ましい、請求項３３～３６のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 37. The contact angle of the constituent fibers of the containing part is preferably 110 degrees or less, more preferably 90 degrees or less, and still more preferably 80 degrees or less. The nonwoven fabric described.
  38. 　前記液膜開裂剤、前記化合物Ｃ１又は前記化合物Ｃ２は、粘度が０ｃｐｓ以上であって、１００００ｃｐｓ以下が好ましく、１０００ｃｐｓ以下がより好ましく、２００ｃｐｓ以下が更に好ましい、請求項１～３７のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The liquid film cleaving agent, the compound C1 or the compound C2 has a viscosity of 0 cps or more, preferably 10,000 cps or less, more preferably 1000 cps or less, and further preferably 200 cps or less. The nonwoven fabric described in 1.
  39. 　前記液膜開裂剤、前記化合物Ｃ１又は前記化合物Ｃ２の水溶解度が０ｇ以上０．０２５ｇ以下である、請求項１～３８のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 38, wherein the water solubility of the liquid film cleaving agent, the compound C1, or the compound C2 is 0 g or more and 0.025 g or less.
  40. 　前記液膜開裂剤、前記化合物Ｃ１又は前記化合物Ｃ２の表面張力は、３２ｍＮ／ｍ以下が好ましく、３０ｍＮ／ｍ以下がより好ましく、２５ｍＮ／ｍ以下が更に好ましく、２２ｍＮ／ｍ以下が特に好ましく、１ｍＮ／ｍ以上が好ましい、請求項１～３９のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The surface tension of the liquid film cleaving agent, the compound C1 or the compound C2 is preferably 32 mN / m or less, more preferably 30 mN / m or less, still more preferably 25 mN / m or less, particularly preferably 22 mN / m or less, and 1 mN. The nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 39, which is preferably / m or more.
  41. 　少なくとも一部の繊維交絡点付近又は繊維融着点付近に前記液膜開裂剤、前記化合物Ｃ１又は前記化合物Ｃ２が局在化している、請求項１～４０のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 40, wherein the liquid film cleaving agent, the compound C1, or the compound C2 is localized near at least some of the fiber entanglement points or fiber fusion points.
  42. 　前記不織布が凸部と凹部を有する凹凸形状である、請求項１～４１のいずれか１項に記載の不織布。 The nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 41, wherein the nonwoven fabric has an uneven shape having a convex portion and a concave portion.
  43. 　前記凸部の頂部が前記含有部を有する、請求項４２に記載の不織布。 The nonwoven fabric according to claim 42, wherein a top portion of the convex portion has the content portion.
  44. 　前記凹部の底部が前記非含有部を有する、請求項４２又は４３に記載の不織布。 The nonwoven fabric according to claim 42 or 43, wherein a bottom portion of the concave portion has the non-containing portion.
  45. 　前記凸部と前記含有部が一致しており、前記凹部と前記非含有部が一致している、請求項４２に記載の不織布。 43. The nonwoven fabric according to claim 42, wherein the convex portion and the containing portion are matched, and the concave portion and the non-containing portion are matched.
  46. 　請求項１～４５のいずれか１項に記載の不織布を表面シートとして用いた吸収性物品。 An absorbent article using the nonwoven fabric according to any one of claims 1 to 45 as a surface sheet.
  47. 　前記吸収性物品が生理用ナプキンである請求項４６に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 46, wherein the absorbent article is a sanitary napkin.
  48. 　前記吸収性物品の幅方向に沿う仮想線を任意に引いたときに、該仮想線上における前記含有部の幅方向の長さが前記非含有部の幅方向の長さよりも短い請求項４６又は４７に記載の吸収性物品。 48 or 47, when a virtual line along the width direction of the absorbent article is arbitrarily drawn, the length in the width direction of the containing part on the virtual line is shorter than the length in the width direction of the non-containing part. Absorbent article as described in 1.
  49. 　前記仮想線は、前記非含有部の長さが最も長くなる位置で引かれる請求項４８に記載の吸収性物品。
          49. The absorbent article according to claim 48, wherein the virtual line is drawn at a position where the length of the non-containing part is the longest.
PCT/JP2017/019768 2016-05-31 2017-05-26 Nonwoven fabric WO2017209009A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201780033099.7A CN109312530B (en) 2016-05-31 2017-05-26 Non-woven fabric
RU2018146046A RU2753916C2 (en) 2016-05-31 2017-05-26 Non-woven material

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016109605 2016-05-31
JP2016-109605 2016-05-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017209009A1 true WO2017209009A1 (en) 2017-12-07

Family

ID=60477757

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/019768 WO2017209009A1 (en) 2016-05-31 2017-05-26 Nonwoven fabric

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6515133B2 (en)
CN (1) CN109312530B (en)
RU (1) RU2753916C2 (en)
TW (1) TWI740948B (en)
WO (1) WO2017209009A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7017930B2 (en) * 2017-12-28 2022-02-09 花王株式会社 Disposable diapers
KR102249578B1 (en) * 2019-12-30 2021-05-10 주식회사 라크인더스트리 Long fiber non-woven fabric loop having excellent fastening power with a hook
WO2022088040A1 (en) * 2020-10-30 2022-05-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Nonwoven and absorbent articles having the same
CN114836855B (en) * 2022-02-16 2023-08-25 张家港扬子纺纱有限公司 Spinning nozzle for mixed gel spraying and mixing process thereof

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011510801A (en) * 2008-02-15 2011-04-07 ザ プロクター アンド ギャンブル カンパニー Absorbent article comprising a lotion comprising a polypropylene glycol material
WO2013129236A1 (en) * 2012-02-29 2013-09-06 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Absorbent article
JP2014068934A (en) * 2012-09-28 2014-04-21 Uni Charm Corp Absorbent article
TW201545726A (en) * 2014-06-06 2015-12-16 優你 嬌美股份有限公司 Absorbent article
WO2016098796A1 (en) * 2014-12-17 2016-06-23 花王株式会社 Liquid film cleavage agent

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE19846857C1 (en) * 1998-10-12 2000-03-02 Freudenberg Carl Fa Perforated non-woven for top sheet of nappies comprises microfibers with different hydrophobic properties fibrillated from sectored bicomponent filaments
US6515029B1 (en) * 1999-04-23 2003-02-04 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent article having a hydrophilic lotionized bodyside liner
DE102012102519A1 (en) * 2012-03-23 2013-09-26 Pfm Medical Ag Safety pin device, in particular for puncturing a subcutaneously implanted port in a human or animal body
JP6112816B2 (en) * 2012-09-28 2017-04-12 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Absorbent articles
JP6416509B2 (en) * 2014-06-06 2018-10-31 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Absorbent articles

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011510801A (en) * 2008-02-15 2011-04-07 ザ プロクター アンド ギャンブル カンパニー Absorbent article comprising a lotion comprising a polypropylene glycol material
WO2013129236A1 (en) * 2012-02-29 2013-09-06 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Absorbent article
JP2014068934A (en) * 2012-09-28 2014-04-21 Uni Charm Corp Absorbent article
TW201545726A (en) * 2014-06-06 2015-12-16 優你 嬌美股份有限公司 Absorbent article
JP2015229071A (en) * 2014-06-06 2015-12-21 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Absorbent article
WO2016098796A1 (en) * 2014-12-17 2016-06-23 花王株式会社 Liquid film cleavage agent

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
RU2753916C2 (en) 2021-08-24
CN109312530B (en) 2021-08-24
RU2018146046A (en) 2020-07-10
TW201801699A (en) 2018-01-16
CN109312530A (en) 2019-02-05
RU2018146046A3 (en) 2020-09-30
JP2017214694A (en) 2017-12-07
TWI740948B (en) 2021-10-01
JP6515133B2 (en) 2019-05-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6051333B1 (en) Liquid film cleaving agent
JP6330016B2 (en) Laminated nonwoven fabric
WO2017209009A1 (en) Nonwoven fabric
JP6310536B2 (en) Non-woven
JP6298560B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6330083B2 (en) Long fiber nonwoven fabric
JP6329670B2 (en) Non-woven
JP6366640B2 (en) Non-woven
JP6387148B2 (en) Non-woven
JP6996875B2 (en) Non-woven fabric
JP6329991B2 (en) Absorbent articles

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17806564

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17806564

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1